TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 8 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Question 1.
Explain the nature and scope of Economics.
Answer:
The nature of economics took a definite shape with the writings of Adam Smith, known as Father of Economics, made a beginning in defining economics and its scope with the publication of his famous book on the wealth of nations. Then a number of economists defined economics and its subject matter in different ways.

The scope of any science explains what the science is con-cerned with. In economics, traditional economic theory is di-vided into various branches like consmption, production, ex-change, distribution, income, employment, planning and de-velopment; where as modem economic theory is divided into two branches viz. micro economics and macro economics. Economics not only explains things as they are, but also elu-cidates with what it ought to be. For example, economics discuses the existing level of wages, prices and tax rates in the economy and also suggest how they ought to be. Eco-nomics is thus, both a positive and normative science.

Traditional economics is basically concerned with con-sumption, productio, exchange distribution, income, employ-ment, planning and development.

1. Consumption:
Consumption can be defined as ‘extract-ing utility from goods and services’. Consumption is the act of using final goods and services to satisfy current wants. Consumption is the basis for production, exchange, distribution.

2. Production:
In the economics production is the process of conversion of raw materials into final goods by adding
form, place and time utility to the raw materials. The fac-tors which participate in production are called factors of production. They are land, labour, capital and organiza-tion.

3. Exchange:
It is concerned with exchange of a good. A good may be exchanged for another good or for money. Before the evolution of money when barter system was in practice,. goods were exchanged for goods. There were many problems in barter system. With the introduction of money, value of every good is
expressed in terms of money and can be exchanged for money.

4. Distribution:
Distribution is another important activity in economics. It explains how goods and services are dis-tributed amongst the various factors of production which are responsible for the production. Each factor of pro-duction gets its reward. Various theories are there to de-termine the factor prices.

5. Income:
Individuals earn income by participating in vari- , ous economic activities. The activities are related to pro-duction of material goods or the services. Income is a con-tinuous flow. Various concepts of national income and the measuring methods of national income are discussed as part of macro economics for analysing economic growth and development.

6. Employment:
The level of employment in an economy depends on the demand for consumption goods and de-mand for investment goods. Full employment means em-ployment of all those who are able and willing to work at the prevailing wage rates.

7. Planning and Economic Development:
Economic plan-ning is essential for proper and efficient utilization of the available resources. By economic planning we mean achieving the various predetermined targets systematically in a specific period of time. Economic planning is the method by which an optimum allocation of scarce re-sources amongst the various sectors is made in order to acheive speedy development of the economy and improve the welfare of the people.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 2.
Explain the concepts of Income and cross demands with suitable diagrams.
Answer:
The concept of demand has great significance in economics. In general language, demand means a desire but in economics the desire backed up by ability to buy and willingness to pay the price.

Types of demands: The demand may be classified into 3 types.

  1. Price demand.
  2. Income demand.
  3. Cross demand.

1) Price demand:
Price demand explains the relationship between price and quantity demanded of a commodity it shows the inverse relationship between price and demand when the other things like consumer’s income, taste etc., remains constant. It means the price falls demand extends and price rises demand contracts. The price demand can be expressed Dx = f(Px) Price demand can be explained with the help of de-mand schedule.

Price Quantity Demand
5 10
4 20
3 30
2 40
1 50

As price falls to ₹ 1/- the quantity demand is 50 units, when price of apple is ₹ 5/- he is buying 10 units. So, the table ‘ shows inverse relationship between price and demand. Price demand can be explained with the help of the de-mand curve.

On OX axis shows demand, OY axis shows price. We can obtain the demand curve ’DD’ by joining all the points A, B, C, D, E which represents various quantities of demand at various prices. ‘DD’ is demand curve. It slopes downwards from left to right. It shows the inverse relationship between price and demand.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 1

2) Income demand:
It explains the relationship between consumer’s income and various quantities of various lev-els of income assuming other factors like price of goods, related goods, taste etc., remain the same. It means if in-come increases quantity demand increases and vice-versa.

This can be shown in the following form. Dx = f(Y) The functional relationship between income and demand may be inverse or direct depending on the nature of the commodity. This can be shown in the following table.

Income Demand
Superior good Inferior good
2,000 4 12
4,000 6 10
6,000 8 8
8,000 10 6
10,000 4 Inferior good

Superior goods:
In case of superior goods quantity demanded will increase when there is an increase in the income of consumers. In the diagram ‘X’ axis represents demand, OY axis represents income, YD represents the income demand curve. It showing positive slope whenever income increased from OY to OYp the demand of superior or normal goods increases from OQ to OQr This may happen in case of Veblen goods.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 2

Inferior goods:
On the contrary quantity demanded of inferior goods decreases with the increase in incomes of consumers. In the diagram on ‘OX’ axis measures demand and OY axis represents income of the consumer. When the consumer income increases from OY to OYx the demand for a commodity decreases from OQ to OQr So the YD’ curve is negative sloping.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 3

3) Cross demand:
Cross demand refers to the relationship between any two goods which are either complementary to each other or substitute for each other. It explains the functional relationship between the price of one commodity and quantity demanded of another commodity is called cross demand.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 3

Substitutes:
The goods which satisfy the same want are called substitutes.Ex: Tea and coffee; pepsi and coca-cola etc. In the case of sub-stitutes, the demand curve has a positive slope. In the diagram ‘OX’ axis represents demand of tea and OY axis represents price of coffee. Increase in the price of coffee from OY to OY2 leads to increase in the demand of tea from OQ to OQ2.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 5

Complementaries:
In case of complementary goods, with the increase in price of one commodity, the quantity demanded of another commodity falls. Ex : Car and Petrol. Hence, the demand curve of these goods slopes downward to the right. In the diagram, if price of car decreases from OP to OP2 the quantity demand of petrol increases from OQ to OQ2. So cross demand i.e., CD curve is downward sloped.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 3.
Explain the concept of public debt. Describe the various methods of redumption of Public debt.
Answer:
When the government’s expenditure exceeds its revenue one option it has is to go for public debt. A government can borrow funds from sources within the country or from abroad. This creates public debt.

Types of Public Debt: On the basis of the sources, public debt is classified into two categories :

i) Internal debt:
Internal debt is the debt raised from the sources such as banks, financial institutions and private individuals within the country.

ii) External debt:
The borrowings of the government from the sources outside the country are called external debt. A government can raise external debt from the govern¬ments of other countries; international financial institutions like World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other funding agencies.
Redemption of public debt means repayment of public debt. All government debts should be rapid promptly. There are various methods of repayment which may be discussed under the following heads.

  1. Surplus budget:
    Surplus budget means having public revenue in excess of public expenditure. If the government plans for a surplus budget, the excess revenue may be utilized to repay public debt.
  2. Refunding:
    Refunding implies the issue of fresh bands and securities by government so that the matured loans can be used for repayment of public debt.
  3. Annuities:
    By this method, the government repays past of the public debt every year. Such annual payments are made regularly till the debt is completely cleared.
  4. Sinking fund:
    By this method, the government creates a separate fund called ‘Sinking fund’ for the purpose of repaying public debt. This is considered as the best method of redemption.
  5. Conversion:
    Conversion means that the existing loans are changed into new loans before the date of their maturity.
  6. Additional taxation:
    Government may resort to additional taxation so as to raise necessary funds to repay public debt under this method new taxes are imposed.
  7. Capital levy:
    Capital levy is a heavy one time tax on the capital assets and estates.
  8. Surplus Balance of payments:
    This is useful to repay external debt for which foreign exchange is required surplus balance of payment implies exports in excess of imports by which reserves of foreign exchange can be created.

Question 4.
Discuss the evolution of money. Explain its types.
Answer:
Money occupies a unique place in any economic system. Society needs money for a variety of transactions undertaken by the people and the government in the day to day life. Now- a-days, we cannot imagine a society without a role for money. Evolution of money:

The term ‘money’ was derived from the name of goddess Juno Moneta of Rome. Prior to the introductioh of money, the barter system was in vogue. In that system one commodity was exchanged for another commodity. Money was coined in order to overcome the difficulties of the barter system. In the initial stages, animal was used in place of money. Gradually metallic’money in the form of gold, silver, bronze and nickel replaced it. In the third stage coins came into use. That was followed by paper money. The latest stage is the credit money in the form of drafts, cheques, debit cards, credit cards etc. Thus, money has undergone different stages in the process of evolution.

Types of money:

1) Commodity Money and Representative Money:
Commodity money includes metallic coins whose face
value and intrinsic value are same. It is also called as full-bodied money. Representative money includes coins and paper money Whose intrinsic value is less than their face value.

2) Legal Tender Money and Optional Money:
On the basis of legality, money is divided into legal tender money and optional money. Legal tender money is the money which is accepted as per the law by everyone in payment for commodities and services. Credit creation by the com-mercial banks in the form of drafts, cheques etc., are called as optional money.

3) Metallic Money and Paper Money:
Metallic money is made up of metals such as silver, nickel, steel etc. All coins are metallic money. Paper money is money printed on paper. Currency notes in the form of ₹ 1,000, ₹ 500, ₹100, ₹ 50 and ₹10 are paper money.

4) Standard Money and Token Money:
Standard money is the money whose face value and intrinsic value are same. Token money is money or unit of currency whose face value is higher than the intrinsic value, e.g. 50 paisa, 1 rupee coins etc.

5) Credit Money:
This is also called as bank money. This is created by commercial banks. This refers to the bank deposits that are repayable on demand and which can be transferred from one individual to the other through cheques.

Question 5.
What is monopoly? Explain how price is determined under monopoly.
Answer:
Monopoly is one of the market in the imperfect competition. The word Mono’ means ‘single’ and ‘Poly’ means ’seller’. Thus, monopoly means single seller market.
In the words of Bilas, “Monopoly is represented by a market situation in which there is a single seller of a product for which there are no close substitutes, this single seller is unaffected by and does not affect, the prices and outputs of other products sold in the economy”. Monopoly exists under the following conditions:

  1. There is a single seller of product.
  2. There are no close substitutes.
  3. Strong barriers to entry into the industry exist.

Features of Monopoly:

  1. There is no single seller in the market.
  2. No close substitutes.
  3. There is no difference between firm and industry.
  4. The monopolist either fix the price or output.

Price Determination:
Under monopoly, the monopolist has complete control over the supply of the product. He is price maker who can set the price to attain maximum profit. But he cannot do both things simultaneously. Either he can fix the price and leave the output to be determined by consumer demand at a particular price. Or he can fix the output to be produced and leave the price to be determined by the consumer demand for his product. This can be shown in the diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 6

In the above diagram, on ‘OX’ axis measures output and ‘OY’ axis measures cost. AR is Average Revenue curve, AC is Average Cost curve. In the above diagram, at point E where MC = MR at that point the monopolist determines the output. Price is determined where this output line touches the AR line. In the above diagram for producing OQ quantity cost of production is OCBQ and revenue is OPAQ.

Profit = Revenue – Cost.
= PACB shaded area is profit under monopoly.

Section – B

Question 6.
Explain the fundamental problems of an economy.
Answer:
Fundamental Problems of an Economy :

There are certain fundamental problems in any type of economy with which economists are concerned. The following are the basic economic problems. These are interrelated and interdependent.

  1. What type of goods are to be produced and in what quantities?
  2. How to produce these goods?
  3. For whom to produce these goods and services?
  4. How efficient the productive resources are in use? Whether available resources are fully utilized?
  5. Is the economy growing or static over a period of time?

Question 7.
How do you define Budget line of the consumer?
Answer:
The budget line or price line shows all possible combinations of two goods that a consumer can buy with the given income and prices of the two goods. The concept of budget / price line will be shown in the following example. Suppose that a consumer has t 150 (income) to buy two goods namely X and Y. Whose prices are ₹ 15 and ₹ 30 each. With the given information now we can draw the budget or price line as shown in the diagram.In the diagram ‘AB’ is the ‘budget or price line’.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 7

The slope of the line AB represents the ratio of the prices of X and Y in such a manner that 10 of X will be equal to 5 of Y.

Question 8.
Explain the concept of cross demand.
Answer:
Cross demand:
Cross demand refers to the relationship between any two goods which are either complementary to each other or substitute for each other. It explains the functional relationship between the price of one commodity and quantity demanded of another commodity is called cross demand.
Dx = f(Py)
Where, Dx = demand for ‘X’ commodity Py = Price of ‘y’ commodity f = function

Substitutes:
The goods which satisfy the same want are called substitutes. Ex : Tea and coffee; pepsi and coca-cola etc. In the case of substitutes, the demand curve has a positive slope. In the diagram ‘OX’ axis represents demand of tea and OY axis represents price of coffee. Increase in the price of coffee from OY to OY2 leads to increase in the demand of tea from OQ to OQ2.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 8

Complementaries:
In case of complementary goods, with the increase in price of one commodity, the quantity demanded of another commodity falls. Ex : Car and Petrol. Hence, the demand curve of these goods slopes downward to the right. In the diagram if price of car decreases from OP to OP2 the quantity demand of petrol increases from OQ to OQ2. So cross demand i.e., CD curve is downward sloping.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 9

Question 9.
Write a note on capital
Answer:
Capital as that part of wealth of an individual or a community which is used for further production of wealth. Capital (stock concept) yields periodical income (flow concept). Capital is nothing but ‘produced means of production’. The term capital is generally used for capital goods, E.g. plant and machinery, tools and accessories, stocks of raw materials, goods in process and fuel.

Types of Capital: Capital can be classified into :

1) Real Capital and Human Capital:
Real capital refers to physical goods, i.e., buildings, plant, machinery etc. As against this, human capital refers to human skill and ability.

2) Individual Capital and Social Capital:
Individual capital is the personal property, and the other, social capital is what belongs to the community as a whole in the form of roads, bridge etc.

3) Fixed Capital and Variable Capital:
Expenditure incurred on machinery and building in the production process is called as fixed capital. The amount spent on purchase of raw materials, daily wages to labour, electricity charges etc., are known as variable capital.

4) Tangible Capital and Intangible Capital:
Tangible capital may be perceived by senses where as intangible capital is in the form of certain rights and benefits. Eg. good- will, patent rights, etc. Importance of Capital: Let us point out the importance of capital in brief.

  1. Capital plays a very vital role in the modem productive system. Production without capital is almost impossible.
  2. The productivity of work force depends upon the amount of capital available per worker. The greater the capital per worker, the greater the efficiency and productivity of the worker.
  3. Capital occupies a central position in the process of eco-nomic development.
  4. It promotes the technological progress.
  5. It helps in the creation of employment opportunities.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 10.
Explain the relationship between total cost, total variable cost and total fixed cost.
Answer:
In short-run, the costs faced by a firm can be classified into fixed and variable costs.

1) Fixed Costs and Variable Costs:
The fixed costs of a firm are those costs that do not vary with the size of its output. It is due to this, the value of fixed costs is always positive even if production activity does not take place or it is zero. The best way of defining fixed costs is to say that they are the costs which a firm has to bear even when it is temporarily shut down. Alfred Marshall called these costs as ‘Supplementary costs’ or ‘Overhead costs’. E.g. costs of plant and equipment, rent on buildings, salaries to permanent employees are part of fixed costs.

On the other hand, variable costs are those costs which change with changes in the volume of output. Marshall called these costs as ‘Prime costs’. Daily wages to employees, payment to raw materials, fuel and power, excise taxes, interest on short-term loans etc., are examples for variable costs.

2) Nature of short run Cost Curves:
As mentioned earlier, short – run is a period of time within which the firm can vary its output by varying only variable factors of production. The fixed factors such as capital equipment, top management personnel etc., cannot be varied. Therefore, short-run cost structure of a firm reveals fixed costs and variable costs, Total Cost (TQ, Total Fixed Costs (TFQ, Total Variable Costs (TVQ, Total Average Costs (SAC) and Marginal Costs (SMC). But in the long-run, all costs are variables. The nature of short-run costs and the curvature of these costs are explained by using table and figure.

In table, short-run costs faced by a firm are analyzed. As mentioned earlier, total fixed cost is the cost of fixed factors which remains constant irrespective of level of output. It is at ? 300/- Total variable cost, on the other hand, implies expenses on variable factors of production. It is zero when output is nothing or zero and goes on increasing along with the level of output. Total cost is the sum of total fixed cost and total variable cost i.e., TC = TFC + TVC. Though TFC remains constant, TVC increase along with the level of output, TC also increases if TVC increases. A description of the relationship between these three curves is presented in figure.

Img-1

Question 11.
Explain the concepts of gross profits.
Answer:
Gross profit is considered as a difference between total rev-enue and cost of production. The following are the compo-nents of gross profit:

  1. The rent payable to his own land or buildings includes gross profit.
  2. The interest payable to his own business capital.
  3. The wage payable to the entrepreneur for his management includes gross profit.
  4. Depreciation charges or user cost of production and insurance charges are included in gross profit.

Net profits:
Net profits are reward paid for the organiser’s entrepreneurial skills. Components:

  1. Reward for Risk Bearing:
    Net profit is the reward for bearing uninsurable risks and uncertainties.
  2. Reward for Co-ordination:
    It is the reward paid for co-ordinating the factors of production in right proportion in the process of production.
  3. Reward for Marketing Services:
    It is the profit paid to the entrepreneur for his ability to- purchase the services of factors of production.
  4. Reward for Innovations:
    It is the reward paid for innovations of new products and alternative uses to natural resources.
  5. Wind Fall Gains:
    These gains arise as a result of natural calamities, wars and artificial scarcity are also included in net profits.

Question 12.
Analyse any two methods of Measuring National Income. Answer: There are three methods of measuring National Income. These are:

1) Output method or Product method
2) Income method, and .
3) Expenditure method.

CaimCross says, “National Income can be looked in any one of the three ways, as the national income measured by adding up everybody’s output by adding up everybody’s income and by adding up the value of all things that people buy and adding in their savings.

1) Output Method or Product Method:
It is also known as inventory method or commodity service method. In this method we find the the market value of all final goods and services produced in a country in a year. The entire output of final goods and services are multiplied by their respective market prices to find out the gross national product.
GNP = (P1Q1 + P2Q2 + …. PnQn) + Net income from abroad. Where, GNP = gross national product,
P = Price of the goods or services
Q = Quantity of goods or services produced

1,2, 3 n are the various goods and services produced.
The values of the intermediary goods and services should not be include^. Only final goods and services should be taken into account. Here, we find out the value of output by the different sectors like agriculture, government, professionals, industry. .

2) Income method:
In this method, the incomes earned by all factors of production are aggregated to arrive at the National Income of a country. The four factors of production receives income in the form of wages, rent, interest and profits. Incomes in the form of transfer payment is not included in it. This is also known as national income at factor cost.
NI = R + W + I + P NI = National income W = Wages R = Rent I = Interest P = Profits.

Question 13.
Point out the redemption methods of public debt.
Answer:
Repayment of debt by government is called redemption of public debt. Internal debt can be repaid in the domestic currency but foreign exchange is necessary to repay external debt.

Redemption of Public Debt: The following are the methods of redemption of public debt.

1) Surplus Budgets:
Surplus budget means having public revenue in excess of public expenditure. If the government plans for a surplus budget, the excess revenue may be utilized to repay public debt.

2) Refunding:
Refunding implies the issue of fresh bonds and securities by the government so that the matured loans can be used for repayment of public debt.

3) Annuities:
By this method the government repays part of the public debt every year. Such annual payments are made regularly till the debt is completely cleared.

4) Sinking Fund:
By this method, the government creates a separate fund called ‘Sinking fund’ for the purpose of repaying public debt. A part of the public revenue is deposited into this fund every year sd that public debt is repaid from the sinking fund. This is considered as the best method of redemption.

5) Conversion:
Conversion means that the existing loans are changed into new loans before the date of their maturity. This method is advantageous when the rate of interest charged on the new loans is less than the rate of interest to be paid on the existing loAnswer:

Question 14.
Explain the concept of effective demand.
Answer:
Effective demand means where aggregate demand equals the aggregate supply. When aggregate demand is equal to aggregate supply the economy is in equilibrium. This can be shown in the table.

Level of employment Aggregate supply price Aggregate demand price
10 500 600
11 550 625
12 600 650
13 650 675
14 700 700 AD = AS
15 750 725
16 800 750

In the table when the level of employment is 14 lakh workers, aggregate demand price is equal to aggregate supply price i.e., t 700 crores. This can be shown in the following diagram.  In the above diagram aggregate demand price curve (AD) and the aggregate supply price curve (AS) interest each other at point E1. It shows the equilibrium point. The equilibrium has been attained at ON1 level of employment. It is assumed that ON1 in the above diagram does not indicate full employment as the economy is having idle factors of production. So it is considered as under-employment equilibrium.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 12

According to Keynes, to achieve full employment an up-ward shift of aggregate demand curve is required. This can be possible through government expenditure on goods and services supplied in the economy, whenever private entre-preneurs may not show interest to invest. With this the ADX curve (C + I) shift as AD2 (C + I + G) at new point of effec-tive demand E2, where the economy reaches full employment level i.e., ONE

Question 15.
Define money and explain the functions of money.
Answer:
Money plays a vital role in modern economy. A modern economy is rightly known as monetary economy because ofthe crucial position that money occupies.

  1. According to ‘Robertson’ : “Anything which is widely accepted in payment for goods or it discharges of other kinds of business obligations”.
  2. According to ‘Seligman’ : “One that possesses general acceptability”.
  3. According to Waker’ : “Money is what money does”. Functions of money:

1. Primary functions:
a) Medium of exchange:
Money serves as a medium of exchange. It removes the inconveniences of the barter system in which exchange of goods was possible if only there was double coincidence of wants. But money facilitates exchange of commodities without double coincidence wants. Any commodity can be exchanged for money. People can exchange goods and services through the medium of money.

b) Measure of value:
Money serves as a measure of value of goods and services. As common measure of value it has removed the difficulty of the barter system and has made transactions simple and easy. The value of each commodity is expressed in the units of money. We call it as price.

2. Secondary functions:
a) Store of value: The value of commodities and services can be stored in the form of more. Certain commodities are perishable. If they are exchanged for money before they perish, their value be preserved in the form of money.

b) Standard of deferred payments:
Money serves as a stan-dard of deferred payments. In the modern economies most of the business transactions take place on the basis of credit. An individual consumer or a business man may now purchase a commodity and pay for it in future. As this function makes it possible to express fu¬ture payments in terms of money.

c) Transfer of money:
Money can be transferred from one person to another at any time at any place.

3. Contingent functions:
a) Measurement and distribution of National income:
National income of a country be measured in money by aggregating the value of all commodities. This is not possible in a barter system similarly national income can be distributed to different factors of production by making them payment in money.

b) Money equalizes marginal utilits/productivities:
The consumers can equalize marginal utilities of different commodities purchased by them with the help of money. We know how consumers equalize the marginal utility of the taste rupee they speed on each commodity. Similarly firms can also equalize the marginal productivities of different factors of production and maximize profits.

c) Basis of credit:
Credit is created by banks from out of the primary deposits of money supply of credit, in an economy it is dependent on the supply of nominal money.

d) Liquidity:
Money is the most important liquid asset. Interms of liquidity, it is superior than other assets. Money is centpercent liquid.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 16.
What are the causes of Inflation?
Answer:
Inflation means a rise in the general price level over a long period of time. It occur due to the following reasons.
1) Increase in the aggregate demand of commodities.
2) Inadequate supply of commodities.
3) Increase in the cost of production.

  1. The factors that effect the increase in demand:
    • Heavy pressure of population.
    • Increase in economy’s money supply.
    • More public expenditure towards various welfare schemes.
    • Reduce in rates of direct taxes.
    • Increase in the income levels of individuals.
    • Deficit financing by government.
    • Conspicuous spending by the people having black money.
    • Production in direct tax rates.
  2. IFactors that increase the cost of production:
    • Increase in costs of various factors of production.
    • Increase in tax rates.
    • Increase in the prices of technology.
    • Devaluation of domestic currency.
    • Inefficient management and no control on expenditure.
    • Lack of optimum allocation of resources.
    • Devaluation of domestic currency.
  3. Factors that cause inadequate supply:
    • Irregular monsoons, floods, interior seeds in agriculture.
    • Non-availability of scarcity of inputs and raw materials.
    • Under-utilisation of productive capacity.
    • Shortage of investment due to non-availability of institutional credit.
    • Artificial scarcity due to black-marketing. .
    • Exports at the cost of domestic supply.
    • Long gestation period of certain industries.

Remedial Measures:
Government has to take several steps to control inflation. Some of them are enlisted hereunder:

  1. Importing the goods which are in short supply in the country.
  2. Introducing rationing and quota system in case of mass consumption goods whose supply in inadequate to improve their distribution among all the needy sections of the people.
  3. Controlling prices and eliminating black markets.
  4. Taking steps to increase production of consumer goods.
  5. Reducing the supply of money and credit Jay way of implementing appropriate monetary and fiscal
    policies.

Question 17.
Calculate median for the following data.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 13
Answer:
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 14

The 58.5th item is included in the cumulative freauencev of 75. The corresponding class of the median is 50.

Section – C

Question 18.
Explain the uses of sub divided bar diagrams.
Answer:
In a sub-divided bar diagram, the bar is sub-divided into various parts in proportion to the values given in the data and the whole bar represents the total. Such diagram is also called “component bar diagram”. Such a diagram shows total as well as various components.

Question 19.
What are the drawbacks of Median?
Answer:
Drawbacks of median:

  1. Even if the value of extreme items is too large, it does not affect too much, due to this reason, sometimes median does not remain the representative of the series.
  2. Median cannot be used for further algebraic treatment.
  3. In a continuous series it has to be interpolated.
  4. If the number of series is even, we can only make its estimate; as the A.M. of two middle terms is taken as Median.

Question 20.
Distinguish between Saving deposits and Time deposits.
Answer:
Savings deposits : These are the deposits made into the savings account of a bank. The public with small savings fund it safe to keep their money in the savings account of the banks. They encourage savings habit among the public. They are most convenient savings habit among the public. They are most convenient to the small businessmen, salaried employees, artisans and people belonging to the low and middle income groups. The interest paid on these deposits is comparatively low and is around 4% per annum.

Time deposits:
These are also called fixed deposits because the money is deposited with the bank for a fixed period of time. The deposit can be withdrawn only after the expirty of maturity period. However, the depositor has an option to borrow against the security of these deposits. These deposits carry more interest than the savings deposits. The rate of interest varies from 6% per annum to 12% per annum, depending on the period of deposit.

Question 21.
Write about the main objectives of Central Bank.
Answer:
Central Bank is the apex institution of the banking system in a country. It controls, regulates and supervises the activities of the country’s banking system. The Reserve Bank of India works to achieve the following objectives :

a) Regulating the issue of currency notes.
b) Achieving the monetary stability in the economy.
c) Controlling the credit system.
d) Providing guidance to commercial banks.
e) Evolving and implementing uniform credit policy through-out country.

Question 22.
Mention the functions of Finance Commission:
Answer:
The functions of the finance commission can be explicitly stated as :

  1. Distribution of net proceeds of taxes between centre and . the states, to be divided as per their respective contribu- tions to the taxes.
  2. Determine factors governing grants-in aid to the states and the magnitude of the same.
  3. To make recommendations to President as to the measures needed to augment the consolidated fund of a state to supplement the resources of the panchayats and mu-nicipalities in the state on the basis of the recommendations made by the finance commission.

Question 23.
Differentiate tax revenue and non – tax revenue
Answer:
Tax Revenues: Revenue received through collection of taxes from the public is called tax revenue. Both the central and state governments collect taxes as per their allocation in the constitution.
Broadly taxes are divided into two categories: (a) direct taxes, (b) indirect taxes.

2. Non – Tax revenue:
Government also receives revenue from sources other than taxes and such revenue is called the non – tax revenue. The sources of non – tax revenues are as follows :
a) Administrative Revenue
b) Commercial Revenue
c) Loan and advances
d) Grants – in – AID.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 24.
What are the components of National Income ?
Answer:
These are the four components of National Income.
a) Consumption (C):
It is the total expenditure made by households on goods and services. It depends on the level of income.

b) Investment (I): It include expenditure on capital goods and machinery, foadways, bridges etc.

c) Government Expenditure (G): It is the expenditure made by the government on infrastructural facilities for the use of society.

d) Net Foreign Income: It is the income earned by a country through international trade.

Question 25.
What is Net National Product at factor cost ?
Answer:
It is aslo called as national income. It is the total income received by the four factors of production in the form of rent, wages, interest and profits in an economy during a year. NNP at market prices is not available for distribution among the factors of production. The amount of indirect taxes (which are included in the prices) are paid by the firms to the government and not to the factors of production. Similarly, the government gives subsidies to firms for production of certain types of goods and services and that part of the ‘ production cost is borne by the government. Hence, the goods are sold in the market at a lower price than the actual cost of production. Therefore, this volume of subsidies has to be added to the net national income at market prices.

Thus, NNP at factor cost = NNP at market prices – Indirect taxes + Subsidies.
In another way,
NNP at factor cost = GNP at market prices – Depreciation- Indirect taxes + Subsidies.

Question 26.
What is Gross profit?
Answer:
Gross profit is considered as a difference between total revenue and cost of production.
Gross profit = Net profit + [Implicit rent + Implicit wage + Implicit interest + Depreciation charges + Insurance premium]

Question 27.
What is Economic rent?
Answer:
The ordinary use of the term ‘rent’ means any periodic payment for the hire of anything such as garriages, buildings etc. Economic rent is the pure rent payable as a reward for utilising the productivity of land. It is derived by subtracting the elements like1 interest, wages, profits and depreciation from the gross rent or contract rent. To David Ricardo, it is surplus over costs or expenses of cultivation.

Question 28.
Give a note on the Time Based Markets.
Answer:
Supply of a good can be adjusted depending on time factor. On the basis of time, markets are divided into three types, i.e., very short period, short period and long period.

a) Market Period or Very Short Period:
This is a period where producer cannot make any changes in the supply of a good. Hence, the supply is fixed. As we know supply can be changed by making changes in inputs. Inputs cannot be changed in the very short period. Supply remains constant in this period. Perishable goods will have this kind of markets.

b) Short Period:
It is a period in which supply can be changed to a little extent. It is possible by changing certain variable inputs like labour.

c) Long Period:
The market in which the supply can be changed to meet the increased demand, producer can make changes in all inputs depending upon the demand in the long period. It is possible to make adjustments in supply in long period.

Question 29.
What is Monopolistic competition?
Answer:
It is a market where several firms produce same commodity with small differences is called monopolistic competition. In , this market producers to produce close substitute goods. Ex : Soaps, cosmetics etc.

Question 30.
What are Money costs?
Answer:
The money spent by a firm in the process of production of its output is money cost. These costs would be in the form of wages and salaries paid to labour, expenditure on machinery, payment for material, power, light, fuel and transportation. These costs are further divided into explicit costs and implicit costs.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution

Question 31.
WhatisanApportunitycost?
Answer:
Opportunity cost: It is also called alternative cost or economic cost. Opportunity cost is next best alternative use of factors of production. If a scarce factor possesses alternative uses, ‘ the factor can be used only in one activity 6y foregoing other possibilities. Ill other words, opportunity cost is nothing but next best alternative foregone by a factor. For example, if a farmer decides to grow wheat instead of rice, the opportunity cost of the wheat would be the rice, which he might have grown rather. Thus, opportunity cost is the cost of foregone alternative.

Question 32.
Explain Substitute goods.
Answer:
These are goods which satisfy the same want. Ex : Tea and coffee. In this case the relationship between demand for a product and the price of its substitute is positive in its nature.

Question 33.
Explain Income Elasticity of Demand.
Answer:
It is the percentage change in quantity demanded of a commodity as a result of percentage change in the income of the consumer. Percentage change in quantify demanded Percentage change in consumer’s income

Question 34.
Explain Cardinal Utility.
Answer:
Alfred Marshall developed cardinal Utility analysis. According to this analysis, the utilities derived from consumption of different commodities can be measured in terms of arbitary units called utils. 1, 2, 3, 4 are called cardinal numbers.

Question 35.
Draw the indifference map.
Answer:
A set of indifference curves drawn for different income levels is called indifference map.
From the above diagram it is clear that an indifference map of IC1 IC2, IC3. Each curve shows a certain level of satisfaction to the consumer.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 8 with Solution - 18

Question 36.
Explain value in exchange concept.
Answer:
Exchange value is the purchasing power of one commodity for another. Only economic goods have exchange value.

Question 37.
What are single use and durable use goods?
Answer:
Single use capital Goods:
There goods are used only once in the production process. For Example : Raw materials coal and Electricity.

Durable use capital Goods: These goods are used for long time in the process of production. Machines, tools etc., are the durable capital Goods.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 7 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Question 1.
Explain the concepts and scope of Micrco Economics and Macro Economics.
Answer:
Modern economic theory divided it into two branches, namely (i) Micro Economics (ii) Macro Economics. Ragnar Frisch was the first economist to use the words “Micro and Macro” in economic theory in 1930.

Micro Economics:
The term “Micro Economics” is derived from the Greek word ‘MIKROS’ which means small. Thus, micro economics is the theory of small. It was developed by classical economists like Adam Smith, J.B. Say, J.S. Mill, Ricardo, Marshall etc. It studies about individual units or behaviour of that particular units like individual income, price, demand etc. Micro Economics is also known as partial analysis.

It mainly, concentrates on the determination of prices of commodities and factors of production. It is also known as “Price theory”. According to K.E. Boulding, “Micro Economics is the study of particular firms, particular households, individual prices, wages, incomes individual industries and particular commodities”. Shapiro says “Micro Economics has got relation with small segments of the society.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 1
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 2

Macro Economics:
The term Macro Economics is derived from the Greek word ‘MAKROS’ which means large. Thus, Macro Economics is the study of economic system as a whole. It was developed by J.M. Keynes. It studies aggregates in the economy like national income, total consumption, total sav¬ing and total employment etc. It is also known as Income and Employment theory.

According to Boulding “Macro Economics studies national income not individual income, general price level instead of individual prices arid national output instead of individual output”. Macro Economics also studies the economic prob-lems like poverty, unemployment, economic growth,, devel-opment etc. It also deals with the theory of distribution.

The difference between Micro Economics and Macro Eco-nomics: Micro and Macro Economics are interrelated to each other. Inspite of close relationship between the two branches of economics, fundamentally they differ from each other.

Micro Economics Macro Economics
1. The word micro derived from the Greek” word ‘Mikros’ means “small”. 1. The word macro derived from the Greek word ‘Makros’ which means “large”.
2. Micro Economics is the study of individual units of the economy. 2. Macro Economics is the study of economy as a whole.
3. It is known as ‘Price theory’. 3. It is known as ‘Income and Employment theory’.
4. Micro Economics explains price determination in both commodity and factor markets. 4. Macro Economics deals with national income, total employment, general price level and economic growth etc.
5. Micro Economics is based on price mechanism which depends on demand and supply. 5. Macro Economics based on aggregate demand and aggregate supply.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 2.
What is price elasticity of demand? Illustrate the – irious types of price elasticities of demand.
Answer:
Alfred Marshall developed the concept of price elasticity of demand. Price elasticity measures, other things remaining constant, change in the demanded of a good in response to a change in its price. Thus, price elasticity of demand is the ratio of percentage change in quantity demanded of a good and percentage change in its price. Price elasticity can be written as stated below.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 3

Where, q = quantity; p = price; Aq = change in demand; ∆p = change in price

Types of Price Elasticity of Demand: Based on numerical value, price elasticity of demand can be of five types.

  1. Perfectly Elastic demand (Ed = ∞)
  2. Perfectly Inelastic demand (Ed = 0)
  3. Unitary Elastic demand (Ed =1)
  4. Relatively Elastic demand (Ed > 1)
  5. Relatively Inelastic demand (Ed < 1)

1) Perfectly Elastic demand:
It is also known as “infinite elastic demand”. A small change in price leads to an infinite change in demand is called perfectly elastic demand. It is horizontal straight line to ‘X’ axis. The numerical value of perfectly elastic demand is infinite (Ed = ∞). It can be shown in the diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 4

2) Perfectly Inelastic demand:
It is also known as “zero elastic demand”. In this case even a great rise or fall in price does not lead to any change in quantity demanded is known as perfectly inelastic demand. The demand curve will be vertical to the V axis. The numerical value is ‘O’. This can be shown in the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 6

3) Unitary Elastic demand :
The percentage change in price leads to same percentage change in demand is called uni¬tary elastic demand. In this case the elasticity of demand is equal to one. The shape of demand curve is “Rectangu¬lar Hyperbola”, This can be shown in the following.
In the diagram, Ed = OP1Q1 = OPQ
(or)
OQ1 – PP1
∴ Ed = l
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 7

4) Relatively Elastic demand:
When a percentage change in price leads to more than percentage change in quantity demand is called relatively elastic demand. In this case the numerical value of Ed is greater than one (Ed > 1)
In the diagram, Ed = OQ1 > PP1
∴ Ed > 1
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 8

5) Relatively Inelastic demand:
When the percentage change in price leads to a less than percentage change in quantity demand is called relatively inelastic demand. Here the numerical value is less than one (Ed < 1). This can be shown to following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 9

Question 3.
Define national income and explain the various concepts of National Income.
Answer:
National Income means the aggregate value of all the final goods and services produced in the economy in one year.

Concepts of National Income:
1) Gross National Product (GNP): It is the total value of all final goods and services produced in
the economy in one year.

The main components of GNP are :
a) The goods and services purchased by consumers – C.
b) Investments made by public and private sectors – I.
c) Government expenditure on public utility services – G.
d) Income earned through International Trade (x – m).
e) Net factor income from abroad.
GNP at market prices = C + I – G + (x – m) + Net factor income from abroad.

2) Gross Domestic Product (GDP):
The market value of the total goods and services produced in a country in one particular period usually in a year is the GDP.
GDP = C + I + G

3) Net National Product (NNP) : Firms use continuously machines and tools for the production of goods and services. This result in a loss of value due to wear and tear of fixed capital. The loss suffered by fixed capital is called depreciation. When we substract depreciation from GNP we get NNP
NNP = GNP – depreciation.

4) National Income at Factor Cost:
The cost of production of a good is equal to the rewards paid to the factors which participated in the production process. So the cost of production of a firm is the rent paid on land, wages paid to labour, interest paid on capital and profits of the entrepreneur.
National Income at factor cost = NNP + Subsidies – Indirect Taxes – Profits of Govt, owned firms.

5) Personal Income:
It is the total of incomes received by all persons from all sources in a specific time period. Personal income is not equal to National Income. Because social security payments. Corporate taxes, undistributed profits are deducted from national income and only the remaining is received by persons.
Personal Income = National Income at factor cost – Undistributed profits – Corporate taxes – Social security contributions + Transfer payments.

6) Disposable Income: Personal income totally is not available for spending. Income tax is a payment which must be deducted to obtain disposable income.
Disposable Income = Personal income – Personal taxes D.I = Consumption + Savings

7) Per Capita Income:
National Income when divided by country’s population, we get per capita income.

Per Capita Income = \(\frac{\mathrm{National Income }}{\mathrm{Total Population}}\)
The average standard of living of a country is indicated by per capita income.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 4.
Analyse the central, state financial relation in India.
Answer:
The financial relationship between the centre (union) and the states is provided in the constitution. The constitution gives a detailed scheme of distribution of financial resources between union and the states. The constitution makes a broad distinction between the power to levy a tax and the power to appropriate the proceeds of a tax. Thus the legislature which levies a tax is not necessarily the authority which retains the proceeds of a tax levied.

The constitution grants the union parliament exclusive power to levy taxes on several items. The state legislatures enjoy similar power with regard to several other specified items. In general, the union parliament levies taxes on items mentioned in the union list while the state legislatures levy taxes on items mentioned in the state list.

1) Exclusive Powers of Union Government:
The subjects on whom the union government has the ‘exclusive powers to levy taxes are :
a) Customs duty,
b) Corporation tax,
c) Capital gains,
c) Surcharge on income tax and
d) Railway fares etc.

2) Exclusive Powers of State Governments:
State’s exclusive powers to tax include :
a) Land revenue,
b) Stamp duty,
c) Estate duty,
d) Entry tax,
e) Sales tax and
f) Taxes on vehicles and Luxuries etc.

The residuary power of taxation belongs to the centre. It means that the subjects which have not been included either in the union or in the state list may be taxed only by the ‘ union government. In the matter of taxation, the constitution recognizes no concurrent jurisdiction. Hence there is no subject who may be taxed both by the union and the state governments.

Besides the exclusive power of taxation of the union and ‘ the state governments, there are 3 other categories of taxes. They are:

a) Taxes levied by the union government but collected and appropriated by the states. Stamp duties on bills of exchange, excise duties on medicinal and toilet preparations fall in this category.

b) Certain duties are levied and collected by the union but the net proceeds of such taxes are distributed among the states. Each state gets that amount of the tax as is col-lected with in its territory. Succession duty, estate duty on property other than agricultural land, taxes on railway fares and freights, taxes on news paper sales and adver-tisements etc., fall in this category.

c) Certain taxes are levied and collected by the union but the proceeds are distributed between the centre and the states. Taxes on non-agricultural income (Art. 270) and excise duties on items in the union list except medicinal and toilet preparations fall in this category.

3) Miscellaneous Powers:
i) After 73rd and 74th Amendment of the Constitution, a provision is made for the constitution of the consolidated fund of state from which resources are to be provided to the village panchayats and municipalities.

ii) According to Article 360, during the proclamation of financial emergency, the President can give financial direc- fives to the states. The union government supplements the financial resources of the states by two other means besides distribution of tax revenues. There are : a) Advancement of central loans and b) Grants-in-aid given to the states.

Question 5.
What arethe functions of Reserve Bank of India?
Answer:
The Central Bank of our country is Reserve Bank of India. It was established in April 1935, with a share capital of X 5 crores. It was originally owned by private shareholders but was nationalised by the government of India in 1949. It performs all its activities under the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934.

The main aim of RBI is to achieve the monetary stability and to control the credit system pf an economy. It performs the following functions.

1) Note issue:
Reserve Bank of India enjoys the monopoly of note issue in the country. It maintains a minimum t 200 crores Of gold and foreign exchange reserves of which gold should be ₹ 115 crores. It issue notes in the denomi-nations of ₹ 1,000, ₹ 500, 100, ₹ 50, 20, ₹ 10, ₹ 5 and ₹ 2. One rupee note and coins are issued by the finance de-partment of the Government of India. Reserve Bank of India prints all the currency notes in the security press of . the Government of India.

2) Banker to Government:
Reserve Bank of India acts as the banker, agent and adviser to the Government of India. It receives money and make payments on behalf of the government and gives temporary advances to the government. It advises the government in all financial matters.

3) Banker’s Bank:
Reserve Bank serves as a banker not only to the government but also to the banks. It provides financial assistance to the commercial banks by giving loans and rediscounting the bills of exchange. It helps the banks by acting as a clearing house for settlement of inter bank transactions and controls the supply of money in the economy through cash reserve ratio.

4) Lender of last resort:
It acts as lender of last resort by granting loans and advances to the commercial banks against some securities viz., treasury bonds, treasury bills and other approved securities. It also provides financial help to banks by rediscounting the eligible bills of exchange.

5) Custodian of foreign exchange reserves:
Reserve Bank of India as a member of the International Monetary fund. It regulates all foreign exchange transactions in the country. It controls and regulates the purchase and sale of foreign exchange through restrictions on exports and imports to maintain the official rate of exchange.

6) Credit controller:
Reserve Bank of India controls the volume of credit in the country. It controls the credit through different methods by appropriate monetary or fiscal policies. It announces credit policy for every six months based on the credit needs of the country. Through this’it controls the inflation and deflation.

7) Promotional and development functions:
Reserve Bank of India in order to achieve economic development per¬forms certain promotional and developmental functions. They are :
1) Promoting various financial institutions to provide indus¬trial finance.
2) It takes steps for establishment of banks throughout the country and expansion of their branches.
3) Encourage the financial institution to provide financial help to agriculture and rural credit.

Section – B

Question 6.
Explain the growth definition of economics.
Answer:
In the words of Samuelson, “Economics is the study how people and society choose, with or without the use of money, to employ scarce and productive resources which could have ‘ alternative uses, to produce various commodities over time and distribute them for consumption, now and in the future, among various people and groups in the society. It analyses the benefits of improving patterns of resource allocation”.

Important Points:
Some of the important points in Samuelsons’ definition are :

  1. His definition like Robbins agreed that resources are not only limited but also have several uses.
  2. Samuelson’s definition is dynamic in nature as it consid-ers both the present and future consumption, production and distribution.
  3. Growth definition deals with the problem of choice in a dynamic society. Hence, this definition
    broadened the scope ‘ of economomics.
  4. Samuelson’s definition is superior to that of Robbins’ be-cause he shifted the emphasis from the scarcity of re-sources to income, output and employment and later to the problems of economic growth.
    Samuelson’s definition appears to be the most acceptable at the moment.

Question 7.
Explain the concept of Law of equi-marginal utility. Point otititsassumptious.
Answer:
This is an important law of consumption and was derived from the law of diminishing marginal utility. It is known by various names such as the law of equi-marginal utility, the law of substitution, the law of maximum satisfaction etc. It is also called as Gossen’s Second Law as its formulation is associated with the name of H.H. Qossen. The law of diminishing marginal utility explains the consumer’s behaviour, consuming only one good. But in actual life, consumer buys a certain combination of goods with his limited income and maximises utility. The law of equi-marginal utility explains the same.

Definition of the Law: “If a person has a thing which can be put to several uses, he will distribute it among these uses in such a way that it has the same margined utility in all. If it has a greater marginal utility in one use than in ainother, he would gain by taking away some of it from the second and applying it to the first.” – Alfred Marshall.

Assumptions of the Law :
The law of equi-marginal utility depends on the following assumptions:

  1. Cardinal measurement of utility is assumed.
  2. Rationality on the part of the consumer so as to get maxi-mum satisfaction and to attain equilibrium is also assumed.
  3. Marginal utility of money remains constant.
  4. The income of the consumer is given and remains con-stant and he spends entire amount on different goods.
  5. The prices of goods are given and constant.
  6. Utilities are independent.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 8.
Define Price Elasticity of demand.
Answer:
Price elasticity of- demand is the responsiveness of quantity demanded of a good to a change in the price of that com-modity. Alfred Marshall developed the concept of price elasticity of demand. A change in the price of a particular good will never bring uniform change in the quantity demanded.

Other things remaining constant, price elasticity measures the change in the quantity demanded of a good in response to a change in its price. Thus, price elasticity of demand is the ratio of percentage change in quantity demanded of a good and percentage change in its price. Prof. Marshall suggested the fallowing formula to measure price elasticity of demand.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 10

Where,
q = quantity;
p = price;
∆q = change in demand;
∆p = change in price

It is to be noted that while calculating price elasticity of demand other things like income, prices of all related goods, tastes, preference etc. are assumed to be constant. It is also ‘ to be noted that price elasticity of demand is negative because of the inverse relationship between price and quantity demanded. For the sake of convenience or simplicity the minus sign is ignored and only the numerical value of the elasticity coefficient is considered.

Types of Price Elasticity of Demand:
If the price of a com-modity increases, its quantity demanded will fall. The rate of change in demand is not always proportionate to the rate of change in price. For some commodities a smaller change in price leads to a greater change in quantity demanded. In such a case, the demand is elastic on the other hand, even a greater change in price may lead to only a smaller change in the quan¬tity demanded. In such a case, we say that the demand is inelastic. The following are the types of elasticity of demand:

1) Perfectly Elastic demand (Ed = oo)
2) Perfectly Inelastic demand (Ed = 0)
3) Unitary Elastic demand (Ed =1)
4) Relatively Elastic demand (Ed > 1) and
5) Relatively Inelastic demand (Ed < 1)

Question 9.
Describe the main features of factors of production, namely land and labour.
Answer:
Land, labour, capital and entrepreneurial ability (organisation) are called as factors of production which make it possible to produce goods and services. The basic features of these factors of production are presented in the following paragraphs.

1) Land (N) : The term land is used in a special sense in economics. It does not mean soil or earth’s surface alone but refers to all free gifts of nature Which include besides land, in common practice, natural resources, fertility of soil, water, air, natural vegetation etc.

Characteristics of Land : We may list the following char-acteristics of land as a factor of production.

  1. Land is a free gift of nature.
  2. The supply of land is perfectly inelastic from the point of view of the economy.
  3. Land cannot be shifted from one place to another place.
  4. Land is said to be a specific factor of production in the sense that it does not yield any result unless human efforts are employed.
  5. Land provides infinite variation of degree of fertility and situation so that no two pieces of land are exactly alike.

2) Labour (L) : The term labour means mental or physical exertion directed to produce goods or services. In eco-nomics it is used in a wider sense. Any work, whether manual or mental, which is undertaken for a monetary consideration is called labour.
Characteristics of Labour : Let us identify the character-istics of labour:

  1. Labour is inseparable from the labourer himself. It im-plies that whereas labour is sold, the producer of labour retains the capacity to work.
  2. Labour is highly ‘perishable’ in the sense that a day’s loss of labour cannot be stored and so he has no re-serve price for his labour.
  3. Labour has a very weak bargaining power.
  4. Labour power differes from labourer to labourer. Therefore, labour may be classified as unskilled labour, semi skilled labour and skilled labour.
  5. The supply curve of a labourer is backward bending.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 10.
What are the characteristics of monopolistic competition?
Answer:
It is a market with many sellers for a product but the products are different in certain respects. It is mid way of monopoly and perfect competition. Prof. E.H. Chamberlin and Mrs. Joan Robinson pioneered this market analysis. Characteristics of Monopolistic Competition:

  1. Relatively Small Number of Firms:
    The number of firms in this market are less than that of perfect competition. No one can control the output in the market as a result of high competition.
  2. Product Differentiation:
    One of the features of monopolistic competition is product differentiation. It takes the form of brand names, trade marks etc. Its cross elasticity of demand is very high.
  3. Entry and Exit:
    Entry into the industry is unrestricted. New firms are able to commence production of very close substitutes for the existing brands of the product.
  4. Selling Cost: Advertisement or sales promotion tech-nique is the important feature of Monopolistic competi-tion. Such costs are called selling costs.
  5. More Elastic Demand : Under this competition the de mand curve slopes downwards from left to the right. It is highly elastic.

Question 11.
What is meant by profit?
Answer:
Profit is the reward paid to the entrepreneur for his services as an organizer in the process of production. Theories of Profit :

1. Dynamic theory of profit:
This theory was propounded by J.B.Clark. According to Clark, “Profit is the difference between the price and cost of production of commodity”. He viewed that profit as a reward for entrepreneurial dyna
mism. Dynamic changes like increase in population, new method of production etc., result in increase in profit. In a static economy due to lack of these changes entrepre-neurs receive only wages but not profit. Hence, profits are the result of the dynamic changes only.

2. Innovation theoiy of profit:
This theory was developed by Joseph Schumpeter. According to Schumpeter, “profit is the reward paid to the entrepreneur for his inventive skills”. Because of these inventions profits arise as a difference between prices and costs of production. According to Schumpeter, entrepreneur must break the circular flow by introducing innovations. They are:

  • Introduction of new good.
  • Introduction of new method of production.
  • Reorganisation of industry.
  • Opening up of a new market.
  • Discovery of new source of raw materials.

So these innovations, the cost of production remains below its selling price and thus, profit arises. Thus profit is paid to entrepreneur for innovating but not for risk taking.

3. The risk theory of profit:
This theory was proposed by Prof. Hawley. Profits are the reward for an entrepreneur for risk-taking. So the residual part of income.after paying all factors of production goes to the entrepreneur for risk taking. Fluctuations in future prices, demand etc., are involved in ris k taking. According to Prof. Hawley, “those who face risks ir business will be able to earn an excess of payment above the actual value of risk in the form of profit”.

4. Uncertainty theory of profit:
This theory was formulated by Prof. Knight. It is a modified version of risk bearing theory of profits. According to him, profit as’the reward for bearing uninsurable risks and uncertainties. He .classified risks into two types.

1. Unforeseen insurable risks like fire, theft.

2. Unforeseen non insurable risks like changes in prices, demand and supply. These uninsurable risks cannot be calculated. According to Prof. Knight, “Profit cannot be treated as the reward for risk taking only for reward for uncertainty bearing”.

5. Walker’s theory of profit:
This theory was developed by Walker. According to Walker, “Profits are a rent paid for the abilities of entrepreneur”. Walker theory states that profits arise due to the differences in efficiency and ability of entrepreneurs. Hence, efficient and able entrepreneurs are paid profits.

Question 12.
Analyse any two methods of measuring National Income.
Answer:
There are three methods of measuring National Income. These are:

  1. Output method or Product method
  2. Income method, and
  3. Expenditure method

CairnCross says, “National Income can be looked in any one of the three ways, as the national income measured by , adding up everybody’s output by adding up everybodys income and by adding up the value of all things that people buy and adding in their savings.

1) Output Method or Product Method:
It is also known as inventory method or commodity service method: In this method we find the the market value of all final goods and services produced in a country in a year. The entire output of final goods and services are multiplied by their respective market prices to find out the gross national product.

GNP = (P1Q1 + P2Q2 + •••• PnQn) + Net income from abroad.
Where, GNP = gross national product,
P = Price of the goods or services
Q = Quantity of goods or services produced
1,2,3 n are the various goods and services produced.

The values of the intermediary goods an’d services should not be included. Only final goods and services should be taken into account. Here, we find out the value of output by the different sectors like agriculture, government, professionals, industry.

2) Income method: In this method, the incomes earned by all factors of production are aggregated to arrive at the National Income of a country. The four factors of produc¬tion receives income in the form of wages, rent, interest and profits. Incomes in the form of transfer payment is not included in it. This is also known as national income at factor cost. f
NI = R + W + I + P
NI = National income
W = Wages * –
R = Rent I = Interest
P = Profits.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 13.
Distinguish between aggregate supply price and aggregate demand price.
Answer:
Aggregate supply price : When an entrepreneur gives employment to certain amount of labour. It requires the use of other factors of production or inputs. All these inputs have to be paid remunerations. When all these are added what we get is the value of the output produced or the expenditure incurred to supply employment for a specific number of labourers. By selling the output the entrepreneurs must expect to receive atleast what they have spent. This is known as the “Aggregate supply price” of the output or level of employment. As the level of output increases with the level of employment, aggregate supply price also increases with every increase in the level of employment.

Aggregate demand price:
In Keynes theory the aggregate demand determines the level of employment. The aggregate demand price for a given output is the amount of money which the firms expect to receive from the sale of that output. Then aggregate demand will be equal to the sum of consumption (Q investment (T) and Government expenditure (G) for goods and services. Therefore, Aggregate demand (AD) = C+ I + G.
As the level of employment rises, the total income of the community also rises and therefore the aggregate demand, price also increases.

Question 14.
Write a note on Finance Commission and its function.
Answer:
The Finance Commission of India came into existence in 1951. It was established under Article 280 of the Indian Constitution by the President of India. It was formed to define the financial relations between the centre and the state. As per the Constitution, the commission is appointed for every five years and consists of a chairman, secretary and four other members.

The first finance commission submitted its report in 1952. The finance commission advises the President, what percentage of the income tax should be retained by the centre, and what principles should be adopted to distribute the divisible pool of the income tax among the states. Since the institution of the first finance commission, stark changes have occurred in the Indian economy causing changes in the macro economic scenario. This has led to major changes in the finance commission’s recommendations over the years. Till date, fourteen finance commissions have submitted their reports. Functions of Finance Commission :

The functions of the finance commission can be explicitly stated as :

  1. Distribution of net proceeds of taxes between centre and the states, to be divided as per their respective contribu-tions to the taxes.
  2. Determine factors governing grants-in aid to the states and the magnitude of the same.
  3. To make recommendations to President as to the mea-sures needed to augment the consolidated fund of a state to supplement the resources of the panchayats and mu-nicipalities in the state on the basis of the recommenda-tions made by the finance commission.

Question 15.
Explain different types of loans and advances paid by the commercial banks.
Answer:
According to “Crowther”- “A bank is a dealer in debts his own and other people”. Banking means the accepting for the purpose of lending or investment of deposits of money from the public repayable or demand or otherwise and withdrawable by cheque, draft or otherwise. *

Advancing loans : Commercial banks release funds so collected for productive ‘purposes by way of loans and advances. Commercial bank usually lend money by way of loans, cash credit, overdrafts and by discounting bills of exchange.

a) Cash credit: In this case, the borrower is given a loan is deposited in his account in the bank. The loan is not normally paid in cash. The borrower can draw money out of his account as per his needs.

b) Overdraft: It means allowing the depositor to overdraft his account upto a previously agreed limit. Banks allow overdraft only to those persons who have their accounts in the bank. The overdraft is granted only for a short period for customers.

c) Loans : Usually a loan is granted against the securities of assets or personal security of the borrowed bank loans, and advances carry a high rate of interest. In addition, banks grant call loans for every short period. Term loans for longer period and also grant consumer credit for buying durable goods.

d) Discounting bills of exchange: The bank facilitates trade and commerce’ by discounting the bills of exchange. This is the most popular form of bank lending.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 16.
What are the components of Money supply.
Answer:
Money supply includes all money in circulation in the ecojiomy. The components of money supply may vary from country to country. Broadly speaking, money supply consists of the following :

1. Currency Issued by the Central Bank:
In any country the central bank issues currency. Currency consists of paper notes and coins. In India Reserve Bank of India, which is the central bank of the country, issues notes in the denominations of 2,000, 500, 100, 50, 20 and 10 rupees. The one rupee note (which is not in circulation in practice) and coins are issued by the Finance Ministry of the Government of India.

2. Demand Deposits Created by Commercial Banks:
Bank deposits are a prominent component of money supply. Commercial banks create credit from the primary deposits of money received from the public. Credit is created in the form deposits called derived or secondary deposits. In developed countries they constitute nearly 80 per cent of money supply.

Question 17.
Calculate arithmetic mean for the data given below.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 11
Answer:
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 12
A = Assumed mean = 1200 Efd = Sum of product of the step deviation
(d1) taken from the assumed mean multiplied with its respective frequencies – 600
N = Total no, of frequencies = 100
Substitute these values in above formula
= 1200 + \(\frac{(-600)}{100}\)
= 1200 + (-6) = 1194 × = 1194.

Section – C

Question 18.
What is positive economics?
Answer:
A positive science is defined as a body of systematised knowledge concerning ‘what it is’. The classical school economists were of the opinion that economics is purely a positive science which had no right to comment upon the rightness or wrongness of economic policy. Here, economists cannot give any final judgement on any matter.

Question 19.
Explain Value in use concepts.
Answer:
The value.of any good or service is the power to command other article or service in exchange.. Value’ in economics is classified into two concepts. They are;

Value in Use : ’fi infers to the capacity of the good to satisfy , human wants. Free goods have value in use and they do not have any value in exchange. For example, water has a greater value in use but no value in exchange.

Question 20.
Explain Total utility.
Answer:
Total utility is the total amount of utility which a consumer derives from a given stock of a commodity.
TUn = f(Qn)

Question 21.
Define marginal utility.
Answer:
Marginal utility is the additional utility obtained from the consumption of additional unit of the commodity.
MUn = TUn – TU(n-1))
(or)
MU = \(\frac{O}{O Q} \div \frac{P_1}{O P}\)

Question 22.
What is Price demand?
Answer:
It explains the functional relationship between price of good and quantity demanded when the remaining factors are constant. It shows inverse relationship between price and demand.
Dx = f(Px)
Dx = Demand for X commodity
Px = Price of X.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 23.
What is Perfectly Elastic Demand?
Answer:
If a negligible change in price leads to an infinite cha age in demand is called perfectly elastic demand. In this ce >e the demand curve is horizontal to X’ axis.

Question 24.
Define the Production Function.
Answer:
The production function is the relationship betwe i, the physical inputs and the physical outputs of a firm. Proi :tion of a firm, production function explains the functional relationship between inputs and outputs this can be as follows Gx = f(L,K,R,N,T).

Question 25.
Define Supply function.
Answer:
Supply of a commodity depends upon a number of factors, the important among these can be presented in the form of a supply function, ft explains the functional relationship between supply of a commodity and other determinants of supply of that commodity. This can be explained as follows.
Sx = f (Px, Py, Pf> T, Gf, Gp)
Sx= Supply of commodity x
f = Functional relationship
px = Price of good
py x = Price of related good
pf = Price of factors
T = Technical progress
Gf = Goal of the producer
Gp = Government policy.

Question 26.
What is Perfect competitions?
Answer:
In this market there are large number of buyers and sellers who promote competition. In this market goods are homo-geneous. There is no transport fares and publicity costs. So price is uniform of any market.

Question 27.
What are the Selling costs?
Answer:
An important feature of monopolistic market is every firm makes expenditure to sell more output. Advertisements through newspapers, journals, electronic media etc., these methods are used to attract more consumers by each firm.

Question 28.
What is net profit?
Answer:
Net profit is the reward paid for the organizer’s entrepreneurial skills.
Net profit = Gross profit – [Implicit rent + Implicit wage + Implicit interest + Depreciation charges + Insurance premium]

Question 29.
What are the determining factors of the demand for a factor?
Answer:
1) The demand for the factors of production is derived demand. It depends on the demand for the goods produc edby it.
2) Price of the factor determines its demand.
3) Prices of other factors which will help in the production also determine the demand for a factor.

Question 30.
Mention the factors that determine National Income.
Answer:
There are many factors that influence and determine the size of national income in a country. These factors are responsible for the differences in national income of various countries.

a) Natural Resources:
The availability of natural resources in a country, its climatic conditions, geographical features, fertility of soil, mines and fuel resources etc., influence the size of national income.

b) Quality and Quantity of Factors of Production:
The national income of a country is largely influenced by the quality and quantity of a country’s stock of factors of production. For example, the quantity of agricultural production and hence, the size of National income.

c) State of Technology:
Output and national income are influenced by the level of technical progress achieved by the country. Advanced techniques of production Kelp in optimum utilization of a country’s natural resources.

d) Political Will and Stability:
Political will and stability in a country helps *for planned economic development for a faster growth of national income.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 31.
What are subsidies?
Answer:
A subsidy or government incentive is a form of financial aid or support extended to an economic sector generally with the aim of promoting economic and social policy ….. consumer / consumption subsidies. Commonly reduce the price of goods and services to the consumer.

Question 32.
How do you explain the term classical economics?
Answer:
The term classical economics refers to the body of economic group which held their influence from the letter half of the 18th century to the early part of the.20th century. The most important principle of classicism are personal liberty. Private property and freedom of private enterprise.

Question 33.
What is Say’s law of markets?
Answer:
J.B Say a-French economist advocated the famous ‘Law of markets’ on which the classical theory of employment is based. According to this law “supply creates its own demand”. According to this law whenever additional output is created. The factors of production which participate in that production receive incomes equal to that value of that output. This income would be spent either on consumption goods or on capital goods. Thus additional demand is created matching the additional supply.

Question 34.
What is paper money?
Answer:
Paper money is made of paper. Currency notes in the form of 12,000, ? 500, ? 100, ? 50, ? 20, ? 10 are printed on paper in India.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution

Question 35.
Write about the main objectives of Central Bank.
Answer:
Central Bank is the apex institution of the banking system in a country. It controls, regulates and supervises the activities of the country’s banking system. The Reserve Bank of India works to achieve the following objectives :

  1. Regulating, the issue of currency notes.
  2. Achieving the monetary stability in the economy.
  3. Controlling the credit system.
  4. Providing guidance to commercial banks.
  5. Evolving and implementing uniform credit policy throughout country.

Question 36.
What are the merits of median?
Answer:
Merits of Median:

  1. It is rigidly defined.
  2. Even if the value of extreme item is much different from other values, it is not much affected by these values.
  3. It can be located graphically.
  4. It can be easily calculated and is also easy to understand.

Question 37.
Find the mode from the following data.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 7 with Solution - 13
Answer:
From the given data, it can be seen that Rs. 480 occurred many times in the series.
∴ Mode = 480

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solution

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 6 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Question 1.
Discuss the consumer’s equilibrium with the help of Law of equi-marginal utility.
Answer:
Law of equi-marginal utility is an important law of consumption. It is called as “Gossen’s Second Law”, as its formulation is associated with the name of H.H. Gossen. According to Marshall, “If a person has a thing which can be put to several uses, he will distribute it among these uses in such a way that it has the same marginal utility in all uses. If it had a greater marginal utility in one use than in another, he would gain by taking away some of it from the second and applying it to the first”‘

According to this law the consumer has to distribute his money income on different uses in such a manner that the last rupee spent on each commodity gives him the same marginal utility. Equalisation of marginal utility in different uses will maximise his total satisfaction. Hence, this law is known as the “Law of equi-marginal utility”. The fundamental condition for consumer’s equilibrium can be explained in the following way.

\(\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{x}}}=\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{y}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{y}}}=\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{z}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{z}}}=\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{m}}\)

Where, MUx, MUy, MUz, MUm = Marginal utilities of com¬modities x, y, z, money (m), and Px, Py, Pz = Prices of x, y, z goods.

This law can be explained with the help of a table. Suppose the consumer is prepared to spend his money income is ₹ 26/ – on two goods say X and Y. Market prices of two goods are ₹ 4/- & ₹ 5/- respectively. Now the marginal utilities of good X, good Y are shown below.

links U<sub>x</sub> MU<sub>x</sub> Units MU<sub>y</sub>
1 44 1 45
2 40 2 40
3 36 3 35
4 32 4 30
5 28 5 25

For explaining consumer’s maximum satisfaction and consequent equilibrium position we need to reconstruct the above table by dividing marginal utilities of X by its price ₹ 4/- and marginal utility of Y by ₹ 5/-. This is shown in the following table.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solution - 1

In the table it is clear that when consumer purchases 4 units of goods X & 2 units of good Y. Therefore, Consumer will be in equilibrium when he is spending (4 × 4 = 16 + 2 × 5 = 10) ₹ 26/- on them.

Assumptions of the law: The law of equi-marginal utility depends on the following assumptions.

  1. This law is based on cardinal measurement of utility.
  2. Consumer is a rational man always aiming at maximum satisfaction.
  3. The marginal utility of money remains constant.
  4. Consumer’s income is limited and he is proposed to spent the entire amount on different goods.
  5. The price of goods are unchanged.
  6. Utility derived from one commodity is independent of the utility of the other commodity.

Limitations of the law: The law of equi-marginal utility has been subject to certain limitations which are as given below:

  1. The law assumes that consumer is a rational man and always tries, to get maximum satisfaction. But, in real life, several obstacles may obstruct rational behaviour.
  2. his law is not applicable when goods are indivisible.
  3. The law is based on unrealistic assumptions like cardinal measurement of utility and marginal utility of money remains constant. In real world, MU of money does not re¬main constant.
  4. This law will not be applicable to complementary goods.
  5. Another limitations of this law is that there is no fixed accounting period for the consumer in which he can buy and consume goods.

Importance of the Law : The law of equi-marginal utility is of great practical importance in economics.

  1. Basis of Consumer Expenditure:
    The expenditure pat-tern of every consumer is based on this law.
  2. Basis for Savings and Consumption:
    A prudent consumer will try to distribute his limited means between present and future consumption so as to have equal marginal utility in each. This is how the law guides us.
  3. In the Field of Production:
    To the businessman and the manufacturer the law is of special importance. He works towards the most economical combination of the factors of production. For this he will substitute one factor for another till their marginal productivities are the same.
  4. Its application to Exchange:
    In all our exchanges, this law works. Exchange is nothing but substitution of one thing for another.
  5. Price Determination:
    This principle has an important bearing on the determination of value and price.
  6. Public Finance:
    Public expenditure of a government conforms to this law. Taxes are also levied in such a manner that the marginal sacrifice of each tax payer is equal.

Question 2.
Explain the law of demand and examine its exceptions.
Answer:
Demand means a desire which is backed up by ability to buy and willingness to pay the price is called Demand in Economics. Thus demand will be always to a price and time. Demand has the following features.

  1. Desire for the commodify.
  2. Ability to buy the commodity.
  3. Willing to pay the price of commodity.
  4. Demand is always at a price.
  5. Demand is per unit of time i.e., per day, week etc. Therefore, the price demand may be expressed in the form of small equation. Dx = f(Px)

Price demand explains the relation between price and quantity demanded of a commodity. Price demand states that there is an inverse relationship between price and demand.

Law of demand:
Marshall defines the law of demand as, “The amount demanded increases with a fall in price and diminishes with a rise in price when other things remain the same”. So, the law of demand explains the inverse relationship between the price and quantity demanded of a commodity.

Demand schedule:
It means a list of the quantities demanded at various prices in a given period of time in a market. An imaginary example given below.

Pricein ₹ Quantity Demanded units
5 10
4 20
3 30
2 40
1 50

The table shows that as the price falls to ₹ 1/- the quantity demanded 50 units, when price ₹ 5/- he is buying 10 units. So, there is inverse relationship between price and demand. Price is low demand will be high and price is high demand will be low. We can illustrate the above schedule in a diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solution - 2

In the above diagram on X-axis demand is shown and price is on Y-axis. DD is the demand curve. Demand curve slopes downwards from left to right. Assumptions :

  1. No change in the income of consumer.
  2. The taste and preferences consumers remain same.
  3. The prices of related goods remain the same.
  4. New substitutes are not discovered.
  5. No expectation of future price changes.

Exceptions:
In certain situations, more will be demanded at higher price and less will be demanded at a lower price. In such cases the demand curve slopes upward from left to right which is called an exceptional demand curve. This can be shown in the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solution - 3

In the diagram when price increases from OP to OP1 demand also increases from OQ to OQ1 This is opposite to law of demand.

1) Giffen’s Paradox:
This was stated by Sir Robert Giffen. He observed that poor people will demand more of infe-rior goods, if their prices rise. Inferior goods are known as Giffen goods. Ex : Ragee, Jowar etc. He pointed out that in case of the English workers, the law of demand does not apply to bread. Giffen noticed that workers spend a major portion of their income on bread and only small portion on meat.

2) Veblen Effect (Prestigious goods):
This exception was stated by Veblen. Costly goods like diamonds and precious stones are called prestige goods or veblen goods. Generally, rich people purchase those goods for the sake of prestige. Hence, rich people may buy more such goods when their prices rise.

3) Speculation:
When the price of a commodity rises the group of speculators expect that it will rise still further. Therefore, they buy more of that commodity. If they expect that there is a fall in price, the demand may not expand. Ex : Shares in the stock market.

4) Illusion:
Sometimes, consumer develop to false idea that a high priced good will have a better quality instead of low priced good. If the price of such good falls, demand decreases, which is contrary to the law of demand.

Question 3.
What are the various definitions of National income? De-scribe the determining factors of National Income?
Answer:
National Income has been defined in a number of ways. National income is the total market value of all goods and services produced annually in a country. In other way, the total income accruing to a country from economic activities in a year’s time is called national income. It includes payments made to all factors of production in the form of rent, wages, interest and profits.

The definitions of national income can be divided into two classes. They are :
i) traditional definitions advocated by Marshall, Pigou and Fisher, and ii) modern definitions.
1) Marshall’s Definition:
According to Alfred Marshall, “the labour and capital of a country acting on its natural resources, produce annually a certain net aggregate of commodities; material and non-material including services of all kinds. This is the true net annual income or revenue of the country”. In this definition, the word ‘net’ refers to deduction of depreciation from the gross national income and to this income from abroad must be added.

2) Pigou’s Definition:
According to A.C.Pigou, “National Income is that part of the objective income of the community including of income derived from abroad which can be measured in money”. He has included that income which can be measured in terms of money. This definition is better than the Marshallian definition.

3) Fisher’s Definition:
Fisher adopted consumption as the criterion of national income. Marshall and Pigou regarded it as the production. According to Fisher, “the national income consists solely of services as received by ultimate consumers, whether from their material or from their human environment. Only the services rendered during this year are income”.

4) Kuznets’ Definition:
From the mpdem point of view, according to Kuznets, “national income is the net output of commodities and services flowing during the year from the country’s productive system into the hands of the ultimate consumers”.

Determining Factors of National income:
There are many factors that influence and determine the size of national income in a country. These factors are responsible for the differences in national income of various countries.

a) Natural Resources:
The availability of natural resources in a country, its climatic conditions, geographical features, fertility of soil, mines and fuel resources etc., influence the size of national income.

b) Quality and Quantity of Factors of Production:
The national income of a country is largely influenced by the quality and quantity of a country’s stock of factors of production.

c) State of Technology:
Output and national income are influenced by the level of technical progress achieved by the country. Advanced techniques of production help in optimum utilization of a country’s natural resources.

d) Political Will and Stability:
Political will and stability in a country helps in planned economic development and for a faster growth of national income.

Question 4.
Discuss the concept of public finance. Describe the sources of public revenue.
Answer:
Public finance deals with the income and expenditure of public authorities (government). The word public is used to denote state of government: central, state and local bodies. According to Prof. Hugh Dalton “it is concerned with the income and expenditure of public authorities and with the adjustment of one to another”.

Modern governments play a major role in creating economic and social infrastructure. They spend lots of money on construction of roads, railways, on creating communication systems, education and health, on providing irrigation facilities and electricity etc. Of late modern governments have been spending huge amounts on various welfare measures to ameliorate the difficulties of poor and downtrodden sections of their population.

Public Revenue:
As explained in the previous paragraphs, a modern government has many functions to perform. It needs huge revenue for the performance of all its functions efficiently. Therefore it collects revenue by imposing taxes and also receives money from the people in many other forms. Revenue received by the government from different sources is called public revenue. Public revenue is broadly classified into two kinds :
1) Tax revenue and
2) Non-Tax revenue.

1) Tax Revenue:
Revenue received through collection of taxes from the public is called tax revenue. Both the central and state governments collect taxes as per their allocation in the Constitution. Broadly taxes are divided into two categories :
a) direct taxes,
b) indirect taxes.

a) Direct Taxes:
i) Taxes imposed on individuals and companies based on income and expenditure. Ex : Personal income tax, corporate tax, interest tax and expenditure tax.

ii) Taxes imposed on property and capital assets of individuals and companies. Ex : Wealth tax, gift tax, estate duty.

b) Indirect Taxes :
Taxes levied on goods and services. Ex : Excise duty, customs duty, service tax.

2) Non – Tax Revenue : Government receives revenue from sources other than taxes and such revenue is called the non-tax revenue. The sources of non-tax revenues are as follows:

a) Administrative Revenue:
Government receives money for certain administrative services. Ex : License fee, Tuition fee, Penalty etc.

b) Commercial Revenue:
Modem governments establish public sector units to manufacture certain goods and offer certain services. The goods and services are exchanged for the price. So such units earn revenue by way of selling their products. Some of the examples of the public sector units are Indian Oil Corporation, Bharath Sanchar Nigam Ltd, Bharath Heavy Electricals, Indian Railways, State Road Transport Corporations, Air India etc.

c) Loans and Advances:
When the revenue received by the government from taxes and from non-tax sources is not sufficient to meet the needs of government expenditure, it may receive loans from the financial institutions operating within the country and also from the public. Modern government can also obtain loans from foreign government and international financial institutions.

d) Grants-in-Aid :
Grants are amounts received without any condition of repayment. They are not repaid. State governments receive such grants from the central government. The central government may receive such grants from foreign governments or any international funding agency.

Grants are of two types :

  1. General Grants:
    When a grant is given to meet shortage of funds in general without specifying a purpose, it is called general grant.
  2. Specific Grants:
    When a grant is given for a specific purpose it is called a specific grant. It cannot be spent on any other purpose. Ex : education grant and family planning grant etc.

5. Discuss the evolution of money. Explain its types.
Answer:
Money occupies a unique place in any economic system. Society needs money for a variety of transactions undertaken by the people and the government in the day to day life. Now¬, a-days, we cannot imagine a society without a role for money. Evolution of money:

The term ‘money’ was derived from the name of goddess Juno Moneta of Rome. Prior to the introduction of money, the barter system was in vogue. In that system one commodity was exchanged for another commodity. Money was coined in order to overcome the difficulties of the barter system. In the initial stages, animal was used in place of money. Gradually metallic money in the form of gold, silver, bronze and nickel replaced it. In the third stage coins came into use. That was followed by paper money. The latest stage is the credit money in the form of drafts, cheques, debit cards, credit cards etc. Thus, money has undergone different stages in the process of evolution.

Types of money:
1) Commodity Money and Representative Money:
Commodity money includes metallic coins whose face value and intrinsic value are same. It is also called as full-bodied money. Representative money includes coins and paper money whose intrinsic value is less than their face value.

2) Legal Tender Money and Optional Money:
On the basis of legality, money is divided into legal tender money and optional money. Legal tender money is the money which is accepted as per the law by everyone in payment for commodities and services. Credit creation by the commercial banks in the form of drafts, cheques etc., are called as optional money.

3) Metallic Money and Paper Money:
Metallic money is made up of metals such as silver, nickel, steel etc. All coins are metallic money. Paper money is money printed on paper. Currency notes in the form of ₹ 1,000, ₹ 500, HOO, ₹ 50 and ₹10 are paper money.

4) Standard Money and Token Money: Standard money is the money whose face value and intrinsic value are same. Token money is money or unit of currency whose face value is higher than the intrinsic value, e.g. 50 paisa, 1 rupee coins etc.

5) Credit Money:
This is also called as bank money. This is created by commercial banks. This refers to the bank deposits that are repayable on demand and which can be transferred from one individual to the other through cheques.

Question 6.
Explain the scarcity definition of economics.
Answer:
Marshall’s welfare definition until the publication of Lionel Robbins’ book “An Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science” in 1932. Robbins’ definition brought out the logical inconsistencies and inadequacies of the earlier definitions and formulated his own definition of economics. He has given a more scientific definition of economics. In the words of Robbins, “Economics is the science which studies human behavior as a relationship between ends and scarce means which have alternative uses.'”

I. Main Features :
1. Human Wants are Unlimited: The fulfillment of one want gives rise to a number of new wants.

2. Means are Scarce : The means of a person by which his wants may be satisfied are limited. It leads to economic problems as all wants cannot be satisfied by these limited means.

3. Alternative Uses of Scarce Means : Resources are not only scarce but also have multiple uses. For example, electricity can be used in homes and also in industries . A piece of land can be used to produce rice or wheat. If a scarce factor is used for the satisfaction of one want, less of it will be available for other wants. Hence, man has to make a decision regarding the alternative uses of resources.

4. Man has therefore, to choose between wants. Problem, of choice arises.

II. Superiority of Robbins’ Definition:
Robbins’ definition is superior to the earlier definition in more than one way. The reasons are given below :

1. It is non-classificatory, as it includes all human activi-ties whether they promote human welfare or not.

2. This is universally accepted definition. It is applicable to all types of societies, because the scarcity of re-sources is felt by individuals as well as by societies.

3. Robbins’ definition of economics is neutral between ends. Being a positive science it does not pass any value judgements regarding ends.

Question 7.
Examine the limitations of the law of diminishing Marginal utility. Analyse its importance.
Answer:
The law of diminishing marginal utility was originally explained by Hermann Heinrich Gossen in 1854. Jevans called it as Gossen’s first law. But Alfred Marshall popularised this law and analysed it in a scientific manner.

Meaning:
The law says that as a consumer takes more units of good, the extra satisfaction that he derives from extra unit of a good goes on falling. The relationship between quantity consumed and utility derived from each successive unit con¬sumed is called the law of diminishing marginal utility. Limitations of the Law :

The following are some of the exceptions to the law of di-minishing marginal utility:

1) Rational Consumer:
The consumer should be an economic human being with rational behaviour. If he is un-der the influence of an intoxicant, the utility of the later units will rise in the beginning but ultimately it falls and even becomes negative.

2) If goods are not independent, this law will not work. Complimentary goods can be one of the example.

3) Marginal utility of money is not constant. Our desire for money increases as we have more of it. The marginal utility of money will not be zero, but definitely it falls, when a person acquires more and more money.

4) If the goods are not homogeneous, this law will not work.

5) If the goods are too big or too small in size, problem arises. If the size is too big, consumer may not require second unit and similarly if the size is too small. Utility of the subsequent units may increase.

6) In the case of durable goods, it is not possible to calculate their utility because their use is spread over a period of time. A consumer does not buy more durable goods for personal consumption.

7) If there is any change in consumer’s income or tastes or habits, this law does not hold good.

8) If the goods are not ordinary, like diamonds or hobby goods like stamps and Coins, the utility of the additional units may be greater than the earlier units. Infact law is applicable in these cases also. The collector of stamps or coins never like to have innumerable pieces. The person may not collect more than one or two of the same coin or same stamp.

Importance of the Law:

  1. The law of diminishing marginal utility is the basic law of consumption and it is the basis for the law of demand, the law of equi-marginal utility etc.
  2. The changes in design, pattern and packing of goods will be brought by the producers by keeping this law in view.
  3. The law explains the theory of value that the price of a good falls when supply increases. Because with the in-crease in the stock of a good, its marginal utility dimin-ishes.
  4. Diamond-water paradox can be explained with the help of this law. Due to relative scarcity, diamonds possess high exchange value and less use value. Similarly, water is rela¬tively abundant and so it posseses low exchange value but more use value.

Question 8.
What is elasticity of Demand?
Answer:
In Economic theory, the concept of elasticity of demand has a significant role. Elasticity of demand means the percentage change in quantity demanded in response to the percentage change in one of the variables on which demand depends. Elasticity of demand changes from person to person, place to place, time to time and one commodity to another.

According to Marshall, “The elasticity of demand in a market is great or small according as the amount demanded increases much or little for a given fall in price”.

The concept of elasticity of demand explains how much or to what extent a change in any one of the independent variables leads to a change in the dependent variable. There are three kinds of elasticity of demand.

1. Price Elasticity of demand
2. Income,Elasticity of demand
3. Cross Elasticity of demand.

Question 9.
What are the merits and demerits of Divisions?
Answer:
It is an important feature of modem industrial organization. It refers to scheme of dividing the given activity among workers in such away that each worker is supposed to do one activity or only a limited and narrow segment of an activity. Thus, division of labour increases output per worker on account of higher efficiency and specialized skill.

Advantages: Disadvantages:
i) Increase in productivity, i) Leads to monotony,
ii) Inventions are facilitated, ii) Retards human development,
iii) Saving in time, iii) Loss of skill,
iv) Diversity of employment, iv) Possibility of unemploy-ment,
v) Mechanization is possible, v) Hindrance to mobility of labour.
vi) Increase in dexterity and skills,
vii) Large scale production is possible,
v) Mechanization is possible,

Question 10.
Explain the concept of duopoly and its characteristics.
Answer:
Duopoly (from greek duoayi (two) + polein(to sell)) is a specific type of oligopoly where only two producers exist in one market. In reality, this definition is generally used where only two firms have dominance over a market.

It is also called as a limited form of oligopoly. The goods produced by the producers may be homogeneous or differentiated. As there are only two producers, both are aware that the decisions of one will affect the other. Rivalry and collusion of the producers are both possible in this market
situation. In the market both firms have noteworthy control. In the field of industrial organization, it is the most commonly studied form of oligopoly due to its simplicity.

The earliest duopoly model was developed in 1838 by the French economist Augustin Cournot. Cournot illustrated his model with the example of two firms. According to this . model, the two sellers will have a naive behaviours and they never learn from past patterns of reaction of rivalry. As a result each firm produces one third of the output. Together they cover two-thirds of the total market. Each firm maximizes its profits but industry profit will not be maximized. This happens due to non recognition of their interdependence. Characteristics of Duopoly:

a) There will be two sellers.
b) Homogeneous product.
c) Zero production cost.

Question 11.
How the per capita income in calculated ? What is the relationship between population and per capita income?
Answer:
The per capita income is the average income of the people in a country in a particular year. It is calculated, by dividing national income at current prices by population of the country in that year.

Per capita income for 2010 -11 =
\(\frac{\text { National Income (at current prices) for } 2010-11}{\text { Population in } 2010-11}\)

This refers to the measurement of per capita income at current prices. This concept is a good indicator of the average income and the standard of living in a country. But it is not reliable because actual income may be more or may be less when compared to the average income. This per capita income will also be measured at constant prices and so we get real per capita income. By dividing real
national income in a particular year by population of that year we will get real per capita income for that year.

Per Capita Income = \(\frac{\text { Real National Income }}{\text { Population }}\)

Relationship Between Per Capita Income and Population:
There is a close relationship between national income and population. These two together determine the per capita income. If rate of growth of national income is 6% and rate of growth of population is 3% the rate of growth of per capita income will be 3% and it can be expressed as follows:

gpc = gni – gp
where,
gpc = Growth rate of per capita income
gni = Growth rate of national income
gp = Growth rate of population

A rise in the per capita income indicates a rise in standard of living. The rise in per capita income is possible only when the rate of growth of population is less than the rate of growth of that national income.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 6 with Solution - 4

NIA – Net Income from Abroad
D = Depreciation
ID = Indirect Taxes
Sub = Subsidies
UP = Undistributed Profits
CT = Corporate Taxes
TrH = Transfers received by Households
PTP = Personal Tax Payments
GDP = Gross Domestic Product
GNP = Gross National Product
In fig. we have presented the relation between the various concepts of national income.

Question 12.
Explain the concept’s of gross profits.
Answer:
Gross profit is considered as a difference between total revenue and cost of production. The following are the components of gross profit:

  1. The rent payable to his own land or buildings includes gross profit.
  2. The interest payable to his own business capital.
  3. The wage payable to the entrepreneur for his management includes gross profit.
  4. Depreciation charges or user cost of production and insurance charges are included in gross profit.

Net profits : Net profits are reward paid for the organiser’s entrepreneurial skills.

Components:

  1. Reward for Risk Bearing : Net profit is the reward for bearing uninsurable risks and uncertainties.
  2. Reward for Co-ordination : It is the reward paid for co-ordinating the factors of production in right proportion in the process of production.
  3. Reward for Marketing Services : It is the profit paid to the entrepreneur for his ability to purchase the services of factors of production.
  4. Reward for Innovations : It is the reward paid for innovations of new products and alternative uses to natural resources.
  5. Wind Fall Gains : These gains arise as a result of natural calamities, wars and artificial scarcity are also included in net profits.

Question 13.
Discuss the concept of public finance. Describe the sources of public revenue.
Answer:
Public finance deals with the income and expenditure of public authorities (government). The word public is used to denote state or government: central, state and local bodies. According to Prof. Hugh Dalton “it is concerned with the income and expenditure of public authorities and with the adjustment of one to another”.

Modern governments play a major role in creating eco-nomic and social infrastructure. They spend lots of money on construction of roads, railways, on creating communica- . tion systems, education and health, on providing irrigation facilities and electricity etc. Of late modem governments have been spending huge amounts on various welfare measures to ameliorate the difficulties of poor and downtrodden sections of their population.

Public Revenue:
As explained in the previous paragraphs, a modern gov-ernment has many functions to perform. It needs huge rev-enue for the performance of all its functions efficiently. There¬fore it collects revenue by imposing taxes and also receives money from the people in many other forms. Revenue received by the government from different sources is called public revenue. Public revenue is broadly classified into two kinds:

1) Tax revenue and
2. Non-Tax revenue.

1) Tax Revenue:
Revenue received through collection of taxes from the public is called tax revenue. Both the central and state governments collect taxes as per their allocation in the Constitution. Broadly taxes are divided into two categories : a) direct taxes, b) indirect taxes.

a) Direct Taxes:
i) Taxes imposed on individuals and companies based on income and expenditure. Ex : Personal income tax, corporate tax, interest tax and expenditure tax.

ii) Taxes imposed on property and capital assets of individuals and companies. Ex : Wealth tax, gift tax, estate duty.

b) Indirect Taxes : Taxes levied on goods and services. Ex : Excise duty, customs duty, service tax.

2) Non – Tax Revenue : Government receives revenue from sources other than taxes and such revenue is called the non-tax revenue. The sources of non-tax revenues are as follows:

a) Administrative Revenue: Government receives money for certain administrative services. Ex : License fee, Tuition fee, Penalty etc.

b) Commercial Revenue : Modem governments establish public sector units to manufacture certain goods and offer certain services. The goods and services are exchanged for the price. So such units earn revenue by way of selling their products.

Some of the examples of the public sector units are Indian Oil Corporation, Bharath Sanchar Nigam Ltd, Bharath Heavy Electricals, Indian Railways, State Road Transport Corporations, Air India etc.

c) Loans and Advances:
When the revenue received by the government from taxes and from non-tax sources is not sufficient to meet the needs of government expenditure, it may receive loans from the financial institutions operating within the country and also from the public. Modern government can also obtain loans from foreign government and international financial institutions.

d) Grants-in-Aid:
Grants are amounts received without any condition of repayment. They are not repaid. State governments receive such grants from the central govern¬ment. The central government may receive such grants from foreign governments or any international funding agency.

Grants are of two types :
1. General Grants: When a grant is given to meet shortage of funds in general without specifying a purpose, it is called general grant.

2. Specific Grants:
When a grant is given for a specific purpose it is called a specific grant. It cannot be spent on any other purpose. Ex : education grant and family planning grant etc.

Question 14.
Explain different kinds of deposits accepted by the commercial banks.
Answer:
Commercial banks pay a very important role in the economic growth of a country. Commercial banks are the most impor- . tant’source of institutional credit in the money market. Banks attract savings from the people and encourage investment in .industry, trade and commerce. Bank is a profit seeking busi-ness firm dealing in money and credit.

The word bank is derived from the “German” word “bankco” which means joint stock or joint fund. Banking in Britain originated with the lending of money by wealthy individuals to merchants who wished to borrow.

According to ’Richard Sydney’ sayers – “Banks are institu¬tions whose debts usually referred to as “Bank deposits” are commonly accepted in final settlement of other people’s debts”.
Accepting deposits: The commercial bank just like any other money lender is doing money lending business . Bank receives public money in the form of deposits. The deposits mainly are of the following types.

a) Current deposits: These deposits have two characteristics.
1) There are no restrictions with regard to the amount of withdrawal and number of withdrawals.
2) Banks normally do not pay any interest on current account deposits.
b) Savings deposits: The sole aim of banks in receiving these deposits is to promote the habit of thrift among low income groups.

They have the following characteristics :
1) Two or three withdrawals per week are permitted.
2) Banks pay 4% to 5% interest per annum on savings deposits.

c) Recurring deposits:
People will deposit their money in these deposits as monthly installments for a fixed period of time. The bank after expiry of the said period will return the total amount with interest thereon. The rate of interest will be higher than the saving deposits.

d) Fixed deposits:
Deposits of fixed accounts are called fixed or time deposits they are left with the bank for a fixed period. The following are the characteristics.
1) The amount cannot be withdrawn before expiry of fixed period.
2) Bank pay high rate of interest than any deposits.

Question 15.
Identify the causes of Inflation.
Answer:
In a broader sense, the term inflation refers to persistent rise in the general price level over a long period of time. Some of the important definitions are given below :

According to Pigou, “inflation exists when money income is expanding more than in proportion to increase in earning activity”. Crowther defined inflation as, “a state in which the value of money is falling, that is the prices are rising.

Causes of Inflation:
Broadly speaking, inflation may occur due to the following reasons. Inflation is caused either by excess demand or supply shortage or increased cost of production.

  1. Factors Causing Increase in the Aggregate Demand of Commodities:
    • High rate of population growth.
    • Increase in non-plan and plan expenditure of the government.
    • Rise in the per capita income of the people due to economic development.
    • Increased spending by the government on employment programmes and welfare schemes.
    • Heavy investment on development projects with long gestation period.
    • Increase in the money supply in the economy.
    • Liberal availability of credit for unproductive economic activities.
    • Deficit financing by the government.
    • Conspicuous spending by the people having bjack money.
    •  Reduction in direct tax rates.
  2. Factors that Increase the Cost of Production:
    • Increase in costs of lands, rents, wage rates and interest rates.
    • Rise in the price of capital equipment and raw materials due to their shortage.
    • Increase in indirect tax rates.
    • Excessive wear and tear of machinery and lack of modernization.
    • Import of machinery and equipment at higher prices.
    • Lack of optimum allocation of resources.
    • Devaluation of domestic currency.
  3. Inefficiency in management and lack of control over wasteful expenditure. actors Causing Inadequate Supply:
    • Failure of monsoons, floods, pests, use of spurious seeds etc., in agriculture.
    • Shortage of investment due to inadequate availability of institutional credit.
    • Non-availability or inadequate availability of inputs and raw materials.
    • Underutilization of productive capacity due to power shortage, labour unrest etc.
    • Long gestation period of certain industries.
    • Exports at the cost of domestic supply.
    • Artificial scarcity due to black-marketing.

Question 16.
Enumerate the assumptions and major aspects of classical theory of employment.
Answer:
The classical theory of employment is based on the Say’s law of markets. The famous law of markets, propounded by the J.B Say states that “Supply creates its own demand”. Assumptions : The Say’s law is based on the following assumptions.

  1. There is a free enterprise economy.
  2. There is perfect competition in the economy.
  3. There is no government interference in the functioning of the economy.
  4. The equilibrium process is considered from the long term point of view.
  5. All savings are automatically invested.
  6. The interest rate is flexible. .
  7. The wage rate is flexible.
  8. There are no limits to the expansion of the market.
  9. Money acts as medium of exchange.

Aspects of Classical Theoiy:
The classical theory of employment can be discussed with three dimensions.

A) Goods Market Equilibrium :
The classical theory of employmet is based on the Say’s Law of Markets. The first part of Say’s market law explains the goods market equilibrium. The famous law of markets, propounded by the J.B. Say states that, “Supply creates its own demand”.

B) Money Market Equilibrium (Saving Investment Equilibrium):
The goods market equilibrium leads to bring equilibrium of both money and labour markets. In goods market, it is assumed that the total income is spent. The classical economists agree that part of the income may be saved, but the savings is gradually spent on capital goods. The expenditure on capital goods is called investment. It is assuiried that equality between savings and investment (S=I) is brought by the flexible rate of interest.

C) Labour Market Equilibrium :
Pigou’s Wage Cut Policy : . According to the classical economists, unemployment may
occur in the short run. This is not because the demand is not sufficient but due to increase in the wages forced by the trade unions or the interference of government. A.C. Pigou suggested that reduction in the wages will remove unemployment. This is called wage – cut policy. A reduction in the wage rate results in the increase in employment.

Question 17.
What is median?
What are it’s merits and drawbacks?
Answer:
Median (M) : Median is the middle element when the data set is arranged in order of the magnitude. Median is that positional value of the variable which divides the distribution into two equal parts. In the ungrouped data, the median is computed as follows :

i) The values of the variate are arranged either in ascending or in descending order.

ii) The middle – most value is taken as the median. If the number of values ‘n’ in the raw data is odd, then the Merits and Drawbacks of Median:

  1. Merits of Median:
    • It is rigidly defined.
    • Even if the value of extreme item is much different from other values, it is not much affected by these values.
    • It can be located graphically.
    • It can be easily calculated and is also easy to under-stand.
  2. Drawbacks of Median:
    • Even if the value of extreme items is too large, it does not affect too much, due to this reason, sometimes median does not remain the representative of the series.
    • Median cannot be used for further algebraic treatment.
    • In a continuous series it has to be interpolated.
    • If the number of series is even, we can only make its estimate; as the AM. of two middle terms is taken as Median.

Section – C

Question 18.
Explain the merits of mode.
Answer:
Merits :

  1. Mode is the term that occur most in the series hence, it is neither an isolated value like Median nor it is a value like mean that may not be there in the series.
  2. It is not affecteed by extreme values hence is a good representative of the series.
  3. It can be found graphically also.
  4. For open end intervals it is not necessary to know the length of open intervals.
  5. It can also be used in case of quantitative phenomenon.
  6. With only just a single glance on data we can find its value. It is simplest.
  7. It is the most used average in day-to-day life, such as average marks of a class, average number of students in a section, average size of shoes, etc.

Question 19.
What are the uses of Arithmetic mean?
Answer:
Uses of A.M.

  1. It can be easily calculated; and can be easily understood.
  2. As every item is taken into calculation, it is affected by every item.
  3. As the mathematical formula is rigid one, therefore, the result remains the same.
  4. It is useful for further algebraic treatment.
  5. It is mostly used for comparing the various issues.

Question 20.
What are the dynamic functions of money?
Answer:
The function of money which influence output consumption, distribution and the given price level are known as dynamic functions. They make the entire economy into dynamic. The contingent function explained about under the perview of dynamic functions.

Question 21.
What is meant by discounting of bills of exchange?
Answer:
Bills of exchange are undertakings written by the buyers and . given to sellers when the transaction is made on credit basis. The buyer undertakes to make payment after a specified period or on a specified future date. The traders who posses such bills of exchange with them may approach the banks for discounting of the bills of exchange when they need money. The commercial banks pay advances by discounting the bills of exchange with or without security.

Question 22.
What is the significance of vote on account budget?
Answer:
Vote on account is an interim budget presented for a few months pending presentation at the regular budget.

Question 23.
Distinguish between revenue account and capital account.
Answer:
Revenue account consists of the current transactions and in-cludes value of transactions relating to export import travel expenses, insurance, investment, income etc. The capital ac¬count refers to the transactions of capital nature such as borrowing and lending of capital repayment of capital sale and purchase of shares and securities etc.

Question 24.
How National Income is estimated in India?
Answer:
After independence the Government of India appointed a National Income Estimates Committee in the year 1949, Under the chairmanship of Sri PC. Mahalanobis to claculate the national income of India. At present the Central Statistical Organization (CSO) has been entrusted with the responsibility of preparing national income estimates. The CSO has divided the Indian economy into 13 sectors and grouped them under five heads. They are

  1. Primary Sector.
  2. Secondry Sector.
  3. Transport, Communication and Trade.
  4. Finance and Real Estate.
  5. Community and Personal Services.

Question 25.
Mention the factors that determine National Income.
Answer:
There are many factors that influence and determine the size of national income in a country. These factors are responsible for the differences in national income of various countries,

a) Natural Resources:
The availability of natural resources in a country, its climatic conditions, geographical features, fertility of soil, mines and fuel resources etc., influence the size of national income.

b) Quality and Quantity of Factors of Production:
The national income of a country is largely influenced by the •quality and quantity of a country’s stock of factors of production. For example, the quantity of agricultural production and hence, the size of National income.

c) State of Technology:
Output and national income are influenced by the level of technical progress achieved by the country. Advanced techniques of production help in optimum utilization of a country’s natural resources.

d) Political Will and Stability:
Political will and stability in a country helps for planned economic development for a faster growth of national income.

Question 26.
What is Contract rent?
Answer:
It is the hire charges for any durable good. Ex : Cycle, rent, room rent etc. fit is a periodic payment made for the use of any material good. The amount paid by the tenant cultivator to the landlord annually may be also called contract rent. Ex. : The rent that a tenant pays to the house owner monthly as per an agreement made earlier or the hiring charges of a cycle ? 10 per hour is also contract rent.

Question 27.
What are piece wages ?
Answer:
Piece wage is the amount paid for labourers according to volume of work, done by them.

Question 28.
Give a note on the Competitions based market.
Answer:
Based on the nature of the competition, markets are classified into two perfect competition and imperfect competition.

a) Perfect Competition:
A perfectly competitive market is one in which the number of buyers and sellers is very ‘ large, all engaged in buying and selling a homogeneous product without any artificial restrictions. Hence, there is absence of rivalry among the individual firms in perfect competition.

b) Imperfect Competition:
It is a market situation where competition is not perfect either amongst the buyers or amongst the sellers. Hence, there will be a different price for the same product. These markets are divided into monopoly, monopolistic competition, oligopoly and duopoly.

Question 29.
Define monopoly.
Answer:
Mono means single, Poly means seller. In this market single seller and there is no close substitutes. The monopolist is a price maker.

Question 30.
Explain the nature of AR and MR curve in Monopoly.
Answer:
Under monopoly, there is a single seller. The commodity offered by a monoplist may be or may not be homogenous. Monopolist can control price and output of the commodity, but he can’t determine both simultaneously due to existance of left to right downward sloping demand curve in the market. He can sell more quantity at lower pric e and less quantity at higher price. The relationship between TR, AR and MR is shown in table.

Output Price Total Revenue PQ Average Revenue = TR/Output Marginal Revenue
1 10 10 10 10
2 9 18 9 8
3 8 24 8 6
4 7 28 7 4
5 6 30 6 2

The table reveals that as price falls, sales may improve and total revenue also increases but average revenue (AR) and marginal revenue falls continuously. Here, MR declines at faster rate than that of AR. Thus, MR curve lies below the AR as shown in the figure.

Question 31.
Define Law of Supply.
Answer:
The law of supply explains the functional relationship between price of a commodity and its quantity supplied. The law of supply can be stated as follows “Other things remaining the same, as the price of a Commodity rises its supply is extended and as the price falls its supply is contracted”.

Question 32.
Explain Relatively Inelastic Demand.
Answer:
When the proportionate change in price leads to a less than proportionate change in quantity demanded is called relatively inelastic demand.

Question 33.
What is Cross Demand?
Answer:
Cross demand refers to the relationship between any two goods which are either complementary to each other or substitute of each other at different prices. Dx = f(Py)

Question 34.
Explain Law of diminishing marginal utility.
Answer:
The law of diminishing marginal utility is based on the fact that though human wants are unlimited, but any particular want is satisfiable. This law analyses consumers’ behaviour in case of a single good. If a person goes on consuming more and more units of a commodity, the additional utility he derives from the additional units of the commodity goes on diminishing. This phenomenon of human behaviour is explained by this law. The law of diminishing marginal utility explains the relationship between the quantity of goods cqnsumed and the utility derived.

Question 35.
What is scale of preference?
Answer:
Guides the consumer in his purchases.

Question 36.
What is Income Concept?
Answer:
Income is a flow of satisfaction from wealth per unit of time. In every economy income flows from households to firms and vice versa. Income can be expressd in two types.

  1. Money income which is in terms of money.
  2. Real income which is in terms of goods and services.

Question 37.
Explain the wealth definition.
Answer:
Wealth means stock of assets held by an individual or institution that yields has the potential for yielding income in some form. Wealth includes money, shares of companies, land etc. Wealth has three properties.

  1. Utility
  2. Scarcity
  3. Transferability.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 5 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Note : Answer ANY THREE out of the following five questions in not exceeding 40 lines each. (3 × 10 = 30 )

Question 1.
Examine the wealth and welfare definitions of economics.
Answer:
Wealth Definition :
Adam Smith was the first person to give a precise definition of Economics and separate this study from other social sciences. Adam Smith is considered as ‘Father of Economics’. He defined it in his famous book Wealth of Nations’, as “An enquiry into the nature and causes of wealth of nations”. Most of the economists in the 19th century held this view.

j.B. Say states that “The aim of political economy is to show the way in which wealth is produced, distributed and consumed”. The other economists who supported this definition are J.B. Say, J.S. Mill, Walker and others. The main features of Wealth definition:

  1. Acquisition of wealth is considered as the main objective of human activity.
  2. Wealth means material things.
  3. Human beings are guided by self-interest, whose objec-tive is to accumulate more and more wealth.
  4. Economics deals with the activities of wealth production, consumption, preservation and increasing.

Criticism : The Wealth definition was severely criticised by many writers due to its defects.

  1. Economists like Carlyle and Ruskin pointed out that economics must discuss ordinary man’s activities. So they called it as a ‘Dismal Science’.
  2. In Adam Smith’s definition, wealth was considered to consist of only material things and services are not included. Due to this the scope of economics is limited.
  3. Marshall pointed out wealth is only a means to an end but not an end in itself.
  4. This definition concentrated mainly on the production side and neglected distri- bution side.

Welfare definition:
Alfred Marshall tried to remedy the defects of wealth definition in 1890. He shifted emphasis from production of wealth to distribution of wealth. According to Marshall, “Political Economy or Economics is a study of mankind in the ordinary business of life. It examines that part of individual and social action which is most closely connected with the attainment and with the use of material requisites of well-being. Thus, Economics is on one side, a study of wealth and on the other and more important side, a part of study of man”.

Edwin Cannan defined it as ‘The aim of political economy is the explanation of the general causes on which the material welfare of human beings depends”. In the words of Pigou, “The range of enquiry becomes restricted to that part of social welfare that can be brought directly or indirectly into relation with the measuring rod of money”.

The main features of Welfare definition:

  1. Economics as a social science is concerned with man’s ordinary business of life.
  2. Economics studies only economic aspects of human life and it has no concern with the social, political and religious aspects of human life. It examines that part of individual and social action which is closely connected with acquisition and use of material wealth for promotion of human welfare.
  3. According to Marshall, the activities which contribute to material welfare are considered as economic activities.
  4. He gave primary importance to man and his welfare and to wealth as means for the promotion of human welfare.

Criticism:

  1. Robbins criticised Marshall’s economics as a ‘social sci-ence’ rather than a human science, which includes the study of actions of every human being.
  2. Marshall’s definition mainly concentrated on the welfare derived from material things only. But non – materialistic goods which are also very important for the well being of the people. Hence, it is incomplete.
  3. Critics pointed out that quantitative measurement of welfare is not possible. Welfare is a subjective concept and relative concept and changes according to time, place and persons.
  4. According to Marshall, economics deals with those ac-tivities which will promote human welfare. But produc-tion of alcohol and drugs do not promote human welfare. Hence, the scope of economics is limited.
  5. Another important criticism is that it is not concerned with the fundamental problem of scarcity of resources. According to Robbins the economic problem arises due to unlimited wants and limited resources. These factors are ignored in this definition.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution.

Question 2.
What is a Demand Function ? What are the factors that de-termine the demand for a good ?
Answer:
The functional relationship between the demand for a commodity and its various determinants may be explained mathematically in terms of a demand function.
Dx = f(px, p1 …… Pn< Y, T) .
Where, Dx = Demand for good X;
Px = price of X;
P1 …. Pn = Prices of substitutes and complementaries
Y = Income,
T = Taste of the consumer.

Determinants of demand:

  1. Price of commodity:
    The demand for any good depends on its price, more will be demanded at lower price and vice-versa.
  2. Prices of substitutes and complementaries :
    Demand is influenced by changes in price of related goods either substitutes or complementary goods. Ex : Increase in the price of coffee leads an increase in the demand for tea in the case of substitutes positive relation and complementaries negative relationship between price and demand.
  3. Income of the consumer:
    Demand always changes with a change in the incomes of the people. When income increases the demand for several commodities increases and vice-versa.
  4. Population:
    A change in the size and composition of population will effect the demand for certain goods like food grains, clothes etc.
  5. Taste and preferences:
    A change in the taste and the fashions bring about a change in the demand for a commodity.
  6. Technological changes:
    Due to economic progress technological changes the quantity the quality of goods available to the consumers increase. Ex: Demand for cell phones reduced the demand for landline phones.
  7. Change in the weather:
    Demand for commodity may change due to a change in climatic condition. Ex : During summer demand for cool drinks, in winter demand for woollen clothes.
  8. State of business:
    During the period of prosperity, de-mand for commodities will expand and during depression demand will contract.

Question 3.
Describe the internal and external economics.
Answer:
conomies of large scale production can be grouped into two types.
1. Internal economies
2. External economies.

1. Internal Economies:
Internal economies are those which arise from the expansion of the plant, size or from its own growth. These are enjoyed by that firm only. “Internal economies are those which are open to a single factory or a single firm independently of the action of other firms.” Cairncross

i) Technological Economies:
The firm may be running many productive establishments. As the size of the productive establishments increase, some mechanical advantages may be obtained. Economies can be obtained from linking process to another process i.e., paper making and pulp making can be combined. It also uses superior techniques and increased specialization.

ii) Managerial Economies:
Managerial economies arises from specialisation of management and mechanisation of managerial functions. For a large size firm it becomes possible for the management to divide itself into specialised departments under specialised personnel. This increases efficiency of management at all levels. Large firms have the opportunity to use advanced techniques of communication, computers etc. All these things help in saving of time and improve the efficiency of the management.

iii) Marketing Economies:
The large firm can buy raw mate-rials cheaply, because it buys in bulk. It can secure special concession rates from transport agencies. The product can be advertised better. It will be able to sell better.

iv) Financial Economies:
A large firm can arise funds more easily and cheaply than a small one. It can borrow from bankers upon better security.

v) Risk Bearing Economies:
A large firm incurs unrisk and it can also reduce risks. It can spread risks in different ways. It can undertake diversifications of output. It can buy raw materials from several firms.

vi) Labour Economies:
A big firm employs a large number of workers. Each worker is given the kind of job he is fit for.

2. External Economies:
An external economy is one which is available to all the firms in an industry. External econo mies are available as an industry grows in size.

i) Economies of Concentration :
When a number of firms producing an identical product are localised in one place, certain facilities become available to all Ex: Cheap transport facility, availability of skilled labour etc.

ii) Economies of Information:
When the number of firms in an industry increases collective action and co-operative effort becomes possible. Research work can be carried on jointly. Scientific journal can be published. There is a possibility for exchange of ideas.

iii) Economies of Disintegration: When the number of firms increases, the firm may agree to specialise. They may divide among themselves the type of products of stages of production. Ex : Cotton industry. Ex : During summer demand for cool drinks, in winter demand for woollen clothes.

Question 4.
What are the characteristic features of perfect competitions?
Answer:
Perfect competitive market is one in which the number of buyers and sellers is very large, all engaged in buying and selling a homogeneous products without any restrictions.

The following are the features of perfect competition :
1) Large Number of Buyers and Sellers:
Under perfect competition, the number of buyers and sellers is large. The share of each seller and buyer in total supply or total de¬mand is small. So, no buyer and seller cannot influence the price. The price is determined only by demand and supply. Thus, the firm is price taker.

2) Homogeneous Product:
The commodities produced by all the firms of an industry are homogeneous or identical. The cross elasticity of products of sellers is infinite. As a result, single price will rule in the industry.

3) Free Entry and Exit:
In this competition there is a free-dom of free entry and exit. If existing firms are getting profits new firms enter into the market. But when a firm gets losses, it would leave the market.

4) Perfect Mobility of Factors of Production:
Under perfect competition the factors of production are freely mobile between the firms. This is useful for free entry and exit of firms.

5) Absence of Transport Cost: There are no transport cost. Due to this, price of the commodity will be the same throughout the market.

6) Perfect Knowledge of the Economy:
All the buyers and sellers have full information regarding the prevailing and future prices and availability of the commodity. Information regarding market conditions is also available.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 5.
Explain about the gross interest and net interest.
Answer:
The concept of interest are two types namely, gross interest and net interest.
Gross Interest:
The payment which the lender receives from the borrower excluding the principal is gross interest. It comprises the following payments :

Net Interest: It is the payment for the service of capital or money only. This is the interest in economic sense.

Keynes’ Liquidity Preference Theory:
Keynes proposed a monetary explanation of the rate of interest. He said that interest is determined by both the demand for and supply of money. According to J.M. Keynes, “Interest is the reward paid for parting with liquidity for the specified period”.

A. Supply of Money:
Supply of money refers to the total quantity of money in circulation. Though the supply of money is a function, of the rate of interest to a degree, supply of money is fixed or perfectly inelastic at a given point of time. It is determined by the central bank of a country.

B. Demand for Money:
Keynes coined a new term liquidity preference. People demand money for its liquidity. The desire to hold ready cash is liquidity preference. The higher the liquidity preference, the higher will be the rate of interest to be paid to induce them to part with their liquid assets. The lower the liquidity preference, the lower will be the rate of interest that will be paid to the cash holders. People demand money basically for three reasons :

  1. Transactions motive
  2. Precautionary motive
  3. Speculative motive.

1) Transaction Motive:
People desire to keep cash for the current transactions of personal and business exchanges. The amount kept for this purpose depends upon the income and business motives.

2) Precautionary Motive:
People keep cash in reserve to meet unforeseen expenses like illness, accidents, unemployment etc. Businessmen keep cash in reserve to gain from unexpected deals in future. Therefore, both individuals and businessmen keep cash in reserve to meet unexpected needs.

3) Speculative Motive:
Speculative motive for money relates to the desire to hold cash to take advantage of future changes in the rate of interest and bond prices. The price of bonds and the rate of interest are inversely related. If the prices of bonds are expected to rise then the rate of interest is expected to fall, as businessmen will buy bonds to sell them when their prices rise and vice versa. Low bond prices are indicative of high interest rates, and high bond prices reflect low interest rates. The demand for money is inversely related to the rate of interest.

The transaction and precautionary motives are relatively interest inelastic, but are highly income elastic. In the determination of rate of interest, these two motives do not have any role. Only the speculative motive is interest elastic and this plays very important role in determining the rate of interest with the given supply of money. When the demand for money and supply of money are equal, along with the equilibrium, rate of interest also be determined.

Section – B

Question 6.
What is Micro economics ? What is its importance?
Answer:
The term ‘Micro Economics’ is derived from the Greek word ‘MIKROS’ which meahs ‘small’. Thus, Micro Economics deals with individual units like individual demand, price, supply etc. It was popularised by Marshall. It is also called as ‘Price Theory’ because it explains pricing in product market as well ‘as factor market.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 1

Importance:

  1. Micro Economics provides the basis for understanding the working of the economy as a whole.
  2. This study is useful to the government to frame suitable policies to active economic growth and stability.
  3. This study is applicable to the field of international trade in the determination of exchange rates.
  4. Micro Economics provides an analytical tool for evaluating the economic policies of the government.
  5. It can be used to examine the condition of economic welfare and it suggests ways and means to bring about maximum social welfare.

Question 7.
Explain the concept of indifference curve. Discuss its properties.
Answer:
An indifference curve can be defined as the locus of points each representing a different combination of two goods yielding the same utility or level of satisfaction. Therefore, a consumer is indifferent between any two combinations of goods when it comes to making a choice between them. It is also called iso – utility curve or equal utility curve.

Indifference Schedule:
An indifference curve is drawn on the basis of an ‘indifference schedule’. It may be defined as a schedule of various combinations of two goods which yields same level of satisfaction.

Combinations Commodity X Commodity Y
1 1 + 15
2 2 + 11
3 3 + 8
4 4 + 6
5 5 + 5

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 2

The table shows five combination of two goods, X and Y, which give the same utility. The consumer’s satisfaction from

1st combination (1 unit of X + 15 units of Y) is the same as that of other combination i.e., 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th. Since all
combinations yield the same level of satisfaction, the con- ; sumer is indifferent among these combinations.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 3

In the above figure, good X is measured on the OX – axis. Good Y is measured on OY-axis. Consumer’s utility at point a on the IC with I unit of good X and 15 units of good Y, is equal to the utility at point b with 2 units of X and 11 units of Y or at point C with 3X and 8Y and so on. These combina-tions give him the same level of satisfaction. If we join the r points a, b, c, d and e, we get an indifference curve (IQ and utility as all points on this curve are same. Hence, the con-sumer is indifferent regarding the combinations. When the consumer moves from A to B on IC, he gives up AS of Y (AY).for SB of X (AX).

Properties of Indifference Curves:
Indifference curves have the following basic properties :
1) An indifference curve is negatively sloped towards down. It implies that when the amount of one good in combination is increased, the amount of other good is reduced.
This is essential if the level of satisfaction is to remain the same on an indifference curve. It is neither positively sloped towards up nor horizontal.

2) Indifference curves are always conyex to the origin. The convexity rule implies diminishing marginal rate of substitution. Indifference curves cannot be concave to the origin.

3) Indifference curves can never intersect each other. If two IC curves intersect, it would imply that an indifference curve indicates two different levels of satisfaction. It is not proper.

4) A higher indifference curve represents a higher level of satisfaction than a lower indifference curve. In other words, an IG to the right represents more satisfaction. This is because of combinations lying on a higher IC con¬tain more of either one or both’goods. Similarly, an indifference curve to the left represents less satisfaction.

Question 8.
Discuss the concept of income demand.
Answer:
Income demand:
It explains the relationship between consumers income and various quantities of various levels of income assuming other factors like price of goods, related goods, taste etc; remain the same. It means if income increases quantity demand increases and viceversa. This can be shown in the following form.

Dx = f(Y)
The functional relationship between income and demand may be inverse or direct depending on the nature of the commodify. This can be shown in the following table.

Income Demand
Superior good Inferior good
2000 4 12
4000 6 10
6000 8 8
8000 10 6
10,000 12 4

Superior goods:
In case of superio goods quantity de-manded will increase a when there is an increase in the income l
of consumers.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 4

In the diagram ‘X’ axis represents demand, OY axis represents income, YD represents the income demand curve. It is showing positive slope whenever income increased from OY to OY1 the demand of superior or normal goods increases from OQ to OQ1 Demand This may happen in case of Veblen goods.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 5

Inferior goods:
On the contrary quantity demanded of inferior goods decreases with the increase in incomes of consumers. In the diagram, on ‘OX’ axis measures demand and OY axis represents income of the consumer. When the consumer income increases from OY to OY1 the demand for a commodity decreases from OQ to OQ1 So the ‘YD’ curve is negative sloping.

Question 9.
Explain the Diminishing Returns.
Answer:
Diminishing Returns: After the stage of increasing returns, stage of diminishing returns will take place. This is known as the law of diminishing returns. Diminishing returns stage starts when the average product is maximum and continues upto the level of zero marginal product and maximum total product. Table shows this stage when the workers are employed from four to seven. From Q to Qj on OX axis shows the diminishing returns stage. In this stage, the total product increases at a diminishing rate and the average and marginal products decline. In this stage TP > AP > MP. Production is profitable only in the stage of diminishing returns.

Question 10.
What is Oligopoly? Explain its characteristics.
Answer:
The term ‘Oligopoly is derived from two Greek word “Oligoi” meaning a few and “Pollein” means to sell. Oligopoly refers to a market situation in which the number of sellers dealing in- a homogeneous or differentiated product is small. It is called competition among the few. The main features of oligopoly are the following.

  1. Few sellers of the product.
  2. There is interdependence in the determination of price.
  3. Presence of monopoly power.
  4. There is existence of price rigidity.
  5. There is excessive selling cost or advertisement cost.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 11.
What are the determining factors of real wages?
Answer:
Real wages refer to the purchasing power of money wages received by the labourer. Real wages are expressed in terms of goods and services that a worker can buy with his money wages. The real wage is said to be high when a labourer obtains larger quantity of goods and services with his money income. Factors Determining Real Wages: Real wages depend on the following factors:

1) Price Level:
Purchasing power of money determines the real wage. Purchasing power of money depends on the price level. If price level is high, purchasing power of money will be low. On the contrary, if price level is low, purchasing power of money will be high. Similarly, given the price level, if money wage is high real wage will also increase and when money wage decreases real wage also decreases.

2) Method of Payment:
Besides money wages, labourers get certain additional facilities provided by their management.
Like free housing, free medical facilities, free education facilities to children, free transport etc. If such facilities are high, the real wages of labourers will also be high.

3) Regularity of Employment:
Real wages depend on the regularity of employment. If the job is permanent, his real wage will be high even though his money wage is low. In case of temporary employment, his real wage will be low though his money wage is high. Thus, certainty of job influences real wages,

4) Nature of Work:
Real wages are also determined by the risk and danger involved in the work. If the work is risky real wages of labourer will be low though money wages are’high. For instance, a captain in a submarine, miners etc., always.face danger and risk.

5) Conditions of Work:
The working conditions also determine the real wage of a labourer. Less duration of work, ventilation, light, fresh air, recreation facilities etc., certainly result in the high real wages. If these facilities are lacking, real wages are low even though money, wages are high.

6) Subsidiary Earnings:
If a labourer earns extra income in addition to his wage, his real wage will be higher. For instance, a government doctor may supplement his earnings by undertaking private practice.,

7) Future Prospects :
Real wage is said to be higher in those jobs where there is a possibility of promotions, hike in wage and vice-versa.

8) Timely Payment:
If a labourer receives payment regularly and timely, the real wage of the labourer is high although
t his money wage is pretty less and vice versa.

9) Social Prestige: Although money wages of a bank officer and Judge are equal, the real wage of a Judge is higher than the bank officer due to social status.

10) Period and Expenses of Education: Period and expenses of education also affect real wage. For example, if one person is a graduate and the other is an undergraduate who are working as clerks, the real wage of the undergraduate is high because his period of learning and ex¬penses on education are lower than the graduate labourer.

Question 12.
What are National Income at market prices and National at factor cost?
Answer:
National Income is the value of all the final goods and services produced in a year of a country.
National Product at Market Prices (NNP) : The country’s stock of fixed capital undergoes certain amount of wear and tear in producing goods and services over a period of time.

This ‘user cost’ or depreciation or charges for renewals and repairs must be substracted from the GNP at market prices to obtain net national product at market prices.NNP at market prices = GNP at market prices – Depreciation.

National Product at Factor Cost: It is aslo called as national income. It is the total income received by the four factors of production in the form of rent, wages, interest and profits in an economy during a year. NNP at market prices is hot available for distribution among the factors of production. The amount of indirect taxes (which are included in the prices) are paid by the firms to the government and not to the factors of production. Similarly, the government gives subsidies to firms for production of certain types of goods and services and that part of the production cost is borne by the government. Hence, the goods are sold in the market at a lower price than the actual cost of production. Therefore, this volume of subsidies has to be added to the net national income at market prices. Thus,

NNP at factor cost = NNP at market prices – Indirect taxes + Subsidies.
In another way,
NNP at factor cost = GNP at market prices – Depreciation – Indirect taxes + Subsidies.

Question 13.
Explain the criticism against the classical theory of employ-ment
Answer:
The classical theory of employment came in for severe criticism from J.M. Keynes. The main points of Criticism are as follows :

  1. The assumption of full employment is unrealistic. It is rare phenomenon and not a normal features.
  2. The wage cut policy is not a practical policy in modem times. The supply of labour is a function of money wage and not real wage. Trade unions would never accept any reduction in the money wage rate.
  3. Equilibrium between savings and investment is not brought about by a flexible rate bf interest. Infact, saving is a function of income and not interest.
  4. The process of equilibrium between supply and demand is not realistic. Keynes commented the self adjusting mechanism doesn’t always operate.
  5. Long run approach to the problem of unemployment is also not realistic. Keynes commented, “we are all dead in the long run”. He considered unemployment as a short- run problem and offered immediate solution through his employment theory.
  6. It is not correct to say that money is neutral. Money acts not only as a medium of exchange but also as a store of value. Money influences variables like .consumption, investment and output.

Question 14.
Explain the budget deficits.
Answer:
Generally speaking, budget deficit arises when the total expenditure in the budget exceeds the total receipts (income), Technically there are four types of deficits with reference to a budget:

1) Revenue Deficit:
Revenue deficit arises when revenue expenditure exceeds revenue receipts.
Revenue deficit = revenue receipts – revenue expenditure.

2) Budget Deficit:
Budget deficit is the difference between the total receipts and the total expenditure.
Budget deficit = Total receipts – Total expenditure.

3) Fiscal Deficit: Fiscal deficit is the difference betweeri the total expenditure and the total revenue plus the market borrowings.
Fiscal deficit = (Total revenue – Total expenditure) + Market borrowings & Other liabilities.
(or)
Fiscal deficit = Budget deficit + Market borrowings and Other liabilities.

4) Primary Deficit:
Primary deficit is the fiscal deficit minus interest payments.
Primary deficit = Fiscal deficit – Interest payments. Modem governments have been resorting to deficit budgets in order to meet the growing expenditure needs to finance for economic development. But it is not desirable to have large deficits, particularly fiscal deficit as it would have adverse effects on the economy.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 15.
What is Barter system? What are its dificulties?
Answer:
Barter system means exchange of goods. This system was followed in olden days. But the population and its require-ments are increasing, the system became very complicated. The difficulties of barter system are :

1) Lack of coincidence of wants:
Under the barter system, the buyer must be .willing to accept the commodity which the seller is willing to offer in exchange. The wants of both the buyer and the seller just coincide. This is called
double coincidence of wants. Suppose the seller has a good and he is willing to exchange it for rice. Then the buyer – must have rice and he must be willing to exchange rice for goat. If there is no such coincidence direct exchange between the buyer and the seller is not possible.

2) Lack of store value:
Some commodities are perishables. They perish within a short time. It is not possible to store the value of such commodities in their original form un¬der the barter system. They should be exchanged before they actually perish.

3) Lack of divisibility of commodities:
Depending upon its quantity and value, it may become necessary to divide a commodity into small units and exchange one or more units for other commodity. But all commodities are not divisible.

4) Lack of common measure of value:
Under the barter system, there was no common measure value. To make exchange possible, it is necessary to determine the value of every commodity interms of every other cpmmodity.

5) Difficulty is making deferred payments:
Under barter system future payments for present transaction was not possible, because future exchange involved some difficulties. For example suppose it is agreed to sell specific quantity of rice in exchange for a goat on a future date keeping in view the recent value of the goat. But the value of goat may decrease or increase by that date.

Question 16.
Distinguish between different types of money.
Answer:
Money can be grouped into various items based on the value, material used and the legal status. They are :
1) Commodity money and representative money:
Money is classified into commodity money and representative money on the basis of the intrinsic value it possess. If the intrinsic value is equal to the face value of coin is called commodity money and if the value is less than the face value, it is called representative money.

2) Legal tender money and optional money:
On the basis of legality money is divided into legal tender money and optional money. If money is accepted as per law by every one is called legal tender money. If the acceptance is optional and not according to law is called optional money. Ex: Cheques.

3) Metallic money and paper money:
Based on the material used money can be divided into metallic and paper money. If money is made up of metals such as silver, nickel, steel etc., all coins are metallic money and if money is printed on papers is called paper money.

4) Standard money and token money:
If the face value and intrinsic value are same, then the money is called standard money and if the face value is higher than the intrinsic value is called token money.

5) Credit money:
It is also called as bank money. This is created by commercial banks. This refers to the bank deposits that are repayable on demand and can be transferred from one person to other through cheques.

Question 17.
What is median? What are it’s merits and drawbacks?
Answer:
Median (M) : Median is the middle element when the data set is arranged in order of the magnitude. Median is that positional value of the variable which divides the distribution ‘into two equal parts. In the ungrouped data, the median is computed as follows:

i) The values of the variate are arranged either in ascending or in descending order.

ii) The middle – most value is taken as the median. If the number of values ‘n’ in the raw data is odd, then the Median will be the \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{n}+1}{2}\right)^{\mathrm{th}}\) value arranged in order of magnitude. In this case, there will be one and only one value of Median. On the other hand, if n is even, and when the data arranged in order of magnitude, there will be two middle

most values, \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{n}}{2}\right)^{\mathrm{th}}\) and \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{n}}{2}+1\right)^{\text {th }}\) values. Median is the average of the
\(\frac{\mathrm{n}^{\text {th }}}{2} \text { and }\left(\frac{\mathrm{n}}{2}+1\right)^{\text {th }}\)values

Merits and Drawbacks of Median:

  1. Merits of Median:
    • It is rigidly defined.
    • Even if the value of extreme item is much different from other values, it is hot much affected by these values.
    • It can be located graphically.
    • It can be easily calculated and is also easy to understand.
  2. Drawbacks of Median:
    • Even if the value of extreme items is too large, it does not affect too much, due to this reason, sometimes median does not remain the representative of the series.
    • Median cannot be used for further algebraic treatment.
    • In a continuous series it has to be interpolated.
    • If the number of series is even, we can only make its estimate; as the A.M. of two middle terms is taken as Median.

Section – C

Question 18.
Discuss the importance of statistics for the study of econo-mics.
Answer:
Statistical analysis render valuable assistance in the understanding of the economic problems and the formulation of economic policy. Economic problems are capable of being expressed numerically. The nature of many economic problems like poverty, unemployment, rise in prices, volume of trade, output of manufacturing, mining, agriculture etc.’, cannot be analysed without the help of statistics.

Question 19.
Compute median for the following data. 5, 7, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15 and 21
Answer:
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution - 6
Here N =
Median = \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{9+1}{2}=\frac{10}{2}\)
5th value is 9.
Hence, Median (Q2) = 9.

Question 20.
What is currency?
Answer:
Currency is the form in which money is circulated in the .economy by the monetary authority. Currency includes coins and paper notes. It is only one component of money.

Question 21.
Which Bank is called as bankers bank and why?
Answer:
Banker’s Bank: Reserve Bank serves as a banker not only to the government but also to the banks. According to Banking Regulation Act, 1934 all the scheduled banks are bound by the law to maintain with the Reserve Bank of India a part of their total deposit amount as cash balances. This ratio is called the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR). Reserve Bank provides financial assistance to the commercial banks in times of their financial stringency by giving loans or rediscounting the bills of exchange. It acts as clearing house for settlement of inter-bank accounts.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 22.
Write about Fifteenth Finance Commission.
Answer:
Fifteenth Finance Commission : The Government of India
appointed the Fifteenth Finance Commission on November 27,2017 with N.K. Singh as Chairman. The recommendations of the Commission will cover the five year period 2020 – 25. The Commission has been asked to submit its report by October 30,2019.

The Commission has been instructed to use the population data of 2011 census as the base for calculating the expen-diture needs of various states. This is the first Commission which is required to present its recommandations in the post GST era.

Question 23.
What is meant by primary deficit?
Answer:
Primary deficit is the fiscal deficit minus the interest payments.

Question 24.
What is the importance of National income estimations?
Answer:
Importance of national income estimations:

  1. The national income estimates or statistics are very important for preparing economic plans and for framing national economic policies.
  2. The national income data are useful in research and distribution of income in the country. .
  3. It enables us to assess the performance of each sector in the economy and inter-relationship among the sectors.?
  4. It is more useful in making budgetary allocations.
  5. It gives us an idea of the standard of living in the country.

Question 25.
What is Personal Income?
Answer:
It is the total of income received by all persons in a year before payment of all direct taxes. The whole of National Income is not availabe to them. Corporate taxes have to be paid by firms. Firms, may keep a part of its profits for expansion. Salaried employees may make contributions for social security. Hence,

PI = NI(NNP at factor cost) – (Undistributed corporate profits + Corporate taxes + Social security payments) + Transfer earnings

Question 26.
What is Economic rent?
Answer:
The ordinary use of the term ‘rent’ means any periodic payment for the hire of anything such as garriages, buildings etc. Economic rent is the pure rent payable as a reward for utilising the productivity of land. It is derived by subtracting the elements like interest, wages, profits and depreciation from the gross rent or contract rent. To David Ricardo, it is surplus over costs or expenses of cultivation.

Question 27.
What are Money wages?
Answer:
Money wages are the remuneration received by the labourer in the form of money for the physical and mental service rendered by him or her in the production process. Ex : If a labourer is paid ₹ 30/- per day. ₹ 30/- is the money wage.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 28.
Explain equilibrium price.
Answer:
Equilibrium price is that price where demand and supply are equal in the market.

Question 29.
What is perfect competition?
Answer:
In this market there are large number of buyers and sellers . who promote competition. In this market goods arc homogeneous. There is no transport fares and publicity costs. So price is uniform of any market.

Question 30.
What is Capital Accumlation?
Answer:
Capital accumulation typically refers to an increase in assets from investment or profits. Individuals and complanies can accumulate capital through investment. Investment assets usually earn profit they contributes to a capital base.

Question 31.
What is the Importance of capital?
Answer:
Importance of Capital: The importance of capital in brief:

  1. Capital plays a very vital role in the modem productive system. Production without capital is almost impossible.
  2. The productivity of workforce depends upon the amount of capital available per worker. The greater the capital per worker, the greater the efficiency and productivity of the worker.
  3. Capital occupies a central position in the process of eco-nomic development.
  4. It promotes the technological progress.
  5. It helps in the creation of employment opportunities.

Question 32.
Define Inferior Goods.
Answer:
The goods whose income elasticity of demand is negative for levels of income are termed as inferior goods. In case of inferior goods if income increases demand decreases and vice- versa. The income emand for inferior goods has a negative slope.

Question 33.
What are the types of price elasticity of demand?
Answer:
If the price of a commodity increases, its quantity demanded will fall. The rate of change in demand is not always propor-tionate to the rate of change in price. For some commodities a smaller change in price leads to a greater change demand, here the demand is elastic. A greater change in price many lead to only a smaller change in quantity demanded, here the demand is inelastic. The following are the types of elasticity of demand.

a) Perfectly elastic demand,
b) Perfectly inelastic demand.
c) unitary elastic demand.
d) Relatively elastic dejmand.
e) Relatively inelastic demand.

Question 34.
Explain Law of equtanainal utility.
Answer:
The law states that a consumer having a fixed incpme and facing given market prices of goods will achieve niaximum satisfaction when the marginal utility pf the last rupee spent on each good is exactly the same as the marginal utility of the last rupee spent on any other good. Equalisation of marginal utilities will maximize the consumer’s satisfaction and consumer attains equilibrium. The fundamental condition for consumer’s maximum satisfaction and equilibrium of the consumer.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 5 with Solution

Question 35.
Explain the relation ship between total utility and marginal utility.
Answer:
The relationship between total utility and marginal utility is explained in three ways. They are :

  1. When total utility increases at a diminishing rate, marginal utility falls.
  2. When total utility is maximum, marginal utility becomes zero.
  3. When total utility decreases, marginal utility becomes negative.

Question 36.
Explain the Gonsumer Goods.
Answer:
Consumer good is an economic good or commodity purchased by househ?olds for final consumption. Thus, consumer goods are those goods which directly satisfy human wants. For Ex: Fruits, Milk, Pen, Clothes etc. Consumer goods are divided into two types.

a) Perishable goods : Which loose their value in single use, Ex : Milk, fruits etc.
b) Durable goods : Which yields service over time. Ex: TVs & Computers.

Question 37.
What is Positive Economics?
Answer:
A positive science is defined as a body of systematised knowledge concerning ‘what it is’. The classical school economists were of the opinion that economics is purely a positive science which had no right to comment upon the rightness or wrongness of economic policy. Here, economists cannot give any final judgement on any matter.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 4 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Note : Answer ANY THREE out of the following five questions in not exceeding 40 lines each. (3 × 10 = 30 )

Question 1.
Explain the concepts of Cardinal Utility, Ordinal Utility, Total Utility and Marginal Utility.
Answer:
The concept of utility was introduced in economic thought by Jevans in 1871. In a general sense, utility is the ‘want satisfying power’ of a commodity or service. In economic sense, utility is a psychological phenomenon.

1) Cardinal utility:
Utility is cardinal in the sense that utility is measurable in terms of units called utils. According to the concept of cardinal utility, the utility derived from the consumption of a good can be expressed in terms of numbers such as 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on. For example, a person can say that he derives utility equal to 10 utils from the consumption of one unit of commodify A and 5 utils from the consumption of one unit of commodity B. He can compare different commodities and express which commodity gives him more utility or satisfaction and by how much. Alfred Marshall fol-lowed this approach. The law of diminishing marginal utility and the law of equi-marginal utility are based on cardinal utility approach.

2) Ordinal utility:
Utility is ordinal in the sense that utilities derived from the consumption of commodities cannot be measured quantitatively but can be compared by giving ranks. It means that the utilities obtained by the consumer from different commodities can be arranged in a serial order such as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th etc. These numbers tell us that the second number is more than the first number. But, it is not possible to tell how much, because they are not measurable. J.R. Hicks and R.J.D. Allen have used the ordinal approach. The indifference curve analysis is based on ordinal utility approach.

3) Total Utility and Marginal Utility :
a) Total Utility : Total utility is the total amount of satisfaction which a person gets from the consumption of all units of the commodity. Let us assume that a consumer consumed 3 apples and first apple gave him 20 utils of utility, second one 15 utils and the third one 10 utils of utility. By adding these utilities we get the total utility, ie., 20 + 15 + 10 = 45. When the quantity of consumption increases total utility also increases but at a diminishing rate. The total utility is a function of total quantity.
TUn = f(Qn)
Where TUn = Total utility of n commodity,
f = functional relationship, and
Qn = Quantity of n commodity.

b) Marginal Utility:
Marginal utility is the addition made to the total utility by consuming one more unit of the commodity. Let us assume that one apple gives 20 utils of utility and 2 apples gives 35 utils of utility. It means that the additional utility from the second apple is 15 utils i.e., 35 – 20 = 15. This is called marginal utility.’It can be expressed as
MUn = TUn – TUn-1
where, MUn = Marginal utility of nth unit,
TUn = Total utility of nth Units, and
TUn-1 = Total utility of n – 1 units.

In the example, marginal utility of the second unit is equal toMU2 = TU2-TU1 = 35 – 20 = 15
Marginal utility can also be expressed in the following way:

MU = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{TU}}{\Delta \mathrm{C}}\) = \(\frac{Change in total utility }{Change in quantity consumed}\) = \(\frac{15}{1}\) = 15
By adding all the marginal utilities of different units of the commodity, we get total utility.

Question 2.
Explain the law of returns to scale.
Answer:
The law of returns to scale relate to long run production function. In the long run it is possible to alter the quantities of all the factors of production. If all factors of production are increased in given .proportion the total output has to increase in the same proportion. Ex : The amounts of all the factors are doubled, the total output has to be doubled, increasing all factors in the same proportion is increasing the scale of operation. When all inputs are changed in a given proportion, then the output is changed in the same proportion. We have constant returns to scale and finally arises diminishing returns. Hence, as a result of change in the scale of production, total product increases at increasing rate, then at a constant rate and finally at a diminishing rate.

Assumptions :
1. All inputs are variable.
2. It assumes that state of technology remains the same. The returns to scale can be shown in the following table.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 1

The above table reveals the three patterns of returns to scale. In the 1st place, when the scale is expanded upto 3 units, the returns are increasing. Later and upto 4th units, it remains constant and finally from 5th onwards the returns go on diminishing.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 2
In the diagram, on ‘OX’ axis shown scale of production, on ‘OY’ axis shown total product. RR1 represents increasing returns R1S – Constant returns; SS1 represents diminishing returns.

Question 3.
What is meant by real wages ? What are the factors that determine real wages?
Answer:
The amount of goods and services that can be purchased with the money wages at any particular time is called real wage. Thus, real wage is the amount of purchasing power received by worker through his money wage.

Factors Determining the Real Wage:

1. Methods of Form of Payment:
Besides money wages, normally the labourers get some additional facilities provided by their management. Ex : Free housing, free medical facilities etc. As a result, this real wage of the worker will be high.

2. Purchasing Power of Money:
An important factor which determines the real wage is the purchasing power of money which depends upon the general price level. A rise in general price level will mean a full in the purchasing power of money, causes decline in real wages.

3. Nature of Work:
The working conditions also determine the real wages of labourer. Less duration of work, ventilation, fresh air etc., result in high real wages, lack of these facilities then the real wages are low even though if money wages are high.

4. Future Prospects:
Real wage is said to be higher in those jobs where there is possibility of promotions, hike in wages and vice-versa.

5. Nature of Work:
Real wages are also determined by the risk and danger involved in the work. If work is risky wages of labourer will be low though money wages are high. Ex : Captain in a submarine.

6. Timely Payment:
If a labourer receives payment regularly and timely the real wages of the labourer is high although his money wage is pretty less and vice-versa.

7. Social Prestige:
Real wage depends on social prestige. The money wages of Bank officer and judge are equal, but the real wage of a judge is higher than bank officer.

8. Period and Expenses of Education: Period and expenses of training also affect real wages.

Question 4.
Explain equilibrium of the firm in the shortrun and longrun under perfect competition.
Ans:
Perfect competition is a market structure characterized by a complete absence of rivalry among the individual firms. Thus, perfect competition in economic theory has a meaning diametrically opposite to the everyday use of this term. In practice, businessmen use the word competiton as synonymous to rivalry. In theory, perfect competition implies no rivalry among firms. Perfect competition may be defined as that market situation, in which there are large number of firms producing homogeneous product, there is free entry and free exit, perfect knowledge on the part of buyer, perfect mobility of factors of production and no transportation cost at all.

Equilibrium of a Firm:
We have learnt that the price of a commodity is determined by the market demand and market supply under perfect competition. An increase in price of a product acts as an incentive in increasing production. As a firm aims at maximizing profit, it chooses that output which maximizes its profits. When the firm is in equilibrium, it has no desire to change its output.

Equilibrium output is explained with the help of cost and revenue curves of a firm. In perfect competition, average and marginal cost curves are ‘U’ shaped one and average revenue and marginal revenue curves are parallel to OX axis. Since AR = MR, both these curves will merge into a single line.

1) Short Period Equilibrium:
Firms are in business to maximize profits. During short period, a firm cannot change fixed factors like machinery , buildings etc. However, it produces more output by increasing variable factors. Equilibrium output is produced in the short period where short period marginal cost (SMC) is equal to short period marginal revenue (SMR). The firm will be in equilibrium, when marginal cost curve cuts marginal revenue curve from below. During short period, a firm may get super normal, normal profits or losses. Two conditions are necessary for firm s equilibrium. They are : i) MC = MR and ii) MC curve should cut MR curve from below. The figure shows the firm’s short period equilibrium.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 3

In the figure quantity demanded and supplied are shown on OX axis and price of the commodity on OY axis. The diagram shows that the equilibrium price OP is determined by the industry at point E where the industry demand is equal to industry supply. The price, so, determined by the industry is passed on to the firm. This is shown by the horizontal dernand curve of the firm.

This line is also known as the price line. Since, competition is perfect, the AR curve (demand curve) of the firm is also the MR curve of the firm. The firm’s SAC curve and SMC curve are also shown respectively. The profits of the firm are maximum at the output where MC = MR, that is, at output OQ, SMC = MR. At any output than OQ, MR exceeds MC, which would mean that if the production is more its profits will increase. At any output more than OQ, MR becomes less than MC, which would mean a loss to the firm. Thus, OQ is output of maximum profits. At the equilibrium point ‘E’, the price is equal to OP or AQ, while AC per unit equals QB, profit per unit is equal to B. Total supernormal profits will be equal to PABC, i.e., BA x OQ.

2) Long Period Equilibrium:
We have seen that under short period, a firm can adjust its output, within limits, by varying the factors of production. But in the long period the firm can adjust its output to any extent because it can vary all the factors of production. Thus, it is certain that the firm will not incur losses in the long period. In the long period, the free entry of the new firms into the industry will wipe out the supernormal profits of the firm. Hence, in the long period, the frim wil be at optimum size where there is no profit – no loss. Firm gets only normal profits which are included in the long period average cost. In other words, under perfect competition, the individual firm at equilibrium earns normal profits only.
Therefore, AR = MR = LAC = LMC
The figure illustrates the long period equilibrium of the firm. The quantity of a good is depicted on OX axis and price, costs and revenues are on OY axis in the diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 4

The point of equilibrium will be established at which the firm’s MR curve touches its LAC curve at its minimum point. At this point LMC = LAC. Thus, when a firm is in long period equilibrium the following conditions exist:
At point E;P = AR = MR = LMC = LAC.

Question 5.
Describe the concept, components and types of budget.
Answer:
Budget is an annual statement showing the estimated receipts (revenue) and expenditure of a government for a financial year (April – March). The governments present to the legislature an annual budget every year for its approval. The budget is presented by the finance minister. The government cannotincur any expenditure unless it has the prior approval of the legislature.

Sometimes a vote on account budget is presented by the government when it is not possible to present the full budget. It is an interim budget for a few months. This will facilitate the government to incur expenditure pending approval of the regular budget.

Objectives:
The main purpose of the budget is to obtain approval of the legislature for the tax proposals and allocation of resources to various government activities. The government utilizes the occasion to state its policies and programmes.

Budget Estimates:
In the budget, budget estimates for the ensuing financial year are shown along with’”the actual expenditure of the preceding financial year, and budget estimates and revised estimates for the current financial year. For a clear understanding of these estimates, budget at a glance for the year 2013-14.

Components of the Budget: The budget consists of both receipts (income) and expenditure of the government. The budget of the Government of India consists of two main components :

  1. Budget Receipts:
    • Revenue Receipts: This consists of tax revenue and non-tax revenue and
    • Capital Receipts: This consists of recoveries of loans, other receipts and borrowings and other liabilities.
  2. Budget Expenditure:
    In the Union budget of India, the budget expenditure is classified into plan expenditure and non-plan expenditure. Each category is further divided into revenue account and capital account. Let us enlist them as hereunder:

    • Plan Expenditure:
      • a) Plan expenditure on revenue account.
      • b) Plan expenditure on capital account.
    • Non-plan Expenditure:
      • a) Non-Plan expenditure on revenue account.
      • b) Non-Plan expenditure on capital account.

Again the plan expenditure and the non-plan expenditure is summed up and shown as revenue expenditure and capital expenditure. Types of Budget: There are three types of budgets based on the difference between the receipts and expenditure:

  1. Surplus Budget:
    This refers to the budget in which the total revenue is more than the total expenditure (R>E).
  2. Deficit Budget:
    This refers to the budget in which the total expenditure exceeds the total revenue (R<E).
  3. Balanced Budget:
    This refers to the budget in which the total expenditure and the total revenue are equal (R = E).

Section – B

Question 6.
Examine the welfare definition of economics.
Answer:
Alfred Marshall raised economics to a dignified status by advancing a new definition in 1890. He shifted emphasis from production of wealth to distribution of wealth (welfare). In the words of Marshall, “political economy or economics is a study of mankind in the ordinary business of life; it exam¬ines that part of individual and social action which is most closely connected with the attainment and with the use of the material requisites of well – being. Thus, it is on the one side, a study of wealth and on the other and more important side, a part of the study of man”.

I. Important Features of Welfare Definition:
1) Marshall used the term “Economics” for “Political economy” to make it similar to physics. He assumed that economics must be a science even though it deals with the ever changing forces of human nature.

2) Economics studies only economic aspects of human life and it has no concern with the political, social and reli¬gious aspects of life. It examines that part of individual and social action which is closely connected with acquisi¬tion and use of material wealth which promotes human welfare.

3) Marshall’s definitions considered those human activities which increased welfare.

4) This definition has given importance to man and his welfare and recognised wealth as a mean for the promotion of human welfare.

II. Criticism:
Marshall’s definition is not free from critics. Robbins in his “Essay on the Nature and Significance of Economic Science” finds fault with the welfare definition of economics.

1) Economics is a human science rather than a social science. The fundamental laws of economics apply to all human beings and therefore, economics should be treated as a human science and not as a social science.

2) Lionel Robbins criticized it as classificatory. It distinguishes between materialistic and non materialistic goods and not given any importance to non-materialistic goods which are also very important. Therefore, it is incomplete.

3) Another serious objection is about the quantitative mea-surement of welfare. Welfare is a subjective concept and changes according to time, place and persons.

4) Marshall includes only those activities which promote hu¬man welfare. But the production of alcohol and drugs do not promote human welfare. Yet economics deals with the production and consumption of those goods.

5) Robbins has taken serious objection for not considering ‘scarcity of resources’. According to Robbins’ economic problem arises due to limited resources which are to be used to satisfy unlimited wants.

Question 7.
Define the law of diminishing Marginal Utility. State its assumptions.
Answer:
The law of diminishing marginal utility was originally ex-plained by Hermann Heinrich Gossen in 1854. Jevans called it as Gossen’s first law. But Alfred Marshall popularised this law and analysed it in a scientific manner.

Definitions of the law:
“The additional benefit which a per-son derives from a given increase of his stock of a thing di-minishes with every increase in stock that he already has” – Alfred Marshall. Assumptions : The law is based on the following assump-tions :

  1. Rationality: The consumer is a rational human being in the sense that he seeks to maximize his satisfaction.
  2. Cardinal Measurement of Utility : Utility is a cardinal concept, i.e. utility is measurable quantitatively. It can be measured in cardinal numbers.
  3. Independent Utility: The utility of any commodity de-pends on its own quantity, i.e. utility of goods are inde-pendent.
  4. Constant Marginal Utility of Money : The marginal util¬ity of money remains constant.
  5. Homogeneous Goods: Goods are homogeneous in the sense that they are alike both quantitatively and qualita-tively.
  6. Uniform Size of Goods: Goods should be of suitable size, i.e. neither too big nor too small. They should be identical.
  7. No Time Lag: There is no time lag between the consump¬tion of one unit to another unit.
  8. Divisible Commodity: Commodity is divisible.
  9. No Change in Consumer Behaviour: The income, tastes and preference of the consumer should remain constant.
  10. Full Knowledge of the Market: Consumer will have full knowledge of market.

Question 8.
Illustrate the reasons for negative sloping demand curve.
Answer:
According to Marshall, “The amount demanded increases with a fall in price and diminishes with a rise in price when other things remain the same”.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 5
The law of demand explains inverse relationship between the price and quantity demanded of a commodity. Therefore, the demand curve slopes downward from left to right. There are some other reasons also responsible for down¬ward sloping demand curve.

1) Old and New Buyers:
If the price of a good falls, the real income of the old buyers will increase. Hence, the de¬mand for the good will increase. In the same way, the fall in price attracts new buyers and will be able to built after a fall in its price. So the demand curve slopes downwards from left to right.

2) Income Effect:
Fall in price of commodity the real income of its consumers increase. The increase in real income encourages demand for the commodity with reduced price. The increase in demand on account of increased in real income is known as income effect.

3) Substitution Effect:
When the price of commodity falls, it will become relatively cheaper than its substitutes. The increase in demand on account of increase in real income is known as income effect.

4) Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility :
According to this law, if consumer goes on consuming more units of the commodity, the additional utility goes on diminishing. Therefore, the consumer prefers to buy at a lower price. As a result the demand curve has a negative slope.

Question 9.
Discuss about the changes in supply.
Answer:
The supply function explains the relationship between the determinants of supply of a commodity and the supply of that commodity. Supply of a commodity depends upon its price, the prices of related goods, the prices of factors of production, the state of technology, the goals of firm and polity of the government. These can be written in the form a supply function as :

Qx = f(Px>Pr.PfT,Gf,Gp)
Where, Qx = quantity of good X supplied, Px = price of good X, Pr = prices of related goods (substitutes, comple- mentaries), Pf = prices of factors of production, T = technical knowhow, Gf = goal of the firm / seller, Gp = government policy, f = functional relationship.

In the above equation, supply of commodity is a depen¬dent variable on many aspects. Change even in one variable of the determinants of supply brings a change in the supply. In determining the supply of a good, price of this good is more important among all the determinants. Hence, if we assume all other aspects will not change, then the supply function will be as:

Img-1

Determinants of Supply:
Supply function explains the rela¬tionship between supply of a commodity and its determi¬nants. Let’s discuss about the determinants of supply,

i) Price of a Good:
In determining the supply of a good, price of this good is more important and this price deter¬mines the profit of the firm. Other things being constant, the supply of commodity increases with an increase in its price and vice versa. Thus, there exist a positive relation¬ship between price and supply,

ii) Prices of its Related Goods:
Goods comprise substitutes and complementaries. Any change in the prices of these goods exerts influence on production of the good in consideration. For instance, if the price of a substitute good goes up, the producers may try to produce that substitute good or demand for the substitute good which has higher price may decrease and therefore, producer may increase supply of the good which he was producing initially. Similarly, producer may decide the supply of his product on the basis of the prices of complementaries and demand for them.

iii) Prices of Factors of Production:
Increase in the prices of factors of production would lead to an increase in the cost of production. As a result, supply of the commodity may decline. The reverse will happen in the case of a fall in the prices of factors of production.

iv) State of Technology:
New and improved methods of production, inventions and innovations help to save factors, costs and time and thus, technology contributes to increase the supply of goods.

v) Goals of producer and other determinants: Goals of producer, means of transport and communication and natural factor etc., will equally influence the supply of a commodity

vi) Government policy:
Imposition of heavy taxes on a commodity discourages the production of goods and as a result supply diminishes in goods are given, supply of goods will increase.

Question 10.
What are the characteristics of monopolistic competition ?
Answer:
It is a market with many sellers for a product but the products are different in certain respects. It is mid way of monopoly and perfect competition. Prof. E.H. Chamberlin and Mrs. Joan Robinson pioneered this market analysis.
Characteristics of Monopolistic Competition:

  1. Relatively Small Number of Firms: The number of firms in this market are less than that of perfect competition. No one can control the output in the market as a result of high competition.
  2. Product Differentiation:
    One of the features of monopo-listic competition is product differentiation. It takes the
    form of brand names, trade marks etc. Its cross elasticity of demand is very high.
  3. Entry and Exit:
    Entry into the industry is unrestricted. New firms are able to commence production of very close substitutes for the existing brands of the product.
  4. Selling Cost: Advertisement or sales promotion technique is the important feature of Monopolistic competition. Such costs are called selling costs.
  5. More Elastic Demand:
    Under this competition the de-mand curve slopes downwards from left to the right. It is highly elastic.

Question 11.
What are the factors that determine the factor prices?
Answer:
The demand and supply of a factor of production determine its price. The demand for a factor of production depends on the following.

  1.  It depends on the demand for the goods produced by it.
  2. Price of the factor determines its demand.
  3. Prices of other factors or co-operative factors determine the demand for a factor.
  4. Technological changes determine the demand for a factor.
  5. The demand for a factor increases due to increase in its production.

Factors that determine the supply of a factor of production :

  1. The size of the population and it’s age composition.
  2. Mobility of the factor of production.
  3. Efficiency of the factor of production.
  4. Geographical conditions.
  5. Wage also determines the supply of this factor.
  6. Income.

Question 12.
What are the various methods of calculating national income? Explain them.
Answer:
There are three methods of measuring National Income.

  1. Output method or Product method.
  2. Expenditure method.
  3. Income method.

‘Carin cross’ says, National Income can be looked in any one of the three ways. As the national income measured by adding up everybody’s income by adding up everybody’s output and by adding up the value of all things that people buy and adding in their savings.

1) Output Method (Product Method):
The market value of total goods and services produced in an economy in a year is considered for estimating National Income. In order to arrive at the value of the product services, the total goods and services produced are multiplied with their market prices.
Then, National Income = (P1Q1 + P2Q2 + ….. PnQn) – Depreciation – Indirect taxes + Net income from abroad.
Where P = Price
Q = Quantity
1,2, 3 n = Commodities & Services

There is a possibility of double counting. Care must be taken to avoid this. Only final goods and services are taken to compute National Income but not the raw materials or intermediary goods. Estimation of the National Income through this method will indicate the contribution of different sectors, the growth trends in each sector and the sectors which are lagging behind.

2) Expenditure Method:
In this method, we add the personal consumption expenditure of households, expenditure of the firms, government purchase of goods and services net exports plus net income from abroad.
NI = EH + EF + EG + Net exports + Net income from abroad.

Here, National Income = Private final consumption expenditure + Government final consumption expenditure + Net domestic capital formation + Net exports + Net income from abroad
EH = Expenditure of households
EF = Expenditure of firms
EG = Expenditure of Government.
Care should be taken to include spending or expenditure made on final goods and services only.

3) Income Method:
In this method, the income earned by all factors of production is aggregated to arrive at the National Income of a country. The four factors of production receives income in the form of wages, rent, interest and profits. This is also national income at factor cost.

NI = W + I + R + P
Net income from abroad
Where, NI = National income
W = Wages
I = Interest
R = Rent
P = Profits
This method gives us National Income according to distribution of shares.

Question 13.
Enumerate the assumptions and major aspects of classical theory of employment.
Answer:
The classical theory of employment is based on the Say’s law of markets. The famous law of markets, propounded by the J.B Say states that “Supply creates its own demand”. Assumptions : The Say’s law is based on the following assumptions.

  1. There is a free enterprise economy.
  2. There is perfect competition in the economy.
  3. There is no government interference in the functioning of the economy.
  4. The equilibrium process is considered from the long term point of view.
  5. All savings are automatically invested.
  6. The interest rate is flexible.
  7. The wage rate is flexible.
  8. There are no limits to the expansion of the market.
  9. Money acts as medium of exchange.

Aspects of Classical Theory: The classical theory of employment can be discussed with three dimensions.

A) Goods Market Equilibrium:
The classical theory of employmet is based on the Say’s Law of Markets. The first part of Say’s market law explains the goods market equilibrium. The famous law of markets, propounded by the J.B. Say states that, “Supply creates its own demand”.

B) Money Market Equilibrium (Saving Investment Equi-librium):
The goods market equilibrium leads to bring equilibrium of both money and labour markets. In goods market, it is assumed that the total income is spent. The classical economists agree that part of the income may be saved, but the savings is gradually spent on capital goods. The expenditure on capital goods is called investment. It is assumed that equality between savings and investment (S = 1) is brought by the flexible rate of interest.

C) Labour Market Equilibrium: Pigou’s Wage Cut Policy:
According to the classical economists, unemployment may occur in the short run. This is not because the demand is not sufficient but due to increase in the wages forced by the trade unions or the interference of government. A.C. Pigou suggested that reduction in the wages will remove unemployment. This is called wage – cut policy. A reduction in the wage rate results in the increase in employment.

Question 14.
List out various items of public expenditure.
Answer:
Public expenditure is an important constituent of public finance. Modern governments spend money from various welfare activities. The expenditure incurred by the govern-ment on various economic activities is called public expenditure. Governments incur expenditure on the following heads of accounts.

  1. Defence
  2. Internal security
  3. Economic services
  4. Social services
  5. Other general services
  6. Pensions
  7. Subsidies
  8. Grants to state governments
  9. Grants to foreign governments
  10. Loans to state governments
  11. Loans to public enterprises
  12. Loans to foreign governments
  13. Repayment of loans
  14. Assistance to states on natural calamities etc.

Question 15.
Point out the agency and general utility functions of commercial banks.
Answer:
The following are agency functions and general utility functions.

Agency Function:
Commercial banks perform certain agency functions also. On certain occasions they act as agents of the customers. Some of the important agency functions are :

a) Collection of cheques, drafts, bills of exchange etc., of their customers from other banks.

b) Collection of dividends and interest from business and industrial firms.

c) Purchase and sale of securities, shares, debentures, government securities on behalf of the customers.

d) Acting as trustees and keeping their funds in safe custody.

e) Making payments such as insurance premium, income tax, subscriptions etc., on behalf of their customers as per their request.

General Utility Functions:
Besides the agency functions, commercial banks provide certain utility services to their customers. They are:

a) Provision of locker facility for the safe custody of the silver, gold ornaments and important and valuable documents for which service rent is collected.

b) Transfer of money of the customers from one bank to the other by way of demand drafts, mail transfer by collecting commission from them.

c) Provision of online transfer facility of money from one bank to the other.

d) Issue of letters of credit to enable the customers to purchase commodities on the basic of credit.

e) Endorsing and providing guarantee to the shares issued by the joint stock companies.

f) Issue of traveler’s cheques to customers to avoid the risk of carrying of cash.

g) Providing foreign exchange to the customers for exports and imports in connection with their business.

h) Conveying information on behalf of their customers to the businessmen operating in other places and also collecting information of such businessmen and provide it to the customers. Thus they act as referees’.

Question 16.
State the contingent, static and dynamic functions of money.
Answer:
Money plays a vital role in modem economy.
According to Waker’ – “Money is what money does”. According to ‘Robertson’ – “Anything which is widely accepted in payment for goods discharge of other kinds of business obligations”.

Contingent functions :
a) Measurement and distribution of National income:
National income of a country be measured in money by aggregating the value of all commodities. This is not possible in a barter system similarly national income can be distributed to different factors of production by making payment then in money.

b) Money equalizes marginal utilises / productivities:
The consumers can equalize marginal utilities of different commodities purchased by them with the help of money. We know how consumers equalize the marginal utility of the taste rupee they speed on each commodity. Similarly firms can also equalize the marginal productivities of different factors of production and maximize profits.

c) Basis of credit:
Credit is created by banks from out of the primary deposits of money supply of credit, in an economy is dependent on the supply of nominal money.

d) Liquidity:
Money is the most important liquid asset. Interms of liquidity it is superior than other assets. Money is cent percent liquid. Static and Dynamic Functions of money : Paul Engig classified functions of money as static and dynamic functions.

i) Static Functions:
We have learnt the medium of exchange, measure of value, store of value and standard of deferred payment are the traditional or technical functions of money. Engig called them static functions. These functions facilitate emergence of price mechanism. They do not show any effect on the economic development,

ii) Dynamic Functions :
The functions of money which influence output, consumption, distribution and general price level are called dynamic functions. They make the entire economy dynamic. The functions shown as contingent functions come under dynamic functions.

Question 17.
What is mode? What are its merits and demerits?
Answer:
Mode (Z) : Mode is the most frequently observed value in the data or an observation with the highest frequency is called the mode of the data. Mode is defined as that value in series which occurs most frequently. Mode is a point of maximum concentration on a scale of values, i.e., it is the most typical or most fashionable value of series.

Merits and Drawbacks of Mode: i) Merits or uses of Mode:

  1. Mode is the term that occur most in the series hence, it is neither an isolated value like Median nor it is a value like mean that may not be there in the series.
  2. It is not affected by extreme values hence, is a good representative of the series.
  3. It can be found graphically also.
  4. For open end intervals it is not necessary to know the length of open intervals.
  5. It can also be used in case of quantitative phenomenon.
  6. With only just a single glance on data we can find its value. It is simplest.
  7. It is the most used average in day-to-day life, such as average marks of a class, average number of students in a section, average size of shoes, etc.

ii) Drawbacks of mode:

  1. Mode cannot be determined if the series is bimodal or multimodal.
  2. Mode is based only on concentrated values; other values are not taken into account inspite of their big difference with the mode. In continuous series only the lengths of class intervals are considered.
  3. Mode is most affected by fluctuations of sampling.
  4. Mode is not so rigidly defined. Solving the problem by different methods we won’t get the same results as in case of mean.
  5. It is not capable of further algebraic treatment. It is impossible to find the combined mode of some series as in case of Mean.
  6. If the number of terms is too large, only then we can call it as the representative value.

Section – C

Question 18.
Compute Harmonic means for 4, 6 and 12.
Answer:
Harmonic mean for 4, 6, 12

N X
1 4
2 6
3 12

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 6

Question 19.
Explain the drawback of Mode.
Answer:
Drawbacks of mode :

  1. Mode cannot be determined if the series is bimodal or multimodal.
  2. Mode is based only on concentrated values; other values are not taken into account inspite of their big difference with the mode. In continuous series only the lengths of class intervals are considered.
  3. Mode is most affected by fluctuation of sampling.
  4. Mode is not so rigidly defined. Solving the problem by different methods we won’t get the same results as in case of mean.
  5. It is not capable of further algebraic treatment. It is impossible to find the combined mode of some series as in case of Mean.
  6. If the number of terms is too large, only then we can call it as the representative value.

Question 20.
What is token money?
Answer:
Token money is money or unit of currency whose face value is higher then the intrinsic value. Ex. 1,2 and 5 rupees coins, etc.

Question 21.
What are the uses of overdrafts?
Answer:
Overdraft: This is a facility allowed by the bank to the current account holders. They are allowed to withdraw money, with or without security, in excess of the balance available in their account, up to a limit. This facility is available as a temporary measure to the borrowers to meet their short needs in case of shortage of regular funds. Interest is charged on the amount of actual withdrawal.

Question 22.
What is budget?
Answer:
Budget is the annual statement showing the estimated receipts and expenditure of tne government for a financial year in the budget. The budget estimates and revised estimates of the current financial year and actual expenditure of the preceding financial year are shown.

Question 23.
What is Fiscal deficit?
Answer:
Fiscal deficit is the difference between total revenue and total expenditure plus the market borrowings.
Fiscal deficit = (Total revenue – total expenditure) + Other borrowing and other liabilities.

Question 24.
WTiat is Depreciation?
Answer:
Firms use continuously machines and tools for the production of goods and services. This results in a loss of value due to wear and tear of fixed capital. This loss suffered by fixed capital is called depreciation.

Question 25.
Explain the concept of GNP (Gross National Product).
Answer:
It is the total value of all final goods and services produced in the economy in one year.
GNP = C + I + G + (x-m) where,
C = Consumption
I = Gross National Investment
G = Government Expenditure
X = Exports
M = Imports
x – m = Net foreign trade.

Question 26.
What is Gross interest?
Answer:
The payment which the lender receives from the borrower excluding the principal is gross interest.
Gross interest = Net interest + [Reward for risk taking + Reward for Inconvenience + Reward for management]

Question 27.
What are the determining factors of the demand for a factor?
Answer:

  1. The demand for the factors of production is derived demand. It depends on the demand for the goods produced by it.
  2. Price of the factor determines its demand.
  3. Prices of other factors which will help in the production also determine the demand for a factor.
  4. Technology determines the demand for the factors. For instance, increase in technology reduces the demand for labourers.
  5. Returns to scale will determine the demand for the factors of production. The demand for the factors increases due to increasing returns in the production.

Question 28.
Give a note on the Time Raised Markets.
Answer:
Supply of a good can be adjusted depending on time factor. On the basis of time, markets are divided into three types, i.e., very short period, short period and long period.

a) Market Period or Very Short Period:
This is a period where producer cannot make any changes in the supply of a good. Hence, the supply is fixed. As we know supply can be changed by making changes in inputs. Inputs cannot be changed in the very short period. Supply remains constant in this period. Perishable goods will have this kind of markets.

b) Short Period:
It is a period in which supply can be changed to a little extent. It is possible by changing certain variable inputs like labour.

c) Long Period:
The market in which the supply can be changed to meet the increased demand, producer can make changes in all inputs depending upon the demand in the long period. It is possible to make adjustments in supply in long period.

Question 29.
Define Oligopoly.
Answer:
A market with a small number of producers is called oligopoly. The product may be homogeneous or may be differences. This market exists in automobiles, electricals etc.

Question 30.
Explain the nature of AR and MR curves in perfect competition.
Answer:
Under perfect competition, there exist large number of sell-ers and large number of buyers. In this market neither sell-ers nor buyers have any control on the price of the product. The seller can sell any amout of the good and buyers can buy any amount of the good at the ruling market price. Here the goods are sold at single price under perfect competition therefore, additional units are also sold at the same price. Hence, under perfect competition the AR = MR, because of this P = AR – – MR. Since P = At = MR, the AR and MR curves will be parallel to OX axis as shown in the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 7

Question 31.
Explain the Characteristics of land.
Answer:
Land means not only earth’s surface alone but also refers to all free gits of nature which include soil, water, air, natural vegetation etc. Characteristics of Land – The following are the characteristics of land as a factor of production
a) Free gift of nature.
b) Supply of land is perfectly inelastic.
c) Cannot be shifted from one place to another place.
d) Land provides infinite variation of degree of fertility.

Question 32.
Define Superior goods.
Answer:
In case of superior or normal goods, quantity demanded in-creases when there is an increase in the income of consumers. Income demand for superior goods exhibits a positive relationship between the income and quantity demanded. In such a case, the demand curve slopes upwards from left to right.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 4 with Solutions - 8
In figure OX-axis represents quantity demanded for su-perior goods and OY-axis represents the income of the consumer. YD represents the income demand curve showing a positive slope. Whenever income increases from ‘OY’ to OY1 the quantity demanded of superior or normal goods increases from OQ to OQ1 This may happen in case of Veblen goods.

Question 33.
What is Income Demand?
Answer:
It shows the direct relationship between the income of the consumer and quantity demanded when the other factors remain constant. There is direct relationship between income and demand for superior goods. Inverse relationship between income and demand for inferior goods.
Dx = f(Y)

Question 34.
Define Marginal utility.
Answer:
Marginal utility is the additional utility obtained from the consumption of additional unit of the commodity.
MUn = TUn – TU(n-1)
(or)
MU = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{TU}}{\Delta \mathrm{Q}}\)

Question 35.
Write in brief, about properties of indifferences curves.
Answer:
It represents the satisfaction of a consumers from two goods of various combinations. It is drawn an the assumption that for all possible combinations of the two goods on an indifference curve, the satisfaction level remains the same.

Question 36.
What is Macro Economics?
Answer:
The word Macro’ is derived from Greek work ‘Makros’ which means ‘Large’. It was developed by J.M. Keynes. It studies aggregates or economy as a whole like national income, employment, general price level etc. It is also called “Income and Employment” theory.

Question 37.
What is Income concept?
Answer:
Income is a flow of satisfaction from wealth per unit of time. In every economy income flows from households to firms and vice versa. Income can be expressd in two types.

  1. Money income which is in terms of money.
  2. Real income which is in terms of goods and services.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 3 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Note : Answer ANY THREE out of the following five questions in not exceeding 40 lines each. (3 × 10 = 30 )

Question 1.
Illustrate the consumer’s equilibrium using indifference curve analysis.
Answer:
A consumer is said to be in equilibrium with given his tastes, prices of the two goods and income on the purchase of two goods in such a way so as to get the maximum satisfaction :

I. Assumptions : The analysis of consumer’s equilibrium is based on the following assumptions :

  1. Consumer has an indifference map showing his scale of preferences which remains the same throughout the analysis.
  2. Money income is given and constant.
  3. Prices of the two goods are given and constant.
  4. The consumer is rational and thus maximizes his satis-faction.
  5. There is no change in tastes, preferences and habits of the consumer.
  6. There is a perfect competition in the goods market.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 1

II. Conditions of Equilibrium : There are two conditions that must be satisfied for the consumer to be in equilibrium. These are:
i) At the point of equilibrium, the budget / price line must be tangent to the indifference curve at its minimum point, ii) At the point of equilibrium, the consumer’s MRSxy and the price ratio must be equal, i.e. MRSxY = Px/PY. This can be shown in the following diagram.

In the diagram ‘AB’ is consumer’s budget or price line. IC, IC1, IC2 are indifference curves. In the diagram the consumer is equilibrium at OM of x and ON of y. At point E the price line touches to ‘O’ IC1 At point ‘S’ consumer will be on lower indifference curve IC and will be an get¬ting lesser satisfaction than at E on IC. IC2 is beyond the capacity of consumer. So it is outside to the budget line.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 2.
Critically examine the law of variable proportions.
Answer:
The law of variable proportions has been developed by the 19th century economists David Ricardo and Marshall. The law is associated with the names of these two economists. The law states that by increasing one variable factor and keeping other factors constant, how to change the level of output, total output first increases at increasing rate, then at a diminishing rate and later decreases. Hence, this law is also known as the “Law of Diminishing returns”. Marshall stated it in the following words.

“An increase in capital and labour applied in the cultiva-tion of land causes in general less than proportionate in-crease in the amount of produce raised, unless it happens to coincide with an improvement in the arts of agriculture”. Assumptions:

  1. The state of technology remain constant.
  2. The analysis relates to short period.
  3. The law assumes labour in homogeneous.
  4. Input prices remain unchanged.

Explanation of the Law:
Suppose a farmer has ‘4’ acres of land he wants to increase output by increasing the number of labourers, keeping other factors constant. The changes in total production, average product and marginal product can be observed in the following table.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 2

In the above table total product refers to the total output produced per unit of time by all the labourers employed. Average product refers to the product per unit of labour marginal product refers to additional product obtained by employing an additional labour.

In the above table there are three stages of production :
1st stage i.e., increasing returns at 2 units total output increases average product increases and marginal product reaches maximum.

2nd stage i.e., diminishing returns from 3rd unit onwards TP increases at diminishing rate and reaches maximum, MP becomes zero and AP continuously decreases.

3dr stage i.e., negative returns from 8th unit TF* decreases AP declines and MP becomes negative.
This can be explained in the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 3

In the diagram, on ‘OX’ axis shown units labourer and OY axis show TP, MP and A.P. 1st stage TP, AP increases and MP is maximum. In the 2nd stage TP is maximum, AP decreases and MP is zero. At 3rd stage TP declines, AP also declines, MP becomes negative.

Question 3.
What is monopoly ? Explain how price is determined under monopoly.
Answer:
Monopoly is one of the market in the imperfect competition. The word Mono’ means ‘single’ and ‘Poly’ means ‘seller’. Thus, monopoly means single seller market. In the words of Bilas, “Monopoly is represented by a market situation in which there is a single seller of a product for which there are no close substitutes, this single seller is unaffected by and does not affect, the prices and outputs ofother products sold in the economy”.

  1. Monopoly exists under the following conditions :
    • There is a single seller of product.
    • There are no close substitutes.
    • Strong barriers to entry into the industry exist.
  2. Features of Monopoly :
    • There is no single seller in the market.
    • No close substitutes.
    • There is no difference between firm and industry.
    • The monopolist either fix the price or output.

Price Determination”:
Under monopoly, the monopolist has complete control over the supply of the product. He is price maker who can set the price to attain maximum profit. But he cannot do both things simultaneously. Either he can fix the price and leave the output to be determined by consumer demand at a particular price. Or he can fix the output to be produced and leave the price to be determined by the consumer demand for his product. This can be shown in the diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 4

In the above diagram, on ‘OX’ axis measures output and ‘OY axis measures cost. AR is Average Revenue curve, AC is Average Cost curve. In the above diagram, at point E where MC = MR at that point the monopolist determines the out-put. Price is determined where this output line touches the AR line. In the above diagram for producing OQ quantity cost of production is OCBQ and revenue is OPAQ.
Profit = Revenue – Cost
= PACB shaded area is profit under monopoly.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 4.
Explain critically the marginal productivity theory of distri-bution.
Answer:
This theory was developed by J.B.Clark. According to this theory, the remuneration of a factor of production will be equal to its marginal productivity. The theory assumes perfect competition in the market for factors of production. In such a market, average cost and marginal cost of each unit of factor of production Eire the same as they are equal to the price or cost of a factor of production.

For example, if four tailors can stitch ten shirts in a day and five tailors can stitch thirteen shirts in a day, then the marginal physical product of the 5th tailor is 3 shirts. If stitching charge for a shirt is ₹ 100/-, then the marginal value product of three shirts is ₹ 300/-. According to this theory, the 5th person will be remunerated ₹ 300/-. Marginal physical product is the additional output obtained by using an additional unit of the factor of production. If we multiply the additional output by market price we will get marginal value product or marginal revenue product.

At first stage when additional units of labour are employed the marginal productivity of labourer increases up to certain extent due to economies of scale. If additional units of labour are employed beyond that point the marginal productivity of labour decreases. This can be shown in the given figure. In the figure, OX axis repre-sent units of labour and OY represent price/revenue/cost. At a given price,

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 5

OP the firm will employ OL units of labour where price OP = L. If it employs less than ‘OL! i.e., OL1 units, MRP will be E1L1, which is higher than the price OP If firm employs more than OL units upto OL2, price is OP is more than E2L2. So the firm decreases employment until price = MRP till OL. At that point ‘E’ the additional unit of labour is remunerated equal to his marginal productivity.

Question 5.
Critically examine the classical theory of employment.
Answer:
The theory of output and employment developed by economists such as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Malthus is known as classical theory. It is based on the famous “Law of markets” advocated by J.B. Say. According to this law “supply creates its own demand”. The classical theory of employment assumes that there is always full employment of labour and other resources. The classical economists ruled out any general unemployment in the long run. These views are known as the classical theory of output and employment.

The classical theory of employment can be three dimensions.
A. Goods market equilibrium
B. Money market equilibrium
C. Equilibrium of the labour market (Pigou wage cut policy).

A) Goods market equilibrium:
The 1st part of Say’s law of markets explains the goods market equilibrium. According to Say “supply creates its own demand”. Say’s law states that supply always equals demand. Whenever additional output is produced in the economy, the factors of production which participate in the process of production. The total income generated is equivalent to the total value of the output produced. Such income creates additional demand for the sale of the additional output. Thus there could be no deficiency in the aggregate demand in the economy for the total output. Here every thing is automatically adjusting without need of government intervention.

The classical economists believe that economy attains equilibrium in the long run at the level of full employment. Any disequilibrium between aggregate demand and aggregate supply equilibrium adjusted automatically. This changes in the general price level is known as price flexibility.

B) Money market equilibrium:
The goods market equili-brium leads to bring equilibrium of both money and labour markets. In goods market, it is assumed that total income spent the classical economists agree that part of the income may be saved. But the savings is gradually spent on capital goods. The expenditure on capital goods is called investment. It is assumed that equality between savings and investment is brought by the flexible rate of interest. This can be explained by the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 6

In the diagram savings and investment are measured on the ‘X’ axis and rate of interest on ‘Y’ axis. Savings and investments are equal at ‘Oi’ rate of interest. So money market equilibrium can be automatically brought through the rate of interest flexibility.

C) Labour market equilibrium :
According to the classical economists, unemployment may occur in the short run. This is not because the demand is not sufficient but due to increase in the wages forced by the trade unions. A.C. Pigou suggests that reduction in the wages will remove unemployment. This is called wage – cut policy. A reduction in the wage rate results in the increase in employment.

According to the classical theory supply of and demand for labour are determined by real wage rate. Demand for labour is the inverse function of the real wage rate. The supply of labour is the direct function of real wage rate. At a particular point real wage rate the supply of and the demand for labour in the economy become equal and thus equili-brium attained in the labour market. Thus there is full employment of labour. This can be explained with the help of diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 7

In the above diagram supply of and demand for labour is measured on the X – axis. The real wage rate is measured on the Y axis. If the wage rate is OWp the supply of labour more than the demand for labour. Hence the wage rate falls. If the real wage rate is OW2 the demand for labour is more than supply of labour. Hence the wage rate rises. At OW, real wage rate the supply and demand are equal. This is equilibrium.

Assumptions:
1. There is no interference of government of the economy.
2. Perfect competition in commodity and labour market.
3. Full employment.

Section – B

Question 6.
Analyze the characteristics of wants.
Answer:
Human wants are starting point of all economic activities. They depend on social and economic conditions of individu-als. Characteristic features of wants :

  1. Unlimited wants: Human wants are unlimited. There is no end to human wants. When one want is satisfied an-other want takes its place. Wants differ from person to person, time to time and place to place.
  2. A Particular Want is Satiable: Although a man cannnot satisfy all his wants, a particular want can be satisfied completely in a period of time. Ex : If a person is thirsty he can satisfy it by drinking a glass of water.
  3. Competition: Human wants are unlimited. But the means to satisfy them are limited of scarce. Therefore, they complete with each other in priority of satisfaction.
  4. Complementary: To satisfy a particular want we need a group of commodities at the same time. Ex: Writing need is satisfied only when we have pen, ink and paper together.
  5. Substitution: Most of our wants can be satisfied by dif-ferent ways. Ex: If we feel hungry, we can eat rice or fruits satisfy this want.
  6. Recurring: Many wants appear again and again though they are satisfied at one point of time.
  7. Habits: Wants change into habits, which cannnot be given up easily. Ex: Smoking cigarettes for joke results into a habit if it is not controlled.
  8. Wants vary with time, place and person : Wants go on changing with the passage of time. They are changing from time to time, place to place and person to person. Human wants are divided into 1. Necessities, 2. Comforts and 3. Luxuries.

Question 7.
Explain the concept of utility analysis. What are its short comings?
Answer:
The concept of utility was introduced in economic thought by Jevans in 1871. In a general sense, utility is the ‘want sat-isfying power’ of a commodity or service. In economic sense, utility is a psychological phenomenon. It is a feeling of satis-faction, a consumer derives from the consumption of a com-modity. Utility has nothing to do with usefulness. Utility and usefulness are different. A commodity may satisfy a human want but it may not be useful. For example, wine is harmful to health but satisfies the want of a drunkard. Whether the good is useful or not, if it satisfies a human want we can say that it possesses utility.

Utility is a subjective concept. It differs from person to person, from time to time and place to place. As regards to the measurement of utility, there are two different approaches :

1. Cardinal utility and
2. Ordinal utility. Let us introduce then in brief.

Shortcomings of Utility Analysis: The following are the main defects pointed out on utility analysis.

  1. Cardinal measurement is not possible.
  2. Assumption of rational consumer is not correct.
  3. Wrong assumption of independent utilities. Utility of a good depends on other goods also.
  4. Assumption of constant marginal utility of money is wrong.
  5. One commodity model is unrealistic.
  6. Income effect, price effect and substitution effect are not clearly brought out.
  7. This analysis fails to explain the demand for indivisible goods.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 8.
Explain the Law of Demand.
Answer:
Demand means a desire which is backed up by ability to buy and willingness to pay the price is called demand in Eco-nomics. Thus, demand will be always to a price and time. Demand has the following features.

  1. Desire for the commodity.
  2. Ability to buy the commodity.
  3. Willing to pay the price of commodity.
  4. Demand is always at a price.
  5. Demand is per unit of time i.e, per day, week etc. – Therefore the price demand may be expressed in the form of small equation. Dx = f(Px)

Price demand explains the relation between price and quantity demanded of a commodity. Price demand states that there is an inverse relationship between price and demand.

Law of demand :
Marshall defines the law of demand as, “The amount demanded increases with a fall in price and diminishes with a rise in price when other things remain the same”. So, the law of demand explains the inverse relationship between the price and quantity demanded of a commodity.

Demand schedule:
It means a list of the quantities demanded at various prices in a given period of time in a market. An imaginary example is given below.

Pricein? Quantity Demanded in units
5 10
4 20
3 30
2 40
1 50

The table shows that as the price falls to ₹1/- the quantity demanded is 50 units, when price ₹ 5/- he is buying 10 units. So, there is inverse relationship between price and demand. Price is low demand will be high and price is high demand will be low. We can illustrate the above schedule in a diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 8

In the above diagram, on X-axis demand is shown and price is on Y-axis. DD is the demand curve. Demand curves slopes downward from left to right.

Assumptions :

  1. No change in the income of consumer.
  2. The taste and preferences of the consumers remain same.
  3. The prices of related goods remain the same.
  4. New substitutes are not discovered.
  5. No expectation of future price changes.

Question 9.
Discuss the types of costs.
Answer:
Cost analysis refers to the study of behaviour of production costs in relation to one or more production criteria, namely size of output, scale of operations, prices of factors of pro-duction and other relevant economic variable. In other words, cost analysis is concerned with financial aspects of production relations as against physical aspects considered in production analysis. A useful cost analysis needs a clear under¬standing of the various cost concepts which are dealt here under.

Types of Costs:
Broadly, types of costs can be classified into three types, namely, money costs, real costs and opportunity costs.

1) Money Costs:
The money spent by a firm in the process of production of its output is money cost. These costs would be in the form of wages and salaries paid to labour, expenditure on machinery, payment for materials, power, light, fuel and transportation. These costs are further divided into explicit costs and implicit costs. The amount paid to all factors of production hired from outside by the producer is called as explicit cost. And the amount of own resources and services applied by the producer in the production process is called as implicit cost.

2) Real Costs:
According to Alfred Marshall, “the pains and sacrifices made by labourers and entrepreneurs / orga¬nizers in the process of production activity are real costs”. The amount of crop (produce) sacrificed by the landlord by giving his land to tenants, the amount of leisure sacri¬ficed by the labourer in extending labour to produce goods, the amount of consumption sacrificed by the in¬vestor by saving his money for investment are some of the examples of real costs.

3) Opportunity Costs:
It is also called as alternative cost or economic cost. Opportunity cost is next best alternative of factors of production. The alternate uses capacity of factors of production signifies opportunity costs. If a fac-tor possesses alternative uses, the factor can be used.only in one activity by forgoing other possibilities. In other words, opportunity cost is nothing but next best alterna-tive foregone by a factor. For example, if a farmer decides to grow wheat instead of rice, the opportunity cost of the wheat would be the rice, which he might have grown rather. Thus, opportunity cost is the cost of foregone alternative.

Short-Run Cost Curve analysis:
In shortrun, the costs faced by a firm can be classified into fixed and variable costs.

4) Fixed Costs:
The fixed costs of a firm are those costs that do not vary with the size of its output. It is due to this, the value of fixed cost is always positive even if production activity does not take place or it is zero. The best way of defining fixed costs is to say that they are the costs which a firm has to bear even when it is temporarily shut down. Alfred Marshall called these costs as ‘Supplementary costs’ or Overhead costs’. E.g. : costs of plant and equipment, rent on buddings, salaries to permanent employees are part of fixed costs.

5) Variable Costs:
On the other hand, Variable costs are those costs which change with changes in the volume of output. Marshall called these costs as ‘prime costs’. Daily wages to employees, payments to raw materials, fuel and power, excise taxes, interest on short-term loans etc., are examples for variable costs.

Question 10.
Compare perfect Competition and Monopoly.
Answer:

Perfect competition Monopoly
1. There are large number of sellers. 1. There is only one seller.
2. All products are homoge neous. 2. No close substitutes.
3. There is freedom of free entry and exist. 3. There is no freedom of free entry and exist.
4. There is a difference be-tween the industry and firm. 4. Industry and firm both are same.
5. Industry determines the price and firm receives the price. 5. Firm alone determines the price.
6. There is universal price. 6. Price discrimination is possible.
7. The AR, MR curves are parallel to ‘X’ axis 7. The AR, MR curve? are different and slopes downs from left to right.

Question 11.
Explain the concepts of gross profits.
Answer:
Gross profit is considered as a difference between total revenue and cost of production. The following are the components of gross profit:

  1. The rent payable to his own land or buildings includes gross profit.
  2. The interest payable to his own business capital.
  3. The wage payable to the entrepreneur for his management includes gross profit.
  4. Depreciation charges or user cost of production and insurance charges are included in gross profit.

Net profits: Net profits are reward paid for the organiser’s entrepreneurial skills. Components :

  1. Reward for Risk Bearing:
    Net profit is the reward for bearing uninsurable risks and uncertainties.
  2. Reward for Co-ordination:
    It is the reward paid for coordinating the factors of production in right proportion in the process of production.
  3. Reward for Marketing Services:
    It is the profit paid to the entrepreneur for his ability to purchase the services of factors of production.
  4. Reward for Innovations:
    It is the reward paid for innovations of new products and alternative uses to natural resources.
  5. Wind Fall Gains:
    These gains arise as a result of natural calamities, wars and artificial scarcity are also included in net profits.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 12.
Discuss the three definitions of National Income.
Answer:
National Income has been defined in a number of ways. National income is the total market value of all goods and services produced annually in a country. In other way, the total income accruing to a country from economic activities in a year’s time is called national income. It includes payments made to all factors of production in the form of rent, wages, interest and profits.

The definitions of national income can be divided into two classes. They are :
i) traditional definitions advocated by Marshall Pigou and Fisher, and
ii) modern definitions.

1) Marshall’s Definition:
According to Alfred Marshall, “the labour and capital of a country acting on its natural resources, produce annually a certain net aggregate of commodities, material and non-material including services of all kinds. This is the true net annual income or revenue of the country’’. In this definition, the word ‘net’ refers to deduction of depreciation front the gross national income and to this income from abroad must be added.

2) Pigou’s Definition:
According to A.C.Pigou, “National Income is that part of the objective income of the community including of income derived from abroad which can be measured in money”. He has included that income which can be measured in terms of money. This definition is better than the Marshallian definition.

3) Fisher’s Definition:
Fisher adopted consumption as the criterion of national income. Marshall and Pigou regared it as the production. According to Fisher, “the national income consists solely of services as received by ultimate consumers, whether from their material or from their human environment. Only the services rendered during this year are income”.

Fisher definition is better than that of Marshall and Pigou. Because, Fisher’s definition has considered economic welfare which is depending on consumption and consumption represents standard of living.But the definitions advocated by Marshall, pigou and Fisher are not flawless. The Marshallian and Pigou’s defini-tions deal with the reasons for economic welfare. But Fisher’s definition is useful to compare economic welfare in different years.

Question 13.
“Supply creates its own demand”. Explain the statement of J.B. Say.
Answer:
Classical theory of employment or the theory of output and employment developed by economists such as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Robert Malthus etc., it is based on the J.B Say’s law of market’. According to this law “supply creates its own demand”. The classical theory of employment assumes that there is always full employment of labour and other resources.

According to this law the supply always equals to demand it can be expressed as S=D. Whenever additional output is produced in the economy. The factors of production which participate in the process of production. Earn income in the form of rent, wages, interest and profits. The total income so generated is equivalent to the total value of the additional output produced. Such income creates addition demand necessary for the sale of the additional output. Therefore the question of addition output not being sold does not arise.

Question 14.
What are the characteristics of federal finance?
Answer:
Federal finance means the finance of the central government as well as the state governments and the relationship between the two. In a federal system of finance, all items of revenue and expenditure are divided among the central, state and local governments. All the three forms of government are free make expenditure on their respective heads and to get revenue from their respective sources.

Characteristics of a Federal Finance: The following are some of the important characteristic features of federal finance :

  1. In the federal finance, the sources of income and heads of expenditure are distributed between the central and state government according to the constitution. Their jurisdiction and rights are clearly defined in the constitution.
  2. In the federal system the central government provides financial aid to states.
  3. Although the state government have administered autonomy, yet they remain subordinate to the centre. No state is free to fall apart from central government on its own.
  4. In case of any financial dispute arising between the central and the state governments, the solution thereof is sought according to the constitutional provisions. India with a federal form of government has a federal finance system.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 15.
Explain the effects of inflation.
Answer:
In a broader sense, the term inflation refers to persistent rise in the general price level over a long period of time. Some of the important definitions are given below :
According to Pigou, “inflation exists when money income is expanding more than in proportion to increase in earning activity”. Crowther defined inflation as, “a state in which the value of money is falling, that is the prices are rising.

Effects of Inflation:
Inflation affects economic activities such as production, distribution, social and political relations in an economy adversely.
A) On Production:
a) Mild inflation stimulates production as it increases the profit margin entrepreneurs.
b) High inflation rate of hyper inflation hinders production.
c) Inflation discourages savings. This affects the capital formation which intum affects products.

B) On Distribution:
The impact of inflation is not uniform on all sections of people. It affects certain sections of the people adversely while certain other sections gain because of inflation. This can be elaborated as follows:
1) Fixed Income Groups:
People belonging to fixed income groups suffer due to inflation because their incomes do not increase as prices of commodities rise.

2) Working Class:
Workers and wage earners in the informal
sector normally work for subsistence living. Even otherwise their wages do not rise as and when prices rise. Such people suffer because of inflation. .

3) Debtors and Creditors:
Inflation results a decline in the value of money. Therefore, creditors lose as the value of money is higher when they have lent and less when they are repaid. But debtors gain because the value of money is high when they borrowed but low when they repay.

4) Consumers and Entrepreneurs:
Consumers lose but entrepreneurs gain because of inflation.

C) On Social Justice Front : Economic inequality leads to unequal opportunities in matters of health, education and employment. This results in social injustice.

D) On Political Front:
Inflation widens social and economic disparities which cause frustration among the sufferers. This provides opportunity for political movements and if the government is not responsive, the movements may threaten the stability of governments.

Question 16.
Discuss money related concepts.
Answer:
Money was invented to overcome the difficulties of the barter system. Several economists have given definitions for money. Some of them are listed hereunder :

  1. Robertson defined money as ‘anything which is widely accepted in payment for goods or in discharge of other kinds of business obligations”.
  2. According to Seligman’s definition, ‘money is one that possesses general acceptability”.

Related Concepts of Money:
When we discuss about money, we come across certain terms like currency, liquidity and near-money. They have different meanings. These concepts are related to money. It is necessary to know them clearly without any conceptual ambiguity.

i) Currency:
Currency is the form in which money is circulated in the economy by the monetary authority i.e., the government and the central bank. Currency includes ns and paper notes. It is only one component of money. Money comprises of not only currency but demand deposit a ‘me deposits also.

ii) Liquidity:
The ability of an asset to be converted into money is termed as liquidity. In other words, conversion takes place with ease. Hence, liquidity may be defined as the ability of any asset to act as a direct medium of exchange.

Money acts as a direct medium of exchange. Hence money is considered as the perfect liquid asset. Other assets are not as liquid as money because they are not accepted by the public as medium of exchange. They have to be converted into money to facilitate exchange to take place. They have liquidity but the degree of liquidity varies from asset to asset.

iii) Near Money:
The term near-money refers to those highly liquid assets which are not accepted as money, but can be easily converted into money within a short period.

Here are some examples of near money :

  1. savings deposits and time deposits in the commercial banks,
  2. savings deposits in the post offices, and post office bonds,
  3. stock and shares of joint stock companies.
  4. d) units of UTI.
  5. savings bonds and certificates.
  6. treasury bills, and
  7. bills of exchange and government securities and securities guaranteed by the government.

These assets are close substitutes of money. Hence, they are called near money or quasi-money.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 17.
Explain simple and subdivided bar diagrams with examples.
Answer:
The following are the common types of diagrams, which are used in statistical analysis.

1. One Dimensional Diagrams:
In such diagrams only one dimensional measurement, i.e, height is used, the width is not considered.

1) Simple Bar Diagrams:
Simple bar diagrams are used to present individual observations, time series and spatial series. The method of drawing simple bar diagram is explained with the help of the example.

Example:
Draw the simple diagram from the following data relating to Censs of India from 1901 to 2011.
Population from 1901 to 2011

Population from 1901 to 2011

Year Population (Million) Year Population (Million)
1901 238.4 1961 439.2
1911 252.1 1971 548.2
1921 251.3 1981 683.3
1931 279.0 1991 846.4
1941 318.7 2001 1028.7
1951 361.1 2011 1210.2

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 9

2. Subdivided Bar Diagram: Component bar diagram charts are also called as sub-divided bar diagrams, which are very useful in comparing the sizes of different component parts. The following data relates to the number of companies registered in a country.

Registered Companies

Sector 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974
Public 125 133 140 150 150
Private 75 82 90 90 95
Total 200 215 230 240 245

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions - 10

Public and Private Sector Companies Registered

Section – C

Question 18.
What is Price?
Answer:
The price of anything is its value measured in terns of money Ex : A commodity is exchanged for 50 rupees then the price of commodity is 50 rupees.

Question 19.
Explain Economic Goods.
Answer:
Economic goods are man made, they have cost of production and price. They are limited in supply. They have both value in use and value in exchange. Ex : Pen, Book etc.

Question 20.
Define Utility.
Answer:
The want satisfying power or capacity of a commodity or service is known as utility. It is the basis of consumer’s de-mand for a commodity.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 21.
Explain Cardinal Utility.
Answer:
Alfred Marshall developed cardinal utility analysis. According to this analysis, the utilities derived from consumption of different commodities can be measured in terms of arbitary units called utils. 1, 2, 3, 4 are called cardinal numbers.

Question 22.
Prepare Individual Demand Schedule.
Answer:
It explains the relationship between various quantities pur-chased at various prices by a single consumer in the market.

Question 23.
Explain Cross Elasticity of Demand.
Answer:
It is the percentage change in the quantity demanded of a commodity as a result of proportional change in the price of related commodity.
\(\mathrm{Ec}=\frac{\text { Percentage change in quantity demanded of } \mathrm{X}}{\text { Percentage change in the price of } \mathrm{Y}}\)

Question 24.
What are Money Costs?
Answer:
The money spent by a firm in the process of production of its output is money cost. These costs would be in the form of wages and salaries paid to labour, expenditure on machinery, payment for material, power, light, fuel and transportation. These costs are further divided into explicit costs and implicit costs.

Question 25.
Explain the relationship between AC and MC.
Answer:
Average.Cost: Average Cost (AC) is the sum of the Average Variable Cost (AVC) and Average Fixed Cost (AFC). It is to-tal cost divided by the number of units produced. In short, cost per unit is known as average cost (AC).
AC = TC / Q = TFC / Q + TVC / Q = AFC + AVC.

Marginal Cost:
Marginal Cost (MC) is the addition made to the total cost by the production of additional units of output. It is the change in total cost associated with a change in output. We can therefore, write
MC = Change in Total Cost / Change in Output or MCn = TCn-TCn-1

Question 26.
What is product differentiation?
Answer:
One of the main features of monopolistic competition is product differentiation. This is a market situation in which there are many firms of a particular product, but the product of each firm is in some way or the other way differentiated from the product of the other firms in the market. They are heterogeneous rather than homogeneous. Product differentiation may take the form of brand names, trademarks etc. This means that the products of the firms will have close substitutes and their cross elasticity of demand will be very high.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 27.
Give a note on the Area Based markets.
Answer:
On the basis of area, markets are classified into local, national and international. These markets tell us the size or extent of ’ the market for a commodity. The size of the market for a good depends upon demand for the good, transportation facilities and durability of the good etc.

a) Local Market:
When a commodity is sold at its produced -area it is called local market. Perishable goods like vegetables, flowers, fruits etc., may be produced and marketed in the same area.

b) National Market:
When a commodity is demanded and supplied by people throughout the country it is called national market. Examples are wheat, rice, cotton etc.

c) International Market:
When buying and selling of commodities take place all over the world, then it is called international market. Ex. gold, silver, petrol etc.

Question 28.
What are the determining factors of the surplus of Labour?
Answer:
Supply of labour depends on:

  1. Size of the population and its age composition.
  2. Mobility of the factors of production.
  3. Efficiency of the factors of production.
  4. Geographical conditions will determine the supply of factors of production.
  5. Price of the factor determines its supply.
  6. The supply of a factor depends on its opportunity cost – the minimum earning which it can earn in the next best alternative use.

Question 29.
What is Gross Profit?
Answer:
Gross profit is considered as a difference between total revenue and cost of production.
Gross profit = Net profit + [Implicit rent + Implicit wage + Implicit interest + Depreciation charges + Insurance prer.

Question 30.
What is National Income?
Answer:
National income is the market value of goods and services produced annually in a country.

Question 31.
What are transfer payments? Give examples.
Answer:
The government may provide social security allowances like pensions, unemployment allowances, scholarships etc. These are incomes for some sections of the society even though no productive services are made by them. These are called transfer payments.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 3 with Solutions

Question 32.
What is public Debt?
Answer:
Public Debt: When the government’s expanding expenditure on various activities exceeds its revenue it has one option i.e., is to go for public debt. A government can borrow funds rom various sources within the country or from abroad. This creates public debt. The instruments of public debt are in the form of various types of government bonds and securities.

Question 33.
What do you mean by full employment?
Answer:
Full employment is a situation in which all those who are willing to work at the existing wage rate are engaged in work.

Question 34.
What is cash credits?
Answer:
Cash credit is a type of loan given by the commercial bank. which facilitates with- drawal of loan amount in instalments as and when necessary.

Question 35.
What is Net Banking? Explain the merits of its.
Answer:
Net banking also called internet or online banking. It is the process of conducting banking transactions over the internet. Viewing bank statements and the status of a bank account online comes under the definitions of net banking.

Question 36.
Explain the concept of Geometric mean.
Answer:
Geometric mean (G.M.):
The Geometric mean is a special type of average where we multiply the numbers together and then take a square root (root two numbers), cube root (for three numbers), fourth root (for four numbers) etc., and for ‘n’ numbers n<sup>th</sup> root \((\sqrt[n]{ })\). It is technically defined as ‘the n<sup>th</sup> root product of ‘n’ numbers’. For instance, the geometric mean ‘ of two numbers, say 2 and 8, is the square root of their product, i.e., \(\sqrt{2.8}\) = 4 As another example, the geometric mean of three numbers, say 2, 3 and 6 is the cubic root of their product, i.e., \(\sqrt[3]{2.3 .6}\) = 3.3
Symbolically G.M. = \(\sqrt[n]{X_1, X_2, X_3 \ldots . . X_n}\)
Where, G.M. = geometric mean; n = number of items and X = values of the variable.

Question 37.
What is a Pie diagram?
Answer:
Pie – Diagram : This diagram enables us to show the parti-tioning of total into component parts. It is also called a pie chart.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Question Paper May 2022

Exploring a variety of TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Papers and TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Question Paper May 2022 is key to a well-rounded exam preparation strategy.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Question Paper May 2022

Time : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

सूचनाएँ :

  1. सभी प्रश्न अनिवार्य हैं ।
  2. जिस क्रम में प्रश्न दिये गये हैं, उसी क्रम में उत्तर लिखना अनिवार्य है |

खण्ड – ‘क’
(60 अंक)

I. निम्नलिखित किसी एक पद्य का भावार्थ लिखिए । (1 × 6 = 6)

1. जहाँ दया तहँ धर्म है, जहाँ लोभ तहँ पाप ।
जहाँ क्रोध तहँ काल है, जहाँ छिमा तहँ आप ॥

2. साच बराबर तप नहीं, झूठ बराबर पाप ।
जाके हिरदे साच है, ता हिरदे गुरु आप ॥

3. तुलसी साथी विपत्ति के, विद्या, विनय, विवेक ।
साहस, सुकृति, सत्य व्रत, राम भरोसो एक ॥

II. निम्नलिखित किसी एक कविता का सारांश 5 – 6 वाक्यों में लिखिए । (1 × 6 = 6)
1) दान-बल
2) समता का संवाद
3) प्रथम रश्मि

III. निम्नलिखित किसी एक पाठ का सारांश 5-6 वाक्यों में लिखिए । (1 × 6 = 6)

1) गिल्लू
2) शिष्टाचार
3) अपराजिता

IV. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर 3-4 वाक्यों में लिखिए । (2 × 4 = 8)

1) प्रदूषण को रोकने के कुछ उपाय लिखिए ।
2) रवीद्र नौकरी क्यों नहीं करना चाहता था ।
3) बाबा भारती का सुल्तान के प्रति लगाव कैसा था ?
4) ध्यानचंद को ‘हॉकी का जादूगर’ क्यों कहा जाता है ?
5) रवींद्र का लक्ष्य क्या था ?

V. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो पद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए । (2 × 3 = 6)

1) दान जगत का प्रकृत धर्म है, मनुज व्यर्थ डरता है,
एक रोज तो हमें स्वयं सब कुछ देना पड़ता है ।
बचते वही, समय पर जो सर्वस्व दान करते हैं,
ऋतु का ज्ञान नहीं जिनको वे देकर भी मरते हैं ।

2) प्रथम रश्मि का आना रंगिणि !
तूने कैसे पहचाना ?
कहाँ, कहाँ, हे बाल-विहंगिनि !
पाया तूने वह गाना ?

3) भारत माता का मंदिर यह, समता का संवाद जहाँ ।
सबका शिव कल्याण यहाँ है, पावें सभी प्रसाद यहाँ ।

4) ऋतु के बाद फलों का रुकना डालों का सड़ना है,
मोह दिखाना देय वस्तु पर आत्मघात करना है ।
देते तरु इसलिए कि रेशों में मत कीट समायें,
रहें डालियाँ स्वस्थ और फिर नये-नये फल आयें ।

5) सब तीर्थों का एक तीर्थ यह, हृदय पवित्र बना लें हम ।
आओ यहाँ अजातशत्रु बन, सबको मित्र बना लें हम ।
रेखाएँ प्रस्तुत हैं, अपने, मन के चित्र बना लें हम ।
सौ-सौ आदर्शों को लेकर, एक चरित्र बना लें हम ॥

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Question Paper May 2022

VI निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो गद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए । (2 × 3 = 6)

1. काकद्वय की चोंचों के दो घाव उस लघुप्राण के लिए बहुत थे, अतः वह निश्चेष्ट-सा गमले से चिपटा पड़ा था ।
2) ईश्वर सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नहीं करता । यदि एक द्वार बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा द्वार खोल भी देता हैं ।
3) विनम्रता केवल बड़ों के प्रति नहीं होती । बराबर वालों और अपने से छोटों के प्रति बी नम्रता और स्नेह का भाव होता चाहिए ।
4) रूई की पतली पत्ती दूध से भिगोकर जैसे-जैसे उसके नन्हें से मुँह में लगाई पर मुँह खुल न सका और दूध की बूँदें दोनों ओर ढुलक गई ।
5) भारत त्योहारों का देश है । यहाँ लगभग हर राज्य के अपने-अपने राज्य पर्व हैं ।

VII. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर तीन-चार वाक्यों में लिखिए । (2 × 3 = 6)

1) कबीरदास का संक्षिप्त परिचय लिखिए |
2) तुलसी के अनुसार विपत्ति में साथी कौन होते हैं ?
3) दिनकर के अनुसार दान देने से नंदी को क्या लाभ होता है ?
4) तुलसी के अनुसार मीठे वचन बोलने से क्या लाभ हैं ?
5) सत्गुरु के विषय में कबीर के क्या विचार हैं ?
6) दान-बल कविता में फलों का दान करने से पेड़ को क्या लाभ होता है ?

VIII. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उतपतर तीन-चार वाक्यों में लिखिए। (2 × 3 = 6)

1) शिष्टाचार के कितने गुण हैं, वे कौन-कौन से हैं ?
2) चंद्रा की किस विषय में रुचि थी । यह क्या बनना चाहती थी ?
3) महादेवी वर्मा ने गिल्लू की किस पकरकार से सहायता की थी ।
4) बतुकम्मा त्योहार में किन-किन कूलों का उपयोग होता है ? उनके नाम लिखिए ।
5) अनुशासन के पालन पर अपने विचार व्यक्त कीजिए ।
6) ‘बतुकम्मा’ का अर्थ क्या है और यह त्योहार कितने दिनों तक मनाया जाता है ?

IX एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । (5 × 1 = 5)

1) कबीर ने दुर्जन की तुलना किससे की है ?
2) तुलसी ने कया की तुलना किससे की है ?
3) समता शब्द का अर्थ क्या है ?
4) तुलसीदास के गुरु कौन थे ?
5) कबीर की एक मात्र प्रामाणिक रचना का नाम क्या है ?

X. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । (5 × 1 = 5)

1) चंद्रा की कार कौन चलाती थीं ?
2) ‘गिल्लू’ किसका बच्चा है ?
3) शिष्टाचार का सबसे पहला गुण क्या है ?
4) तेलंगाणा का राज्य पर्व क्या है ?
5) बतुकम्मा का विसर्जन कहाँ करते हैं ?

खंड – ‘ख’
(40 अंक)

XI. निम्नलिखित गद्यांश पढ़कर नीचे दिये गये प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में लिखिए । (5 × 1 = 5)

बारहवीं कक्षा की बोर्ड परीक्षा समाप्त हो गई और रिज़ल्ट आने में दो महीने का समय था । कारखाने में भरती पूरे जोश में थी । गाँव के दूसरे नौजवान कारखाने में भारती हो रहे थे, लेकिन रवीन्द्र ने अपना लक्ष्य आई.ए.एस. रख लिया था, वह नौकरी के लिए तैयार नहीं था। घर में खाली बैठे पुत्र को कोई बरदाश्त नहीं करता है । उसे घर देख माँ ने पिता से कहा, “अजी सुनते हो, गाँव के सारे लड़के कारखाने में भरती हो रहे हैं । अपना रबी घर पड़ा है, कुछ बात करो उससे । अपना रबी तो प्रथम आता है, फेल लड़के सारे भरती हो गए हैं, सुना है पाँच-पाँच हज़ार रूपये महीना तनख्वाह मिल रही है, इसको तो अधिक तनख्वाह मिलेगी ।”

1) किस परीक्षा के परिणाम आने में दो महीने का समय था ?
2) रवींद्र क्या बनना चाहता था ?
3) रवींद्र क्या नहीं करना चाहता था ?
4) कारखाने में कितना वेतन मिल रहा है ?
5) इस गद्यांश के लेखक का नाम क्या है ?

XII. सूचना के अनुसार लिखिए

1. निम्नलिखित किन्ही चार शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए । (4 × 1 = 4)

i) प्रकाश
ii) अपना
iii) एक
iv) अमृत
v) गर्मी
vi) दिन
vii) हिंसा
viii) जन्म

2. निम्नलिखित किन्ही चार शब्दों के समानार्थी शब्द लिखिए । (4 × 1 = 4)

(i) धरती
(ii) आग
iii) नदी
iv) कमल
(v) नारी
vi) फूल
vii) माता
viii) जल

XIII. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं आठ शब्दों की शुद्ध वर्तनी लिखिए । (8 × 1 = 8)
1) भासा
2) बालीका
3) दन
4) भूक
5) दूद
6) भूमी
7) पाणी
8) रविन्दर
9) आरंब
10) रवीवार
11) भारथ
12) अदिकार
13) सोर
14) परचित
15) तेत
16) शक्ती

XIV. निम्नलिखित कारर चिह्नों की सहायता से रिक्त स्थानों की पूर्ति कीजिए । (8 × 1 = 8 )

1) मेज ……………. पुस्तक है। (पर, में)
2) आशा ………………. गीत गाया । (ने, से)
3) पेड ……………… फल गिरा । (में, से)
4) मेरा घर दिल्ली ……………… है । (पर, में)
5) राम कलम …………….. लिक्खता है। (से, का)
6) ! कितना सुंदर दृश्य है । (हाथ !, बाह!)
7) रमेश ……………… बेटी बीमार है। (का, की)
8) पिता पुत्र ……………. समझाता है । (को, में)

XV. सूचना के अनुसार किन्ही छः वाक्यों को बदलिए । (6 × 1 = 6)

1) मोर सुंदर पक्षी है । ( रेखांकित शब्द लिंग बदलकर वाक्य लिखिए ।)
2) माली बगीसे में बैठा है । ( रेखांकित शब्द लिंग बदलकर वाक्य लिखिए ।)
3) वह रुपये लाया । ( रेखांकित शब्द वचन बदलकर वाक्य लिखिए ।)
4) वह पुस्तक पढ़ता है । ( रेखांकित शब्द वचन बदलकर वाक्य लिखिए ।)
5) सीता हरदिन पढ़ती है । (रेखांकित शब्द में उपसर्ग क्या है ?)
6) वह दुर्बल है । (रेखांकित शब्द में उपसर्ग क्या है ? )
7) डॉ. चंद्रा धैर्यशाली है । (रेखांकित शब्द में प्रत्यय क्या है ? )
8) वह साहसी लड़का है । (रेखांकित शब्द में प्रत्यय क्या है ? )
9) मुझे बाज़ार जाना था । (वर्तमान काल )
10) उसने खेलना चाहिए । ( वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए)
11) वह पढ़ते है । ( वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए )
12) मैं मेरे गाँव जाऊँगा । ( वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए)

XVI निम्नलिखित किन्ही पाँच वाक्यों का हिन्दी में अनुवाद कीजिए । (5 × 1 = 5 )

1) India is a country of villages.
2) Boys went to school.
3) He has helped me.
4) They are my books.
5) Don’t go home.
6) It was terrible hot.
7) I have a pen.
8) He can do anything
9) Bring those books.
10) We should be a good citizen.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

Exploring a variety of TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Papers Set 10 is key to a well-rounded exam preparation strategy.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

Time : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

सूचनाएँ :

  1. सभी प्रश्न अनिवार्य हैं ।
  2. जिस क्रम में प्रश्न दिये गये हैं, उसी क्रम से उत्तर लिखना अनिवार्य है ।

खंड – ‘क’
(60 अंक)

1. निम्न लिखित किसी एक दोहे का भावार्थ लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

रात गँवाई सोथ करि, दिवस गँवाये खाय ।
हीरा जनम अमोल था, कौडी बदले जाय ॥

उत्तर:
भावार्थ : कबीरदास इस दोहे में “समय का महत्व” के बारे में बता रहे हैं । जो व्यक्ति इस संसार में बिना कोई कर्म किए पूरी रात को सोते हुए और सारे दिन को खाते हुए ही व्यतीत कर देता है, वह अपने हीरे तुल्य अमूल्य जीवन को कौडियों के भाव व्यर्थ ही गवा देता है । समय एक बार अपने हाथ से छूट जाए तो फिर वापस कभी नही आता । इसलिए इस जीवन में समय को व्यर्थ न कीजिए ।

(अथवा )

तुलसी काया खेत है, मनसा भयो किसान ।
पाप पुण्य दोउ बीज है, बुवै सो लुनै निदान ।।
उत्तर:
भावार्थ : तुलसीदास इस दोहे में “नीति की बात” हमें बता रहे हैं । तुलसीदास जी कहते है कि हमारा शरीर खेत के समान है और मन किसान के समान है । पाप – पुण्य दो बीज हैं, जो बोया जाता है उसी को प्राप्त करना पड़ता है । हम अपने मन में पाप के बारे में सोचकर पाप कार्य करे तो हम पापात्मा बनते है । अगर इसके विपरीत पुण्य कार्य करे तो पुण्यात्मा बनते है । लोग हमें आदर से देखकर इज्जत करते है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

2. किसी एक कविता का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) समता का संवाद
उत्तर:
समता का संवाद कविता श्री मैथिलिशरण गुप्त के द्वारा लिखी गयी है । इसमें भारत के सभी धर्मो, संस्कृतियों, आचार-विचारों को समान रूप से दिखाकर देश में एकता स्थापित किया गया है। हमारा देश भारत माता का मंदिर है। हम सब उनके संतान है । सबलोग मिलकर सुख दुखों को बाँट देंगे और सब में शत्रुता छोड़कर प्रेम की भावना को फैलाएँगे । भारत माता के लिए जपगान करेंगे और उनके प्रति हमारा कर्तव्य निभाएँगे । इससे हमसब का कल्याण होगा और हम सब की इच्छाएँ पूरी जाएँगी ।

(2) दानबल
उत्तर:
दान बल कविता रश्मिरथी नामक काव्य के चतुर्थि सर्ग से लिया गया है । उसके कवि श्री रामधारी सिंह दिनकर जो है | इसमें कवि दानकी महानता, उसकी सहजता और समय पर दान देने पर बल देते है । इसके लिए वे वृक्ष अपना फल त्यागने से ही स्वस्थ रहती है और उस फल की बीजों से नये पौधा उत्पन्न होते है । नदि पानी को देकर दूसरे को जीवन देती है और उसके पानी भाष्प बन्कर फिर बरसकर नदी मे ही मिल जाता है दान देना एक सहज प्रवृती है । समय पर देने से उसकी महानता रहती है। मरने के बाद देने से कोई फल नही मिलता । इसलिए दान – बल सबके लिए आवश्यक है ।

3. किसी एक पाठ का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) शिष्टाचार
उत्तर:
लेखक परिचय : ‘शिष्टाचार’ निबंध का लेखक रामाज्ञा द्विवेदी ‘समीर’ है । आप ‘समीर’ उपनाम से साहित्यक रचनाएँ करते थे । इनका सबसे बड़ा योगदान अवधी भाषा में निर्मित ‘अवधी शब्द कोश’ था । आज भी हिंदी की उपभाषा अवधी से संबंधित किसी भी रचना को अच्छी तरह से समझने केलिए इस शब्दकोश का उपयोग किया जाता है । इसके अतिरिक्त उन्होंने कई फुटकल रचनाएँ भी की हैं।

सारांश : ‘शिष्टाचार’ दो शब्दों ‘शिष्ट’ एवं ‘आचार’ के मेल से बना है। शिष्ट का अर्थ होता है ‘सभ्य, उचित अथवा सही’ तथा आचार का अर्थ होता है – ‘व्यवहार’ । व्यक्ति को हर समय इस बात ध्यान रखना चाहिए कि वह किससे बात कर रहा है, कहाँ बात कर रहा है एवं क्यों बात कर रहा है । सामान्य व्यवहार ही नही बातचीत करने के ढंग से भी व्यक्ति के व्यवहार का पता चल जाता है । इसलिए किसी भी बातचीत में शिष्टाचार के सामान्य नियमों का पालन करना चाहिए । यह भी ध्यान रखना चाहिए कि अलग अलग समाजों में शिष्टाचार के नियम भिन्न – भिन्न है यद्यपि उनके आधार प्रायः समान ही हैं ।

शिष्टाचार का सबसे पहला गुण है विनम्रता । हमारी वाणी में, हमारे व्यवहार में विनम्रता घुली होनी चाहिए । इसलिए किसी बड़े के बुलाने पर ‘हाँ’, ‘अच्छा’, ‘क्या’ न कहकर ‘जी हाँ’ या ‘जी नहीं’ कहना चाहिए | किसी की बात का उत्तर ऐसे नहीं देना चाहिए कि सुननेवालों के लगे कि लट्ठ मारा जा रहा है | विनम्र केवल बड़ों के प्रति नही होती । बराबर वालों और अपने से छोटों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नेह का भाव होना चाहिए। सभी से बोलते हुए हमारी वाणी में मिठास रहनी चाहिए, कटुता या कर्कशता नहीं । विनम्र केवल भाषा की वस्तु नहीं । हमारे कर्म में भी विनम्रता होनी चाहिए | अपने से बड़े व्यक्तियों के बैठ जाने के बाद ही हमें बैठना चाहिए। महिलाओं के प्रति हमारे व्यवहार में और भी विनम्रता का होना आवश्यक है । बस या रेल में किसी महिला को खड़ी देखकर अपनी सीट उन्हें बैठने केलिए दे देना शिष्ट आचरण है । बड़े लोगों के साथ चलते समय उनके आगे चलना भी अशिष्टता है। हाँ, उनकेलिए झट से आगे होकर दरवाज़ा खोल देना या राह दिखाना शिष्ट व्यवहार है ।

शिष्टाचार का दूसरा विशेष गुण है दूसरों की निजी बातों में दखल न देना । हर व्यक्ति का अपना एक निजी जीवन होता है । इसलिए हमें अकारण किसी से उसका वेतन, उम्र, जाति, धर्म आदि पूछने से बचना चाहिए । यदि कोई कुछ लिख रहा है, तो झाँक-झाँककर उसे पढ़ने की चेष्टा करना उजड्डपन कहा जाएगा। किसी के घर या दफतर जाने पर उसकी वस्तुओं को बिना पूछे उलटने पुलटमे लगना अशिष्टता है । किसी का नाम लेने या लिखने के पहले श्री श्रीमती या कुमारी लगाना अच्छी आदत है । कुछ लोग इनके स्थान पर पंडित, डॉक्टर, बाबू, लाला, मियाँ, मिर्ज़ा – जब जैसी आवश्यकता होती है । लगाते हैं । इसी तरह कुछ लोग नाम के बाद ‘जी’ लगाते हैं । यदि कोई कुछ कष्ट या असुविधा उठाकर हमारे लिए कोई काम करता है तो हमें उसके प्रति अपनी कृतज्ञता अवश्य प्रकट करनी चाहिए । इसका सबसे सरल तरीका है उसे धन्यवाद देना । यदि बस या रेल में कोई अपनी जगह हमें बैठने केलिए देता है तो उसे धन्यवाद अवश्य देना चाहिए ।

शिष्टता का तीसरा आधार अनुशासन का पालन है । अनुशासन समाज के नैतिक नियमों का भी हो सकता है और कानून की धाराओं का भी । किसी मंदिर, गुरुद्वार या मस्जिद में जाने के पहले जूते उतार देना धार्मिक अनुशासन का पालन है। सड़क पर बाई ओर चलना या जहाँ जाना मना हो, वहाँ न जाना, कानून के अनुशासन का पालन है । हमें हर तरह के अनुशासनों का सामान्य ज्ञान होना ही चाहिए। जैसे किसी सभा में शोर मचाना अनुचित है । किसी वक्ता को अपनी बात कहने का मौका न देना अशिष्टता है । राष्ट्रगान के अवसर पर बैठे रहना या चलना या झूमना अशिष्ट व्यवहार है । जहाँ सब लोग बैठे हो वहाँ लेट जाना या पैर फैलाकर बैठना बहुत अनुचित है । अपने मन को संयम में रखना शिष्ट व्यवहार केलिए अत्यंत आवश्यक है ।

संक्षेप में हम कह सकते हैं कि शिष्टाचार वह व्यवहार है जिसके करने पर दूसरों के तथा अपने मन को प्रसन्नता होती है। इसके विपरीत अशिष्ट व्यवहार से दूसरों का दिल दुखता है और उससे अंत में हानि भी होती है। एक बेहतरीन इसान अपनी जुबान से ही पेहचाना जाता है ।

विशेषताए : 1) बड़ों का आदर – सम्मान करना, अपने मित्रों एवं सहयोगियों के प्रति सहयोगात्मक श्वैया, छोटों के प्रति स्नेह की भावना, सकारात्मक विचारधारा, स्थान- विशेष के अनुकूल व्यवहार इत्यादि शिष्टाचार के उदाहरण है। शालीनता एवं विनम्रता शिष्टाचार के ही घटक हैं ।

2) सार्वजनिक स्थल पर धूम्रपान, किसी व्यक्ति से गाली-गलौज, अपने साथियों से अकड़कर बात करना, राह चलते किसी सेबिना वजह झगड़ना इत्यादि अशिष्ट आचरण के उदाहरण है । Good manners and soft words have brought many a difficult thing to pass.

(2) अपराजिता
उत्तर:
लेखिका परिचय : गौरा पंत हिन्दी की प्रसिद्ध उपन्यासकार हैं। वे ‘शिवानी’ उपनाम से लिखा करती थी । शिवानी ने पश्चिम बंगाल के शांति निकेतन से बि.ए. किया । साहित्य और संगीत के प्रति एक गहरा रूझान ‘शिवानी’ को अपने माता और पिता से ही मिला । भारत सरकार ने सन् 1982 में उन्हें हिंदी साहित्य में उत्कृष्ट सेवा के लिए पद्मश्री पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया । उनकी अधिकतर कहानियाँ और उपन्यास नारी प्रधान रहे । इसमें उन्होंने नायिका के सौंदर्य और उसके चरित्र का वर्णन बड़े रोचक ढंग से किया ।

सारांश : ‘अपराजिता’ नामक कहानी में लेखिका हमें ‘चंद्रा’ नामक एक युवती की जीवन के बारे में बतायी । ‘चंद्रा’ एक अपंग स्त्री है, जिन्होंने 1976 में माइक्रोबायोलाजी में डाक्टरेट मिली हैं । अपंग स्त्री पुरुषों में इस विषय में डॉक्टरेट पानेवाली डाँ. चंद्रा प्रथम भारतीय है। डाँ. चंद्रा के बारे में अपनी माँ इस प्रकार बता रही है कि “चंद्रा के बचपन में जब हमें सामान्य ज्वर के चौथे दिन पक्षाघात हुआ तो गरदन के नीचे सर्वांग अचल हो गया था । भयभीत होकर हमने इसे बडे – से बडे डाक्टर को दिखाया । सबने एक स्वर से कहा आप व्यर्थ पैसा बरबाद मत कीजिए आपकी संसार की कोई भी शक्ति इसे रोगमुक्त नही कर – में फिर भी माँ-बाप होने के नाते हम दोनों आशा पुत्री जीवन भर केवल गरदन ही हिला पायेगी ।

सकती’। चंद्रा के हाथों में न गति थी, न पैरों नही छोडी, एक आर्थीपैडिक सर्जन की बडी ख्याति सुनी थी, वही ले गये । वहा चंद्रा को एक वर्ष तक कष्टसाध्य उपचार चला और एक दिन स्वयं ही इसके ऊपरी धड़ में गति आ गयी । हाथ हिलने लगे, नन्हीं उँगलियाँ माँ को बुलने लगी । निर्जीव धड़ से ही चंद्रा को बैठना सिखाया | पाँच वर्ष की हुई, तो माँ ही इसका स्कूल बनी । चंद्रा मेधावी थी । बेंगलूर के प्रसिद्ध माउंट कारमेल में उसे प्रवेश मिली । स्कूल में पूरी कक्षाओं में अपंग पुत्री की कुर्सी की परिक्रमा उसकी माँ स्वयं करती । प्रत्येक परीक्षा में सर्वोच्च स्थान प्राप्त कर चंद्रा ने स्वर्ण पदक जीते । बि.एस. सी किया । प्राणि शास्त्र में एम.एस.सी में प्रथम स्थान प्राप्त किया और बेंगलूर के प्रख्यात इंस्टिटयूट ऑफ साइंस में अपने लिए स्पेशल सीट अर्जित की। केवल अपनी निष्ठा, धैर्य एवं साहस से पाँच वर्ष तक प्रोफेसर सेठना के निर्देशन में शोधकार्य किया ।

सब लोग चंद्रा जैसी हँख मुख लडकी को देख अचरज हो जाते । लेखिका चंद्रा को पहली बार अपनी कोठी का अहाते में जुड़ा एक कोठी में कार से उतरते देखा । तो आश्चर्य से देखती ही रह गयी। ड्राइवर ह्वील चेयर निकालकर सामने रख दी, कार से एक युवती ने अपने निर्जीव निचले धड़ को बडी दक्षता से नीचे उतरता, फिर बैसाखियों से ही हवील चेयर तक पहुँच उसमें बैठ गयी। बड़ी तटस्थता से उसे स्वयं चलाती कोठी के भीतर चल गयी थी । छीरे-धीरे लेखिका को उससे परिचय हुवा। चंद्रा की कहानी सुना तो लेखिका दंग रह गयी । चंद्रा लेखिका को किसी देवांगना से कम नही लगी । चंद्रा विधाता को कभी निंदा नही करती | आजकल वह आई.आई.टी मद्रास में काम कर रही है। गर्ल गाइड में राष्ट्रपति का स्वर्ण काई पानेवाली वह प्रथम अपंग बालिका थी । यह नही भारतीय एंव प्राश्चात्य संगीत दोनों में उसकी समान रुचि है ।

डाँ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर के शब्दों में “मुझे यह कहने में रंच मात्र भी हिचकिटहट नही होती कि डॉ चंद्रा ने विज्ञान की प्रगति में महान योगदान दिया है । चिकितसा ने जो खोया है, वह -विज्ञान ने पाया है । चंद्रा के पास एक अलबम था । चंद्रा के अलबम के अंतिम पृष्ठ में है उसकी जननी का बड़ा सा चित्र जिसमें वे जे सी बेंगलूर द्वारा प्रदत्त एक विशिष्ट पुरस्कार ग्रहण कर रही हैं “वीर जननी का पुरस्कार” । लेखिका के कानों में उस अद्भुत साहसी जननी शारदा सुब्रह्मण्यम के शब्द अभी भी जैसे गूँज रहे हैं – ” ईश्वर सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नही करता । यदि एक द्वार बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा द्वार खोल भी देता है” । इसलिए अपनी विपत्ति के कठिन क्षणों में विधाता को दोषी नही ठहराता ।

लेखिका चंद्रा जी के बारे में इस तरह कह रही है कि “जन्म के अठारहवे महीने में ही जिसकी गरदन से नीचे पूरा शरीर पोलियो ने निर्जीव कर दिया हो, इसने किस अद्भुत साहस से नियति को अंगूठा दिखा अपनी थीसिस पर डाक्टरेट ली होगी ? उसकी आज की इस पटुता के पीछे है एक सुदीर्घ कठिन अभ्यास की यातनाप्रद भूमिका” । स्वयं डाँ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर के शब्दों में “हमने आज तक दो व्यक्तियों द्वारा सम्मानित रूप में नोबेल पुरस्कार पाने के ही विषय में सुना था, किंतु आज हम शायद पहली बार इस पी. एच. डी के विषय में भी कह सकते हैं । देखा जाय तो यह डाक्टरेट भी संयुक्त रूप में मिलनी चाहिए डॉ. चंद्रा और उनकी अद्भुत साहसी जननी श्रीमति टी. सुब्रह्मण्यम को । लेखिका कहती है कि कभी सामान्य सी हड्डी टूटने पर था पैर में मोंच आ जाने पर ही प्राण ऐसे कंठगात हो जाते हैं जैसे विपत्ति का आकाश ही सिर पर टूट पड़ा है और इधर यह लड़की चंद्र को देखो पूरा निचला धड़ सुन्न है फिर भी कैसे चमत्कार दिखायी । सब लोग डॉ. चंद्र से बहुत सीखना है। कभी जीवन में निराश नही होना चाहिए। जितने भी कष्ट आने पर भी, सभी को हसते हुए झेलकर अपना मंजिल तक पहुँचना ही इस कहानी का उद्येश्य है ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. आधुनिक होने का दावा करनेवाला समाज अब तक अपंगों के प्रति अपनी बुनियादी सोच में कोई खास परिवर्तन नहीं ला पाया है ।
  2. अधिकतर लोगों के मन में विकलांगों के प्रति तिरस्कार या दया भाव ही रहता है, यह दोनों भाव विकलांगों के स्वाभिमान पर चोट करते हैं ।
  3. अपंगों को शिक्षा से जोड़ना बहुत जरूरी है ।
  4. अपंगों ने तमाम बाधाओं पर काबू पा कर अपनी क्षमताएं सिद्ध की है ।
  5. प्रधानमंत्री नरेंद्र मोदी ने पिछले साल 27 अंदिसंबर को अपने रेडियो संबोधन ‘मन की बात’ में कहा था कि शारीरिक रूप से अशक्त लोगों के पास एक दिव्य क्षमता है और उनके लिए अपंग शब्द की जगह ‘दिव्यांग’ शब्द का इस्तेमाल किया जाना चाहिए ।
  6. अपंत लोगों को केवल सहयोग चाहिए, सहानुभूति को भीख नहीं ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

4. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर तीन या चार वाक्यों में लिखिए | 2 × 4 = 6

1) बाबा भारती का सुल्तान के प्रति लगाव कैसा था ?
उत्तर:
माँ को अपने बेटे और किसान को अपने लहलहाते खेत देखकर जो आनंद आता है, वही आनंद बाबा भारती को अपना घोड़ा देखकर आता था । भगवद्-भजन से जो समय बचता, वह घोड़े को अर्पण हो जाता | बाबा भारती उसे ‘सुल्तान’ कहकर पुकारते, अपने हाथ से खरहरा करते, खुद दानना खिलाते और देख-देखकर प्रसन्न होते थे। “मैं सुल्तान के बिना नहीं रह सकूँगा, उन्हें ऐसी भ्रान्ति सी हो गई थी । खड्गसिंह उस घोड़े को हड़पने पर छोटे बच्चे जैसे रोता था । फ़िर सुल्तान को अंत में देखकर बेहद खुश हो जाता है ।

2) प्रदूषण को रोकने के कुछ उपाय लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
पृथ्वी ग्रह पर रहने वाले हर एक नागरिक केलिए ‘गो ग्रीन’ प्रेरणादायक वाक्य होना चाहिए । पर्यावरण पहले से ही बहुत प्रभावित हुआ है और हो चुके नुकसान की भरपाई करने का यह उपयुक्त समय हैं। जल संरक्षण, प्राकृतिक तरीके से सड़नशील पदार्थों का उपयोग, ऊर्जा की बचत करनेवाले उत्पादों को चुनना जैसे कुछ उपाय हैं जो हमारे पर्यावरण प्रदूषण को कम करनें में योगदान करने केलिए अपनाए जाने चाहिए ।

3) छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की अनुमति नहीं थी ? क्यों ?
उत्तर:
छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की इज़ाजत इसलिए नहीं थी, क्यों कि वह थोटा था । और यंत्रों की सुरक्षा के बारे में नहीं जानता था । आम व्यक्ति को सुरंग में जाने की मनाही थी । कुछ चुनिंदा लोगों को यह प्रशिक्षण दिया गया था । इस कारण छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की अनुमति नहीं थी ।

4) ध्यान चंद को ‘हाकी का जादूगर’ क्यों कहा जाता है ?
उत्तर:
26 मई 1928 को ध्यानचंद समेत कई खिलाड़ियों की तबीयत खराब थी। लेकिन उनके हौंसलों में किसी तरह की कमी नही थी। वो टीम वर्ल्ड चैम्पियन बन चुकी थी, जो उधार लेकर ओलंपिक खेलने आई थी । बर्लिन ओलंपिक में लोग मेरे हाँकी खेलने के ढंग से इतने प्रभावित हुए कि उन्होंने मुझे हाँकी का जादूगर कहना शुरु कर दिया । इसी ओलंपिक के बाद पहली बार ध्यानचंद के ‘नाम के साथ ‘जादुगर’ शब्द जोडा गया ।

5. निम्नलिखित दो पद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) ऋतु के बाद फलों का रूकता डालों का सड़ना है, मोह दिखाना देय वस्तु पर आत्मघात करना है । देते तरु इसलिए कि रेशों में मत कीट समायें, रहें डालियाँ स्वस्थ और फिर नये-नये फल आये ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘दान – बल, नामक कविता से लिया गया है । यह कविता रश्मिरथी नामक काव्य से लिया गया है । इसके कवि श्री रामधारी सिंह दिनकर जो है ।

इसमे दान की महानता को व्यक्त करते हुए कवि वृक्ष का उदाहरण दे रहा है। वृक्ष ऋतु जाने के बाद स्वयं अपने फलों को छोड देती है । यदि नही छोडती तो वे फल डालों पर ही सड जाते है । उससे कीडे निकलकर साश वृक्ष नाश हो जाता है । यदि फल को छोडता है तो उसके बीजों से नये पौधे और नये फल उत्पन्न होते है उसकी भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

2) सब तीथों का एक तीर्थ यह, हृदय पवित्र बना लें हम । आओ यहाँ अजातशत्रु बन, रपबको मित्र बना लें हम । रेखाएँ प्रस्तुत हैं, अपने, मन के चित्रं बना लें हम सौ-सौ आदर्शों को लेकर, एक चरित्र बना लें हम ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘समता का संवाद’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । इसके कवि मैथिलीशरण गुप्त जी है । सब को आदर्शमय जीवन बिताने का सन्देश कवि देते हैं ।

कवि का कहना है कि हमारे देश मे अनेक तीर्थ स्थल है । उनके समान हमारे हृदय को भी पवित्र बनाएंगे । हम अजातशत्रु बनकर सबसे मित्रता करेंगे । हमारे मनोभावों को एक निश्चित रूप देंगे और उनसे हमारे चरित्र आदर्श बनाएंगे । कवि की भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

3) यह मेरी गोदी की शोभा, सुख सुहाग की है लाली ।
शाही शान भिखारन की है, मनोकामना मतवाली ।
दीपशिखा है अंधकार की, बनी घटा की उजियाली ।
उषा है यह कमल-भुंग की, है पतझड़ की हरियाली ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘बालिका का परिचय’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । इसकी कवइत्री सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान जी है । इसमे नारी चेतना का स्वर स्पष्ट होती है ।

कवइत्री कहती है कि बालिका मेरी गोद की शोभा है और सौभाग्य प्रदान करनेवाली है। वह मेरी मनोकामना का प्रतिफल है । माँ जितनी सम्पन्न होने पर भी बालिका के सामने भिखारिन ही है | वह अन्धकार में दीपशिखा की तरह, कालीघटा में प्रकाश की तरह है । वह पतझड की हरियाली में, कमल भौरों में उषा की पहली किरण जैसी है । अपनी बालिका हो जीवन का सूर्योदय है। उनकी भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

4) प्रथम रश्मि का आना रंगिणि ।
तूने कैसे पहचाना ?
कहाँ, कहाँ, हे बाल-विहंगिनि ।
पाया तूने बह गाना ?
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘प्रथम रश्मि’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । सुमित्रानंदन पंत इसके कवि है । सूर्योदय को सुन्दर वर्णन कवि इसमे कर रहे है । कवि इसमे बाल विहंगिनि से पूछ रहा है। अभी तुमने नंद से जाग लिया । तुम्हे प्रातः काल के किरणों की पहचान कैसे हुई ? यह जानकर तुम इतना सुन्दर केसे गा रही हो । प्रकृति की सहज सुन्दरता इसमे वर्णित है। भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

6. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो गद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए : 2 × 3 = 6

(1) ईश्वर सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नहीं करता । यदि एक द्वार बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा द्वार खोल भी देता है ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘अपराजिता’ नामक कहानी से दिया गया है। इसकी लेखिका ‘गौरा पंत शिवानी’ जी है । भारत सरकार ने सन् 1982 में उन्हे हिंदी साहित्य में उत्कृष्ट सेवा के लिए पद्मश्री पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया । शिवानी जी की अधिकतर कहानियाँ और उपन्यास नारी प्रधान रहे । प्रस्तुत कहानी ‘अपराजिता’ में लेखिका ‘डाँ. चंद्रा’ नामक एक अपंग युवती की जीवन संबंधी विषयों के बारे में हमें बतायी।

व्याख्या : डाँ. चंद्रा अपनी दुस्थिति पर कभी असंतुष्ठ नही होती । भगवान को भी कभी निंदा नही करती थी । चंद्रा की माँ अपने सारे सुख त्यागकरके बेटी की उन्नती चाही। चंद्रा की माँ एक बार भाषण में इस प्रकार कहती है कि – “भगवान हमारे सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नही करता । यदि भगवान एक रास्ता बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा रास्ता हमें दिखायेगा’ | भगवान अंतर्यामी है | मानव अपनी विपत्ति के कठिन क्षणें में विधाता को दोषी कहते हैं । उसका निंदा भी करते हैं । कृपा करके ऐसा कभी नही सोचिए । हमारे जीवन में कितने मुश्किलों आने पर भी धैर्य से उसके सामना करना होगा ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. भगवान हमेशा दीन लोगों की सहायता करता है ।
  2. तुम एक रास्ते पर मंजिल तक जाना चाहते हो, अचानक उस रास्ता बन्द हो तो जरूर दूसरा रास्ता खोज देंगे ।
  3. भगवान अपंग लोगों को एक अंग से वंचित करने पर भी दूसरे अंगों की क्षमता इस प्रकार देगा कि सामान्य से अधिक होगा ।

(2) रूई की पतली पत्ती दूध से भिगोकर जैसे- जैसे उसके नन्हें से मुँह में लगाई पर मुँह खुल न सका और दूध की बूँदे दोनों ओर ढुलक गई।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘गिल्लू’ नामक पाठ से दिया गया है । इस पाठ की लेखिका ‘श्रीमती महादेवी’ वर्मा है । आप हिन्दी साहित्य के आधुनिक काल में छायावाद युग की प्रसिद्ध कवइत्री एवं ख्यातिप्राप्त गद्य – लेखिका है । आपको ‘आधुनिक मीराबाई’ कहा जाता है । ‘नीहार’, ‘नीरजा’, ‘रश्मी’, ‘सन्ध्यागीत’, आदि आपके काव्य है। ‘स्मृति की रखाएँ’, ‘अतीत के चलचित्र’, ‘रटंखला की कडियाँ’ आदि आपकी प्रख्यात गद्य रचनाएँ हैं । आपको ‘यामा’ काव्य पर भारतीय ज्ञानपीठ का पुरस्कार प्राप्त हुआ । प्रस्तुत पाठ में एक छोटी जीव की जीवन का चित्रण करती हैं ।

व्याख्या : महादेवी वर्मा के घर में एक दिन बरामदे से तेज आवाज आने लगा । तब लेखिका बाहर आकर देखती है । दो कौए गिलहरी को खाने का प्रयत्न करते हैं । लेखिका उस छोटे जीव को कौओं से बचाकर घर के अंदर ले आती है। गिलहरी के शरीर पर हुए घावों पर पेंसिलिन मरहम लगाती है । उसे खिलाने या पिलाने की प्रयत्न करती है। दूध पिलाने केलिए रूई को दूध से भिगोकर, उसके नन्हे से मुँह में लगाती है, पर मुँह खुला सका। तब दूध की बूँदे दुलक जाती है । अंत मैं कई घंटे के बाद उसके मुँह में टपकाया जाता है। गिलहरी को बचाने केलिए बहुत प्रयास करती है ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. किसी भी प्राणी आपत्ति में रहने पर उसकी सहायता करना हमारा कर्तव्य है ।
  2. छोटे जीवों के प्रती भी लेखिका के मन में करुण भावना है ।
  3. कई घंटे उस छोटी जीव की उपचार करती रही, अंत में सफल हुई ।

(3) भारत त्यौहारों का देश है । यहाँ लगभग हर राज्य के अपने – अपने राज्य पर्व हैं ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘बतुकम्मा’ नामक पाठ से दिया गया है । यह पाठ एक निबंध है | त्यौहार समय समय पर आकर हमारे जीवन में नई चेतना, नई स्फूर्ति, उमंग तथा सामूहिक चेतना जगाकर हमारे जीवन को सही दिशा में प्रवृत्ते करते हैं । ये किसी राष्ट्र एवं जाति – वर्ग की सामूहिक चेतना को उजागर करनेवाले जीवित तत्व के रुप में प्रकट करते हैं । हुआ

व्याख्या : भारत महान और विशाल देश है । भारत में कई धर्मों और जातियों के लोग रहते हैं । त्यौहार मुख्यतः दो प्रकार के होते हैं – (1) राष्ट्रीय त्यौहार और (2) धार्मिक त्यौहार । भारत त्यौहारों का देश है | भारत में लगभग हर राज्य के अपने – अपने राज्य पर्व है । सभी त्यौहारों की अपनी परंपरा होती है जिससे संबंधित जन-समुदाय इनमें एक साथ भाग लेता है । सभी जन त्यौहारों के आगमन से प्रसन्न होते हैं। प्रत्येक त्योहार में अपनी विधि व परंपरा के साथ समाज, देश व राष्ट्र के लिए कोई न कोई विशेष संदेश निहित होता है । जैसे ‘बतुकम्मा’ तेलंगाणा राज्य का राज्य पर्व है । तेलंगाणा के लोग बतुकम्मा – धूम-धाम, श्रद्धा और भक्ति के साथ मनाते हैं ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. त्यौहार मनुष्य के जीवन को हर्षोल्लास से भर देते हैं ।
  2. लोग संपूर्ण आलस्य व नीरसता को त्याग कर पूरे उत्साह के साथ त्यौहारों की तैयारी व प्रतीक्षा करता है ।
  3. भूखे को भोजन, निर्धनों को वस्त्र आदि बाँटकर लोग सामाजिक समरसता लाने का प्रयास करते हैं ।

(4) विनम्रता केवल बड़ों के प्रति नहीं होती । बराबर वालों और अपने से छोटों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नेह का भाव होना चाहिए ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘शिष्टाचार’ नामक पाठ से लिया गया है । यह पाठ एक सामाजिक निबंध है । इसके लेखक रामाज्ञा द्विवेदी ‘समीर’ जी हैं। वे ‘समीर’ उपनाम से साहित्यिक रचनाएँ करते थे । हिंदी के शब्द भंडार को समृद्ध करने की दृष्टि से उन्होंने ‘अवधी’ शब्द कोश का निर्माण किया था । इसके अतिरिक्त उन्होंने कई फुटकल रचनाएँ भी की हैं।

व्याख्या : विनम्रता शिष्टाचार का लक्षण है । किसी के द्वारा बुलाए जाने पर हाँ जी, नहीं जी, अच्छा जी कहकर उत्तर देना चाहिए । कुछ लोग विनम्रता केवल बड़ों के प्रति ही दिखाते हैं। अपने से छोटों और बराबर वालों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नेह का भाव होना चाहिए । बड़ों का आदर-सम्मान करना, अपने मित्रों एवं सहयोगियों के प्रति सहयोगात्मक श्वैया, छोटों के प्रति स्नेह की भावना, स्थान विशेष के अनुकूल व्यवहार इत्यादि शिष्टाचार के उदारहण है । हमारे मन को संयम में रखना शिष्ट व्यवहार केलिए अत्यंत आवश्यक है ।

विशेषताएँ : प्रस्तुत निबंध ‘शिष्टाचार’ एक उपदेशात्मक निबंध है। उम्र में बड़े व्यक्तियों को ‘आप’ कह कर संबोधित करना, बोले तो मधुर बोलो सत्य बोलो, प्रिय बोलो । किसी की निंदा न करना चाहिए । औरतों के प्रती श्रद्धा और गौरभाव रहनी चाहिए । शिष्टाचार व्यक्ति सबसे प्रशंसनीय पात्र बनपाता है ।

7. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) तुलसी के अनुसार मीठे वचन बोलने से क्या लाभ है ?
उत्तर:
तुलसी के अनुसार मीठे वचन बोलने से चारों ओर खुशियाँ फैल जाती हैं सब कुछ खुशहाल रहता है । मीठी वाणी से कोई भी इंसान किसी को भी अपने वश में कर सकता है । शत्रु को भी अपना मित्र बनाते है ।

मधुर वाणी सभी ओर सुख प्रकाशित करती है और यह हर किसी को अपनी ओर सम्मोहित करने का कारगर मंत्र है । इसलिए हर मनुष्य को कटु वाणी त्याग कर मीठे बोल बोलना चाहिए ।

2) मैथिली शरण गुप्त का संक्षिप्त परिचय लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
मैथिलिशरण गुप्त जी का जन्म सन् 1886 में झांसी के चिरगाँव गाँव में हुआ । वे राष्ट्र कवि के रूप में प्रसिद्ध थे । उन्होंने अनेक राष्ट्रीय आंदोलनो में भी भाग लिया। भारत सरकार ने उन्हें पद्मभूषण आधि से भी सम्मानित किया । सन् 1964 में उनकी मृत्यु हो गयी । साकेत, जयभारत, यशोधरा, भारत-भारती, उनकी प्रसिद्ध रचनाएँ है । उन्होंने मानवता को अपनी कविता का आदर्श बनाया । त्याग और प्रेम को उन्होंने महानता दी । प्रस्तुत ‘समता का संवाद’ कविता में उन्होंने भारत में सभी धर्मों, संस्कृतियों, आचार-विचारों आदि को समान रूप में बलदेकर देश में एकता स्थापित करने का प्रयत्न किया । उनकी भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

3) कवि ने प्रातः काल का वर्णना किस प्रकार किया है ?
उत्तर:
पंत जी ने प्रातः काल का सुन्दर वर्णन किया है । उषा काल मे सूरज की प्रथम किरण धरती को छूने से कितने सुन्दर परिवर्तन होते है, उनका सुन्दर वर्णन किया है। सूर्योदय के स्वागत में नन्ही के सी पक्षी की मधुर आवाज मे गाना, नन्ही सी कलियों का चन्द्रके किरण तितलियों के रुप मे स्पर्श करने से मुस्कुराना, रात के चमकीले तारे मन्द पड जाना, सूर्योदय के स्वागत करते हुए कोयल का गाना सभी का सुन्दर वर्णन करके कवि यह प्रश्न कर रहा है कि सुर्योदय के आगमन के बारे मे इन सबको कैसा पता चल रहा है ।

4) दान बल कविता का में फलों का दान करने से पेड को क्या लाभ होता है ?
उत्तर:
दान देना एक स्वाभाविक प्रक्रिया है । इसका समर्थन करते हुए कवि कहते है । कि वृक्ष फल देता है । यह कोई दान नहीं है । यदि ऋतु जाने के बाद वृक्ष फल को नहीं छोडता है तो फल उसी डाल पर सड़ जाते है । इससे कीडे निकलकर सारा वृक्ष ना

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

8. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) हरिशंकर परसाई की रचनाओं के नाम लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
हरिशंकर परसाई की प्रमुख रचनाएँ इस प्रकार हैं ।
निबंध संग्रह : तब की बात और थी, भूत के पाँव पीछे, बेईमानी की परत, पगडंडियों का जमाना, सदाचार का तावीज़, वैष्णव की फिसलन, माटे कहे कुम्हार से, शिकायत मुझे भी है और अंत में, अपनी अपनी बिमारी, आवारा भीड के खतरे ऐसा भी सोचा जाता है आदि उनके उल्लेखनीय निबंध संग्रह हैं ।

कहानी संग्रह : जैसे उसके दिन फिरे, दो नाकवाले लोग, हसते हैं रोते हैं, भोलाराम का जीव । उपन्यास : तट की खोज, रानी नागफनी की कहानी, ज्वाला और जल उनके प्रसिद्ध उपन्यास हैं ।

2) अनुशासन के पालन पर विचार व्यक्त कीजिए ?
उत्तर:
हर एक के जीवन में अनुशासन सबसे महत्वपूर्ण चीज है। बिना अनुशासन के कोई भी एक खुशहाल जीवन नही जी सकता है । कुछ नियमों और फायदों के साथ ये जीवन जीने का एक तरीका है । अनुशासन सब कुछ है, जो हम सही समय पर सही तरीके से करते हैं । ये हमें सही राह पर ले जाता है ।

हम अपने रोजमर्श के जीवन में कई प्रकार के नियमों और फायदों के द्वारा अनुशासन पर चलते हैं, इसके कई सारे उदाहरण हैं, जैसे हम सुबर जल्दी उठते हैं । अनुशासन अपने बड़ों, ऑफिस के सीनियर, शिक्षक और माता पिता के हुक्म का पालन करना है जिससे हम सफलता की ओर आगे बढते हैं । हमें अपने जीवन में अनुशासन के महत्व को समझना चाहिए। जो लोग अनुशासनहीन होते हैं, वह अपने जीवन में बहुत सारी समस्याओं को झेलते हैं साथ निराश भी होते हैं ।

3) चंद्रा की किस विषय में रुचि थी ? वह क्या बनना चाहती थी ?
उत्तर:
चंद्रा की रुचि डॉक्टरी में थी । वह एक डॉक्टर बनना चाहती थी। परीक्षा में सर्वेच्च स्थान प्राप्त करने पर भी चंद्रा को मेडिकल में प्रवेश नही मिला क्यों कि उसकी निचला धड़ निर्जीव है । चंद्रा एक सफल शल्य चिकित्सक नही बन पायेगी । बडी डॉक्टर बनना ही चंद्रा की इच्छा थी । डाँ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर कहते है कि – ” विज्ञान की प्रगती में चंद्रा महान योगदान दिया है “। ” चिकित्सा ने जो खोया है, वर विज्ञान ने पाया है ।” इसका अर्थ डाक्टर बनकर चिकित्सा क्षेत्र में जो काम चंद्रा करना चाहती थी, वह विज्ञान में करके दिखायी थी ।

4) बतुकम्मा त्यौहार में किन किन फूलों का उपयोग होता है ? उनके नाम लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
बतुकम्मा बनाने के लिए उपयोग में लाए जाने वाले फूल जैसे तंगेडु (दातुन तेलंगाण का राष्ट्र पुष्प), गुम्मडि पुव्वु (कोहडे का फूल ), बंती (गेंदा), मंदारम (गुड़हल ), गोरिंटा (गुल मेहंदी), पोकाबंती (गुलमखमल), कट्लपाडु ( जडीबूटी पुष्प), गुंट्लागरगर (भृंगराज), कोड़िजुट्टु पुव्वुलु (श्री आई पुष्प), मयूरशिखी ( मयूरशिखा ), चामंती (गुलदाउदी), तामरा (कमल), गन्नेरु ( कनेर), नित्य मल्ले (पटसन के पुष्प ), गुलाबी (गुलाब), वज्रदंतीपुव्वु (वज्रदंतीपुष्प) गड्डी पुव्वु (घांस का फूल) आदि का उपयोग करते हैं ।

9. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) “काल” शब्द का अर्थ क्या है ?
उत्तर:
मृत्यु, समय, वक्त

2) भारत माता के मंदिर में किसका व्यवधान नही है ?
उत्तर:
भारत माता के मंदिर में जाति धर्म या संप्रदाय का व्यवधान नही है ।

3) प्रथम रश्मि कविता में पक्षियों के घोंसलों के पास कौन पहरा दे रहे थे ?
उत्तर:
जुगुनू पहरा दे रहे थे ।

4) दान बल कविता के कवि कौन है ?
उत्तर:
रामधारी सिंह दिनकर ।

5) तुलसी का अमर काव्य कौन सा है ?
उत्तर:
राम चरिन मानस ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

10. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) सेठ जी के बेटे का नाम क्या है ?
उत्तर:
बलराम |

2) राजा धर्मागद की पत्नी का नाम क्या था ?
उत्तर:
सत्यवती ।

3) ‘अपराजिता’ पाठ की लेखिका का नाम क्या है ?
उत्तर:
गौरा पंत “शिवानी” जी है ।

4) परिचारिका की भूमिका कौन निभा रहा था ?
उत्तर:
गिल्लू ।

5) परसाई जी काम पूरा करने के लिए अगले जन्म में कौन सा चोला लेने की बात करते हैं ?
उत्तर:
मेंढक के चोला लेने की बात करते हैं ।

खंड – ‘ख’
(60 अंक)

11. निम्नलिखित गद्यांश पढ़िए । प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में लिखिए ।

संध्या के समय हम नौका दौड़ देखने गए । आरन्मुला नामक स्थान पर नौका दौड का आयोजन था । लंबी-लंबी नौकाओं में तीस-चालीस नाविक बैठे हुए थे । वे गीत गाते । हुए बडी तेजी से चप्पू चलाकर एक दूसरे से आगे निकलने की होड़ में थो। कभी कोई नाव आगे निकल जाती तो, कभी कोई । तट पर खड़े लोग तालियाँ बजा-बजाकर नाविकों का उत्साह बढा रहे थे । जीते हुए नाविकों को फूल-मालाएँ पहनाई गई । हमें इस प्रतियोगिता को देखने में बहुत आनंद आया ।

प्रश्न :
1. नौका दौड कहाँ आयोजित हुई ?
उत्तर:
आरन्मुला नामक स्थान पर नौका दौड़ हुइ |

2. नौकाएँ कैसी हैं ?
उत्तर:
नौकाएँ लंबी-लंबी है ।

3. वे नौका दौड़ देखने कब गये ?
उत्तर:
संध्या के समय वे नौका दौड देखने गये ।

4. जीते हुए नाविकों को क्या पहनाई गई ?
उत्तर:
जीते हुए नाविकों को फूल मालाएँ पहनाई गई ।

5. तट पर खड़े लोग नाविकों को कैसे उत्साह बढ़ा रहे हैं ?
उत्तर:
तट पर खडे लोग तालियाँ बजा-बजाकर नाविकों को उत्साह बढ़ा रहे हैं ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

12. सूचना के अनुसार लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(12.1) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए ।
(1) नश्वर
(2) कठिन
(3) उल्लास
(4) उत्थान
(5) धूप
(6) ग्राम
उत्तर:
(1) नश्वर × शाश्वत
(2) कठिन × सरल
(3) उल्लास × विषाद
(4) उत्थान × पतन
(5) धूप × छाँव
(6) ग्राम × नगर

(12.2 ) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के समानार्थी शब्द लिखिए ।
(1) जल
(2) चाँद
(3) घोडा
(4) नदी
(5) धन
(6) दिन
उत्तर:
(1) जल = पानी, नीर, सलील, वारि, अंबु ।
(2) चाँद = चंद्र, शशि, रजनीश, सोम, कलानिधि ।
(3) घोडा = अश्व, हय, वाजि, घोटक, तुरंग, तुरंगम ।
(4) नदी = सरिता, तटिनी, तरंगीणी, निर्झरिणी, सलिला ।
(5) धन = दौलत, संपत्ति, संपदा, वित्र, अर्थ ।
(6) दिन = दिवस, दिवा, वार, याम ।

13. किन्हीं आठ (8) शब्दों की शुद्ध वर्तनी लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(1) प्रर्दसन
(2) ईक
(3) भादा
(4) आदमि
(5) उध्योग
(6) मचली
(7) धरमात्मा
(8) सीक
(9) स्मरन
10) उननति
(11) धोका
(12) चात्र
उत्तर:
(1) प्रर्दसन – प्रदर्शन
(2) ईक – ईख
(3) भादा – बाधा
(4) आदमि – आदमी
(5) उध्योग – उद्योग
(6) मचली – मछली
(7) धरमात्मा – धर्मात्मा
(8) सीक – सीख
(9) स्मरन – स्मरण
10) उननति – उन्नति
(11) धोका – धोखा
(12) चात्र – छाञ

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

14. कारक चिह्नों की सहायता से रिक्तस्थानों की पूर्ति कीजिए । 8 × 1 = 8

1) छत ………………. (केलिए / पर) पंखा लटका है ।
2) मै भारत ………………. (का / की) निवासी हूँ ।
3) आशा ……………… (में/ने) गीत गाया ।
4) सोमू ………………. (की / को) पुस्तक चाहिए ।
5) रमेश ……………… बेटी बीमार है । (की/का)
6) डाल ………………… (पर / में) चिड़िया बैठी है ।
7) ……………. ।(वाह / बाह) कितना सुंदर दृश्य है ।
8) मै तुम ……………….. (पर/से) बडा हूँ ।

उत्तर:
1) छत पर ( केलिए / पर) पंखा लटका है |
2) मै भारत का (का/की) निवासी हूँ ।
3) आशा ने (में/ने) गीत गाया ।
4) सोमू को (की / को) पुस्तक चाहिए ।
5) रमेश की बेटी बीमार है । (की / का)
6) डाल पर ( पर / में) चिड़िया बैठी है ।
7) वाह । (वाह / बाह) कितना सुंदर दृश्य है ।
8) मै तुम से ( पर / से) बडा हूँ ।

15. निर्देश के अनुसार छः (6) वाक्यों को शुद्ध कीजिए ।

1) मेरे को बुला रहा है । (वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए ।)
उत्तर:
वह मुझे बुला रहा है ।

2) माली बगीचे में बैठा है । (रेखांकित शब्द का लिंग बदलकर लिखिए | )
उत्तर:
मालिन बगीचे में बैठा है ।

3) उसके घर के पास आम का पेड़ है । (रेखांकित शब्द का वचन बदलकर लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
उसके घर के पास आम के पेड है ।

4) प्रेमचन्द उपन्यास लिखते हैं । (पूर्ण भूतकाल में लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
प्रेमचन्द ने उपन्यास लिखा था ।

5) वातावरण अपकूल है । (रेखांकित शब्द का उपसर्ग की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
वातावरण अनुकूल है ।

6) वह चतुरिक से काम करता है । (रेखांकित शब्द का प्रत्यय की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
वह चतुरता से काम करता है ।

7) तिरकाल से राम गाँव में रहता है । (रेखांकित शब्द का उपसर्ग की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
चिरकाल से राम गाँव में रहता है ।

8) खाना खाके आओ । (वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए ।)
उत्तर:
खाने केलिए आओ ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 10 with Solutions

16. किन्हीं पाँच (5) वाक्यों का हिंदी में अनुवाद कीजिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) Boys went to school.
उत्तर:
लड़के स्कूल गये ।

2 ) I do my work myself.
उत्तर:
मैं अपना काम आप ही करता हूँ ।

3) May I barrow your pen.
उत्तर:
क्या आप की कलम ले सकता हूँ ।

4) Study for two hours everyday.
उत्तर:
रोज दो घंटे पढा करो ।

5) This is my own book.
उत्तर:
यह मेरी अपनी किताब है ।

6) Which boy took the book.
उत्तर:
किस लडके ने किताब ली ।

7) I prefer cricket to football.
उत्तर:
मैं फुटबाल से क्रिकेट को अधिक पसंद परता

8) We shall wear khadi clothes.
उत्तर:
हम खादी कपड़े पहनेंगे ।

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 2 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Note : Answer ANY THREE out of the following five questions in not exceeding 40 lines each. (3 × 10 = 30 )

Question 1.
Discuss the consumer’s equilibrium with the help of law of equi-marginal utility?
Answer:
Law of equi-marginal utility is an important law of consumption. It-is called as “Gossen’s Second Law”, as its formulation is associated with the name of H.H. Gossen. According to Marshall, “If a person has a thing which can be put to several uses, he will distribute it among these uses in sucn a way that it has the same marginal utility in all uses. If it had a greater marginal utility in one use than in another, he would gain by taking away some of it from the second ana applying it to the first”.

According to this law the consumer has to distribute his money income on different uses in such a manner that the last rupee spent on each commodity gives him the same marginal utility. Equalisation of marginal utility in different uses will maximise his total satisfaction. Hence, this law is known as the “Law of equi-marginal utility”. The fundamental condition for consumer’s equilibrium can be explained in the following way.

\(\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{x}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{x}}}=\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{y}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{y}}}=\frac{\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{z}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{z}}}=\mathrm{MU}_{\mathrm{m}}\)

Where, MUx, MUy, MUz, MUm = Marginal utilities of commodities x,.y, z, money (m), and Px, Py, Pz = Prices of x, y, z goods.

This law can be explained with the help of a table. Suppose the consumer is prepared to spend his money income is ₹ 26/- on two goods say X and Y. Market prices of two goods are ₹ 4/- & ₹ 5/- respectively. Now the marginal utilities of good X, good Y are shown below.

Units Ux MUx Units Uy MUy
1 44 1 45
2 40 2 40
3 36 3 35
4 32 4 30
5 28 5 25

For explaining consumer’s maximum satisfaction and consequent equilibrium position we need to reconstruct the above table by dividing marginal utilities of X by its price ₹ 4/- and marginal utility of Y by ₹ 5/-. This is shown in the following table.

Units Ux \(\frac{\mathbf{M U}_{\mathbf{X}}}{\mathbf{P}_{\mathbf{X}}}\) Units Uy \(\frac{\mathbf{M U}_{\mathbf{Y}}}{\mathbf{P}_{\mathbf{Y}}}\)
1 11 1 9
2 10 2 8
3 9 3 7
4 8 4 6
5 7 5 5

In the table it is clear that when consumer purchases 4 units of goods X & 2 units of good Y. Therefore, Consumer will be in equilibrium when he is spending (4 × 4 = 16 + 2 × 5 = 10) ₹ 26/- on them.

Assumptions of the law : The law of equi-marginal utility depends on the following assumptions.

  1. This law is based on cardinal measurement of utility.
  2. Consumer is a rational man always aiming at maximum satisfaction.
  3. The marginal utility of money remains constant.
  4. Consumer’s income is limited and he is proposed to spent the entire amount on different goods.
  5. The price of goods are unchanged.
  6. Utility derived from one commodity is independent of the utility of the other commodity.

Limitations of the law: The law of equi-marginal utility has been subject to certain limitations which are as given below :

  1. The law assumes that consumer is a rational man and al-ways tries to get maximum satisfaction. But, in real life, several obstacles may obstruct rational behaviour.
  2. This law is not applicable when goods are indivisible.
  3. The law is based on unrealistic assumptions like cardinal measurement of utility and marginal utility of money re-mains constant. In real world, MU of money does not re-main constant.
  4. This law will not be applicable to complementary goods.
  5. Another limitations of this law is that there is no fixed accounting period for the consumer in which he can buy and consume goods.

Importance of the Law : The law of equi-marginal utility is of great practical importance in economics.

  1. Basis of Consumer Expenditure: The expenditure pattern of every consumer is based on this law.
  2. Basis for Savings and Consumption: A prudent consumer will try to distribute his limited means between present and future consumption so as to have equal marginal util¬ity in each. This is how the law guides us.
  3. In the Field of Production: To the businessman and the manufacturer the law is of special importance. He works towards .the most economical combination of the factors of production. For this he will substitute one factor for another till their marginal productivities are the same.
  4. Its application to Exchange: In all our exchanges, this law works. Exchange is nothing but substitution of one thing for another.
  5. Price Determination: This principle has an important bearing on the determination of value and price.
  6. Public Finance: Public expenditure of a government con-forms to this law. Taxes are also levied in such a manner that the marginal sacrifice of each tax payer is equal.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 2.
Write an essay on revenue analysis.
Answer:
The amount of money that the producer receives in exchange for the goods (sale proceeds) is called producer’s receipts or revenue. In other words, the total sale proceeds of a firm are known as revenue. We can conceive three types of revenue. They are : total revenue, average revenue and marginal revenue.

a) Total Revenue (TR) : Total amount of money or income received by the firm from the s’ale of a certain quantity of output is called total revenue. It is obtained by multiplying the price of a commodity by the number of units sold, i.e., TR = PQ.
Where,
P = Price of the good and
Q = the quantity of the good sold.

b) Average Revenue (AR) : Average revenue is the revenue per unit of goods sold. It is computed by dividing the total revenue by the number of the units of a good sold. Thus, AR = TR / Q = PQ / Q = R It is clear from the above formula that the average revenue at each level of output is equal to the price per unit.

c) Marginal Revenue (MR):
It is the net addition to the total revenue by selling additional units of the goods i.e. the revenue which would be earned by selling an addi¬tional unit of the good. Marginal revenue can be expressed as : MR = ∆TR / ∆Q, where, ∆TR = change in total revenue and ∆Q = change in quantity. In other form, MRn = TRn -TRn-1.

AR and MR Curves under Perfect Competition:
Under perfect competition, there exist large number of sellers and large number of buyers. The sellers under this competition offer homogenous products and, therefore, neither sellers nor buyers have any control on the price of the product. The seller can sell any amount of the good and buyers can buy any amount of the good at the ruling market price. In this case, total revenue (TR), average revenue (AR) and marginal revenue (MR) of a perfectly competitive firm are analyzed here under using table and diagram.

Output Price Total Revenue PQ Average Revenue = TR/Output
1 10 10 10
2 10 20 10
3 10 30 10
4 10 40 10
5 10 50 10
6 10 60 10

Since the price of the product remains constant under perfect competition, the output sold increases and therefore, revenue also increases. Due to homogeneity, the goods are sold at single price under perfect competition therefore, additional units are also sold at the same price. Hence, under this competition, the AR equals MR all through. Because of this, P = AR= MR. The nature of AR and MR curves is shown with the help of figure.

By the diagram, output is measured on OX axis and price / AR / MR on OY axis. OP price in the diagram indicates existence of single price. Since, P = AR = MR, the AR and MR curves will be parallel to OX axis as shown in figure.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 1

AR and MR Curves under Monopoly : Under monopoly, there is a single seller. The commodity offered by a monoplist may be or may not be homogenous. Monopolist can control price and output of the commodity, but he can’t determine both simultaneously due to existence of left to right down¬ward sloping demand curve in the market. He can sell more quantity at lower price and less quantity at higher pfice. The relationship between TR, AR and MR is shown in table.

Output Price Total Revenue PQ Average Revenue = TR / Output Marginal Revenue
1 10 10 10 10
2 9 18 9 8
3 8 24 8 6
4 7 28 7 4
5 6 30 6 2

The table reveals that as price falls, sales may improve and total revenue also increases but average revenue (AR) and marginal revenue falls continuously. Here, MR declines at faster rate than that of AR. Thus, MR curve lies below the AR as shown in the figure.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 2

Relationship between AR and MR under Monopoly In figure, AR and MR represent average revenue and mar-ginal revenue curves respectively. The monopolist can sell higher quantity at lower price and therefore, always AR is greater than MR. Thus, AR curve lies above MR curve.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 3.
Describe the classificati on of markets.
Answer:
Edwards defined “Market as a mechanism by which buyers and sellers are brought together”. Hence, market means where selling and buying transactions take place. The classification of markets is based on three factors.
1. On the basis of area
2. On the basis of time
3. On the basis of competition.

  1. On the Basis of Area : According to the area, markets can be of three types.
    • Local Market: When a commodity is sold at particular locality. It is called a local market. Ex: Vegetables, flowers, fruits etc.
    • National Market: When a commodity is demanded and supplied throughout the country is called national market. Ex : Wheat, rice etc.
    • International Market: When a commodity is demanded and supplied all over the world is called international market. Ex : Gold, silver etc.
  2. On the Basis of Time : It can be further classified into three types.
    • Market Period or Very Short Period : In this period where producer cannot make any changes in supply of a commodity. Here, supply remains constant. Ex : Perishable goods.
    • Short Period: In this period supply can be changed to some extent by changing the variable factors of production.
    • Long Period: In this period supply can be adjusted in accordance with change in demand. In long run all factors will become variable in.
  3. On the Basis of Competition: This can be classified into two types.
    • Perfect Market: A perfect market is one in which the number of buyers and sellers is very large, all engaged in buying and selling a homogeneous products without any restrictions.
    • Imperfect Market: In this market, competition is imperfect among the buyers and sellers. These markets are divided into
      • Monopoly
      • Duopoly
      • Oligopoly
      • Monopolistic competition.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 3

Question 4.
Explain critically the marginal productivity theory of distribution.
Answer:
This theory was developed by J.B.Clark. According to this theory, the remuneration of a factor of production will be equal to its marginal productivity. The theory assumes perfect competition in the market for factors of production. In such a market, average cost and marginal cost of each unit of factor of production are the same as they are equal to the price or cost of a factor of production.

For example, if four tailors can stitch ten shirts in a day and five tailors can stitch thirteen shirts in a day, then the marginal physical product of the 5th tailor _is 3 shirts. If stitching charge for a shirt is ₹ 100/-, then the marginal value product of three shirts is ₹ 300/-. According to this theory, the 5th person will be remunerated ₹ 300/-. Marginal physical product is the additional output obtained by using an additional unit of the factor of production. If we multiply the additional output by market price we will get marginal value product or marginal revenue product.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 4

At first stage when additional units of labour are employed the marginal productivity of labourer increases up to certain extent due to economies of scale . If additional units of labour are employed beyond that point the marginal productivity of labour decreases. This can be shown in the given figure.

In the figure, OX axis represent units of labour and OY represent price/revenue/cost. At a given price, OP the firm will employ OL units of labour where price OP = L. If it employs less than OL’ i.e., OL1 units, MRP will be E1L1, which is higher than the price OP. If firm employs more than OL units upto OL2, price is OP is more than E2L2. So the firm decreases employment until price = MRP till OL. At that point ‘E’ the additional unit of labour is remunerated equal to his marginal productivity.

Question 5.
Explain the keynesian theory of employment.
Answer:
Keynes theory of employment is the principle of effective demand. He called his theory, general theory because it deals with all levels of employment. Keynes explains that lack of aggregate demand is the cause of unemployment. He used the terms aggregate demand, aggregate supply. It means total. The term effective demand is used to denote that level of aggregate demand which is equal to aggregate supply.

According to Keynes where aggregate demand and aggregate supply are intersected at that point effective demand is determined. This effective demand will determine the level of employment.
Aggregate supply schedule:
The aggregate supply schedule shows the various amounts of the commodity that will be offered for sale at a series of price. As the level of output increases with the level of employment. The aggregate supply price also increases with every increase in the level of employment. The aggregate supply curve slopes upwards from left to right. But when the economy reaches the level of the full employment, the aggregate supply curve becomes vertical.

Aggregate demand schedule:
The various aggregate demand prices at different level of employment is called aggregate demand price schedule. As the level of employment rises, the total income of the community also rises and therefore the aggregate demand price also increases. The aggregate demand curve slopes upward from left to right.

Equilibrium level of income:
The two determinants of effective demand aggregate supply and aggregate demand prices combined schedule is shown in the following table.

Level of employment (in lakhs of workers) Aggregate supply price (in crores of ₹) Aggregate demand price (in crores of ₹)
20 200 175
30 250 225
40 300 300 AD = AS
50 350 325
60 400 425

The table shows that so long as the demand price is higher than the aggregate supply price. The level of employment 40 lakh workers aggregate demand price is equal to aggregate supply price i.e., 300 crores. So effective demand in the above table is ₹ 300 crores. This can be shown in the following diagrams.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 5

In the diagram ‘X’ axis represents the employment and Y’ axis represents price. A.S is aggregate supply curve A.D is aggregate demand curve. The point of intersection between the two ‘E1‘ point. This is effective demand where all workers are employed at this point the entrepreneurs expectation of profits are maximised. At any other points the entrepreneurs will either incur losses or earn sub-normal profits.

Section – B

Question 6.
Explain the differences between free goods and economic goods.
Answer:
Differences between Microeconomics and Macro economics

Free Goods Economic Goods
free goods are nature’s gift. Economic goods are man made.
Their supply is abun-dant. Supply is always less than their demand.
They do not have price. These goods have prices.
There is no cost of pro duction. These goods have cost of production.
They have value in use and do not have value in exchange. These goods have value in use and also value in exchange.
Their values are not included in national income. Their values are included in national income.

Question 7.
Discuss the limitations and importance of law of equimarginal utility.
Answer:
Definition of the Law : “If a person has a thing which can be put to several uses, he will distribute it among these uses in such a way that it has the same marginal utility in all. If it has a greater marginal utility in one use than in another, he would gain by taking away some of it from the second and applying it to the first.” Alfred Marshall.

Limitations of the Law of Equi-Marginal Utility: The equi-marginal principle is subject to certain limitations which may be set forth hereunder :

  1. The law is based upon the assumption of rationality on part of the consumer. But in real life, several obstacles may obstruct rational behaviour.
  2. This law works out fully only if the goods are divisible. If goods happen to be large and indivisible, it is not pos-sible to equate the marginal utility of money spent on them.
  3. Non availability of certain goods prevents the consumers from maximizing their satisfaction out of their expenditure. Therefore, the law fails to work.
  4. Prices of goods often fluctuate in the market with the re-sult that their utilities also keep changing from time to time. This prevents the working of the law.
  5. The law of maximum satisfaction will not be applicable to complementary goods.
  6. Another limitation of this law is that there is no fixed accounting period for the consumer in which he can buy and consume goods.
  7. Cardinal measurement of utility, marginal utility of money remaining constant etc., are not realistic assumptions. They are not valid.
  8. It is assumed that the consumer has a perfect knowledge. But this is not correct.

Importance of the Law:
The law of equi-marginal utility is of great practical importance in economics.

  1. Basis of Consumer Expenditure: The expenditure pat¬ern of every consumer is based on this law.
  2. Basis for Savings and Consumption:
    A prudent consumer will try to distribute his limited means between present and future consumption so as to have equal marginal utility in each. This is how the law guides us.
  3. In the Field of Production:
    To the businessman and the manufacturer the law is of special importance. He works towards the most economical combination of the factors of production. For this he will substitute one factor for another till their marginal productivities are the same.
  4. Its application to Exchange:
    In all our exchanges, this law works. Exchange is nothing but substitution of one thing for another.
  5. Price Determination:
    This principle has an important bearing on the determination of value and price.
  6. Public Finance:
    Public expenditure of a government con-forms to this law. Taxes are also levied in such a manner that the marginal sacrifice of each tax payer is equal.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 8.
Explain the exceptions of law of demand.
Answer:
In Economics demand means a desire which is backed up by ability to buy and willingness to pay the price. Thus demand will be always at a price and time. According to Marshall “The amount demanded increases with a fall in price and diminishes with rise in price when other things remain the same”.

Exceptions:
In certain situations, more will be demanded at higher price and less will be demanded at a lower price. In such cases the demand curve slopes upward from left to right which is called an exceptional demand curve. This can be shown in the following diagram.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 6.1

In the diagram when price increases from OP to OP,, de-mand also increases from OQ to OQ,. This is opposite to law of demand.

1) Giffen’s Paradox:
This was stated by Sir Robert Giffen. He observed that poor people will demand more of infe-rior goods, if their prices rise. Inferior goods are known as Giffen goods. Ex : Ragee, Jowar etc. He pointed out that in case of the English workers, the law of demand does not apply to bread. Giffen noticed that workers spent a major portion of their income on bread and only small portion on meat.

2) Veblen Effect (Prestigious goods) : This exception was stated by Veblen. Costly goods like diamonds and pre-cious stones are called prestige goods or veblen goods. Generally rich people purchase those goods for the sake of prestige. Hence, rich people may buy more such goods when their prices rise.

3) Speculation:
When the price of a commodity rises the group of speculators expect that it will rise still further. Therefore, they buy more of that commodity. If they expect that there is a fall in price, the demand may not expand. Ex : Shares in the stock market.

4) Illusion:
Sometimes,’ consumer develop to false idea that a high priced good will have a better quality instead of low priced good. If the price of such good falls, demand decreases, which is contrary to the law of demand.

Question 9.
Explain the concept of returns to scale.
Answer:
The law of returns to scale is concerned with the study of production function in the long run. The law of returns to scale studies the behaviour of output in response to change in scale. A change in scale means that all inputs or factors are varied in the same proportion, keeping the factor proportions constant.

When a producer increases all the inputs in a given proportions, there are three possibilities, viz., total output may increase more than proportionately, just proportionately or less than proportionately. According to returns to scale concept, these possibilities are familiarly known as a) Increasing Returns To Scale (IRTS), b) Constant Returns To Scale (CRTS) and c) Decreasing Returns To Scale (DRTS).

Assumptions :

  1. All inputs except entrepreneurship are variable.
  2. State of technology remains the same.
  3. There is perfect competition in the market.
  4. Production is measured in physical quantities.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 6

Explanation of the Law :
A description on returns to scale is presented in table. It can be seen from this table that the total product is 9 units in the beginning with 10L + IK. As the factors of production are doubled (20L + 2K), the total

output increased to 19 units, which is more than proportional change and therefore, it represents increasing returns to scale (IRTS). Marginal product (MP) increased from 9 to 10 units uder this stage. MP is remaining the same at 11 units when the scale is 30L + 3K and 40L + 4K therefore, it denotes constant returns to scale (CRTS). A decrease in MP is observed at 50L + 5K and 60L + 6K. This situation can be called as decreasing returns to scale (DRTS). These three kinds of returns to scale are also explained by using figure. In this figure, R to R1 shows IRTS, R1 to S shows CRTS and S to S1 indicates DRTS.

Question 10.
Write a note on classification of markets based on time and area.
Answer:
Edwards defined, “Market as a mechanism by which buyers and sellers are brought together”. Hence, market means where selling and buying transactions take place. The classification of markets is based on three factors.
1. On the basis of area
2. On the basis of time
3. On the basis of competition.

  1. On the Basis of Area: According to the area, markets can be of three types.
    • Local Market: When a commodity is sold at particular locality, it is called a local market. Ex: Vegetables, flowers, fruits etc.
    • National Market:
      When a commodity is demanded and supplied throughout the country is called national market. Ex : Wheat, rice etc.
    • International Market:
      When a commodity is demanded and supplied all over the world is called international market. Ex : Gold, silver etc.
  2. On the Basis of Time: It can be further classified into three types.
    • Market Period or Very Short Period:
      In this period where producer cannot make any changes in supply of a commodity. Here supply remains constant. Ex : Perishable goods.
    • Short Period:
      In this period supply can be changed to some extent by changing the variable factors of production.
    • Long Period:
      In this period supply can be adjusted in according to change in demand. In long run all factors will become variable.
  3. On the Basis of Competition: This can be classified into two types.
    • Perfect market:
      A perfect market is one in which the number of buyers and sellers is very large, all engaged in buying and selling a homogeneous products without any restrictions.
    • Imperfect Market:
      In this market, competition is imperfect among the buyers and sellers. These markets are divided into

      • Monopoly
      • Duopoly
      • Oligopoly
      • Monopolistic competition.

Question 11.
What are the determining factors of real wages?
Answer:
Real wages refer to the purchasing power of money wages received by the labourer. Real wages are expressed in terms of goods and services that a worker can buy with his money wages. The real wage is said to be high when a labourer obtains larger quantity of goods and services with his money income.

Factors Determining Real Wages : Real wages depend on the following factors :
1) Price Level:
Purchasing power of money determines the real wage. Purchasing power of money depends on the price level. If price level is high, purchasing power of money will be low. On the contrary, if price level is low, purchasing power of money will be high. Similarly, given the price level, if money wage is high real wage will also increase and when money wage decreases real wage also decreases.

2) Method of Payment:
Besides money wages, labourers get certain additional facilities provided by their management. Like free housing, free medical facilities, free education facilities to children, free transport etc. If such facilities are high, the real wages of labourers will also be high.

3) Regularity of Employment:
Real wages depend on the regularity of employment. If the job is permanent, his real wage will be high even though his money wage is low. In case of temporary employment, his real wage will be low though his money wage is high. Thus, certainty of job influences real wages.

4) Nature of Work:
Real wages are also determined by the risk and danger involved in the work. If the work is risky real wages of labourer will be low though money wages are high. For instance, a captain in a submarine, miners etc., always face danger and risk.

5) Conditions of Work:
The working conditions also determine the real wage of a labourer. Less duration of work, ventilation, light, fresh air, recreation facilities etc., certainly result in the high real wages. If these facilities are lacking, real wages are low even though money wages are high.

6) Subsidiary Earnings:
If a labourer earns extra income in addition to his wage, his real wage will be higher. For instance, a government doctor may supplement his earnings by undertaking private practice.

7) Future Prospects:
Real wage is said to be higher in those jobs where there is a possibility of promotions, hike in wage and vice-versa.

8) Timely Payment:
If a labourer receives payment regularly and timely, the real wage of the labourer is high although his money wage is pretty less and vice versa.

9) Social Prestige:
Although money wages of a bank officer and Judge are equal, the real wage of a Judge is higher than the bank officer due to social status.

10) Period and Expenses of Education:
Period and expenses of education also affect real wage. For example, if one person is a graduate and the other is an undergraduate who are working as clerks, the real wage of the undergraduate is high because his period of learning and expenses on education are lower than the graduate labourer.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 12.
What are the factors that determine National Income?
Answer:
National Income is the total market value of all goods and serviçes produced in a country during a given period of time. There are many factors that influence and determine the size of national income of a country.

a) Natural Resources:
The availability of natural resources in a country, its climatic conditions, geographical features, fertility of soil, mines and fuel resources etc., influence the size of National Income.

b) Quality and Quantity of Factors of Production:
The national income of a country is largely influenced by the quality and quantity of a country’s stock of factors of production.

c) State of Technology:
Output and national income are influenced by the level of technical progress achieved by the country. Advanced techniques of production help in optimum utilization of a country’s natural resources.

d) Political Will and Stability: Political will and stability in a country helps in planned economic development and for a faster growth of National Income.

Question 13.
What are the sources of public revenue?
Answer:
Revenue received by the government from different sources is called public revenue.
Public revenue is classified into two kinds.
1) Tax revenue
2. Non-Tax revenue.

1) Tax Revenue:
Revenue received through collection of taxes from the public is called tax revenue. Both the state and central government collect taxes as per their allocation in the constitution. Taxes are two types :

a) Direct taxes :
i) Taxes on income and expenditure. Ex : Income tax, Corporate tax etc.
ii) Taxes on property and capital assests. Ex: Wealth tax, Gift tax etc.

b) Indirect taxes : Taxes levied on goods and services. Ex : Excise duty, Service tax.

2) Non – tax revenue:
Government receives revenue from sources other than taxes and such revenue is called nontax revenue. They are :

a) Administrative revenue: Government receives money for certain administrative services. Ex: License fee, Tuition fee etc.

b) Commercial revenue: Modern governments establish public sector units to manufacture certain goods and offer certain services. The goods and services are exchanged for the price. So such units earn revenue by way of selling their products. Ex : Indian Oil Corporation, Bharath Sanchar Nigam Ltd, Bharath Heavy Electricals, Indian Railways, State Road Transport Corporations, Indian Air lines etc.

c) Loans and advances: When the revenue received by the government from taxes and from the above non-tax sources is not sufficient to meet the needs of government expenditure, it may receive loans from the financial institutions operating within the country and also from the public. Modern government also taken loans from international financial institutions.

d) Grants-in-aid : Grants are amount received without any condition of repayment. They are not repaid.

Question 14.
Define inflation and explain its types.
Answer:
Inflation, we mean a general rise in the prices in the ordinary language it is rapid upward movement of prices in a broader sense. The term inflation refers to persistent rise in the general price level over a long period of time.

According to Prof.Hawtrey : “Issue of too much currency”

According to ‘Dalton’: Defined inflation as “Too much Money is chasing too few goods”.

According to ‘Pigou’: “Inflation exists when money income is expanding more than in proportion to increase in earning activity”.

According to Irving Fisher : “Inflation occurs when the volume of money increases faster than the available supply of goods”.

According to Samuelson : “Inflation denotes a rise in the general level of prices”.

Types of Inflation :

  1. Creeping inflation:
    When rise in the prices is very slow and small, it is called creeping inflation.
  2. Walking inflation: This is the second stage of inflation. The inflation rate will be between 2% and ‘4%.
  3. Running inflation: When the rate of inflation is in the range of 4-10% per annum, it is called running inflation.
  4. Galloping inflation or hyper inflation : If the inflation, rate exceeds 10%, galloping inflation occurs. It may also called hyper inflation.

Question 15.
Explain the definition of money.
Answer:
Money plays a vital role in modern economy. A modern economy is rightly known as monetary economy because at the crucial position that money occupies. In the olden days goods were exchanged for goods. Such system is called barter system. However when economics grew there was a tremendous increase in the wants of the people as well as in the number of»transactions then barter system became more difficult, in order to eliminate the difficulties in the barter system money came into existence.

Definition of money:
Several economists have defined money in several ways. Some of the prominent definitions are given below.
According to Waker’ – “Money is what money does”. According to ’Robertson’ – Money as” anything which is widely accepted in payment for goods or in discharge of other kinds of business obligations”.
According to ‘Seligman’ – Money as “one that possesses general acceptability”. According to ’Crowther” – Money as “anything that is generally acceptable as a medium of exchange and which at the same time acts as a measure and store of value”.

It may be found from the above definitions that the main focus is on general acceptability. Anything that used as money should have the general acceptance of the public as medium of exchange because it is for direct exchange of commodities money ,is fundamentally required. It acts as a common measure of value. However its suitability as a store of value is equally important. Therefore we can consider Crowther’s definition as relatively more comprehensive. It is elaborate and covers the most important functions of money.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 16.
Point out the redemption methods of public debt.
Answer:
Repayment of debt by government is called redemption of public debt. Internal debt can be repaid in the domestic currency but foreign exchange is necessary to repay external, debt.

Redemption of Public Debt: The following are the methods of redemption of public debt.
1) Surplus Budgets:
Surplus budget means having public revenue in excess of public expenditure. If the government plans for a surplus budget, the excess revenue may be utilized to repay public debt.

2) Refunding:
Refunding implies the issue of fresh bonds and securities by the government so that the matured loans can be used for repayment of public debt.

3) Annuities:
By this method the government repays part of the public debt every year. Such annual payments are
made regularly till the debt is completely cleared.

4) Sinking Fund:
By this method, the government creates a separate fund called ‘Sinking fund’ for the purpose of repaying public debt. A part of the public revenue is deposited into this fund every year so that public debt is repaid from the sinking fund. This is considered as the best method of redemption.

5) Conversion:
Conversion means that the existing loans are changed into new loans before the date of their maturity. This metOhod is advantageous when the rate of interest charged on the new loans is less than the rate of interest to be paid on the existing loAnswer:

Question 17.
What is Statistics? Explain its relationship with economics.
Answer:
There is a close relationship between statistics, and economics. In the words of Tugwell, “The science of economics is becoming statistical in its method”. All the economic laws are pronounced on the basis of statistical facts and figures. The theory of population of Malthus, the’law of family expenditure of Engels etc., were propounded after statistical tests. Statistics helps the economics to become an exact science.

In the study of theoretical economics, the application and use of statistical methods are of great importance. Most of the doctrines of economics are based on the study of a large number of units and their analysis. This is done through statistical methods. Law of demand was formulated because of statistical methods.

The importance of statistics is felt in all branches of knowl-edge in accountancy and auditing in banking, in insurance, in research and in many fields. Without statistics no branch of knowledge is complete.

Section – C

Question 18.
What are free goods?
Answer:
Anything which satisfy human want is known as good: Goods which are freely supplied by the nature and without prices are known as free goods. The supply of these goods is always abundantly greater thatn their demand. Hence, they do not command price. Free goods possess only value-in-use, no value-in-exchage. For example, air, water, sunshine.

Question 19.
Explain the capital goods.
Answer:
Goods which are used in the production of other goods are called producer or capital goods. They satisfy human wants indirectly. Ex : Machines, tools, buildings etc.

Question 20.
Explain cardinal utility.
Answer:
Alfred Marshall developed cardinal utility analysis. According to this analysis, the utilities derived from consumption of different commodities can be measured in terms of arbitary units called utils. 1, 2, 3, 4 are called cardinal numbers.

Question 21.
Draw the indifference map.
Answer:
A set of indifference curves drawn for different income levels is called indifference map.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 7
From the above diagram it is clear that an indifference map of IC1, IC2, IC3. Each curve shows a certain level of satisfaction to the consumer.

Question 22.
What is demand function?
Answer:
Demand function shows the functional relationship between quantity demanded at various factors that determine the demand for a commodity. It can be expressed as follows.

Dx = f(Px,P1,….. Pn,Y,T)
Where,
Dx = Demand for good X .
Px = price of X

P1 …. Pn = Prices of substitutes and complementary
Y = Income of consumer
T = Tastes
f = functional relationship.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 23.
Explain relatively Elastic demand.
Answer:
When a proportionate change in price leads to more than proportionate change in quantity demand iscalled relatively elastic demand..

Question 24.
What is division of labour?
Answer:
It is an important feature of modern industrial organisation. It refers to scheme of dividing the given activity among workers in such a way that each worker is supposed to do o,ne activity or only a limited and narrow segment of an activity. Thus, division of labour increases output per worker on account of higher efficiency and specialised skill.

Question 25.
Explain the Technical economies.
Answer:
It is one of the internal economies.
The large firms will have more resources at their disposal. Hence, these firms can install the most suitable machinery. As a result larger firms experience lower cost of production. There are four different ways in which technical economies can arise.

a) Large size machines.
b) Linking processes.
c) Superior techniques,
d) Increased specialization.

Question 26.
Define market.
Answer:
Market is place where commodities are brought and sold and where buyers and sellers meet. Communication facilities help us today to purchase and sell without going to the market. All the activities take place is now called as market.

Question 27.
What is Monopolistic Competition?
Answer:
It is a market where several firms produce same commodity with small differences is called monopolistic competition. In this market producers to produce close substitute goods. Ex : Soaps, cosmetics etc.

Question 28.
What is Net profit?
Answer:
Net profit is the reward paid for the organizer’s entrepre¬neurial skills.
Net profit = Gross profit – [Implicit rent + Implicit wage + Implicit interest + Depreciation charges + Insurance premium]

Question 29.
What are time wages?
Answer:
Time wage is the amount paid for labourers for a fixed period of work i.e., weakly, daily, monthly etc.

Question 30.
Expand C.S.O. What is its responsibility?
Answer:
C.S.O. is Central Statistical Organisation and Responsibility of preparing national income estimates.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions

Question 31.
Distinguish between Per Capital Income and National Income.

Per Capital Income National Income
Per Capita income is the average income of people in a country in a particular year. National income is the market value of goods and services produced annually in a country.

Question 32.
Define public finance.
Answer:
It deals with the income and expenditure of the public authorities. (Central state and local government.

Question 33.
What is Money Market Equilibrium?
Answer:
Money Market Equilibrium (Savings Investment Equilibrium) : The goods market equilibrium leads to bring equilibrium in both money and labour markets. In the goods market, it is assumed that the total income is spent. The classical economists agree that part of the income may be saved, but the savings are gradually spent on capital goods. The expenditure on capital goods is called investment. It is assumed equality between savings and investment (S = I) is brought by the flexible rate of interest. This is explained in the Fig.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 8

In diagram, savings and investment are measured on the OX axis and rate of interest is shown on the OY axis. Savings and investments are equal at Oi rate of interest where the curves intersect each other. Hence, Oi is the equilibrium rate of interest which will come to stay in the market. If any change in the demand for investment and supply of savings comes about, the curves will shift accordingly, and the equilibrium rate of interest will also change and further it brings savings and investment into equality. Thus, money market equilibrium can be automatically brought through the rate of interest flexibility.

Question 34.
What is Barter system?
Answer:
Prior to the introduction of money, the barter system was in vogue. In the system on commodity was exchanged for another commodity. Under this system, no one was able to produce all goods at their disposal. As a consequence, they used to exchange commodities among themselves. For instance, a producer for paddy used to exchange paddy for clothes from the producers of cloths. Thus, this system was be set with several difficulties.

Question 35.
What is Clearance House?
Answer:
Businessmen and other customers issue cheques towards payment for their transactions. A businessman or customer may get a cheque issued on a bank in which he has no account. He has to deposit it in his bank and which collects the amount from the bank on which the cheque is issued. This happens on a large scale everyday and calls for interbank settlement of accounts. Since all the commercial banks maintain deposit accounts with the Reserve Bank of India, it all cheques to settle the inter-bank transactions by making appropriate entries in the accounts of the commercial banks. For this purpose the Reserve Bank established clearing houses at different places.

Question 36.
Explain the concept of mode.
Answer:
Mode is most frequently occuring value in data.

Question 37.
Explain the concept of Harmonic mean.
Answer:
Harmonic Mean (H.M.):
The Harmonic mean of a series is the reciprocal or the arithmetic average of the reciprocal of the values of its various items. It can be calculated by using the following formula :
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 2 with Solutions - 9

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

The strategic use of TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Papers Set 1 allows students to focus on weaker areas for improvement.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Time: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

Section – A

Note : Answer ANY THREE out of the following five questions in not exceeding 40 lines each. (3 × 10 = 30 )

Question 1.
Discuss the law of diminishing marginal utility, its limita-tions and importance.
Answer:
Hermann Heinrich Gossen was the first economist to explain the law of diminishing marginal utility in 1854. It is also known as Gossen’s ‘first law’. In 1890, Marshall in his principles of economics developed and popularised this analysis. This law explains the functional relationship between the stock of commodity and the marginal utility of commodity.

According to Marshall, “The additional benefit which a person derives from a given increase of his stock of a thing diminishes with every increase in stock that he already has”. “As a consumer increases the consumption of any one commodity, keeping constant the consumption of all other commodities, the marginal utility of the variable commodity must eventually decline”. Kenneth E.Boulding. The law says that as we gone consuming a commodity, satisfaction that derives from its additional units goes on diminishing.

Assumptions :
1) Rationality : Consumer is a rational man which means he always tries to get maximum satisfaction.
2) Cardinal Measurement of Utility : Utility is a cardinal concept i.e., utility can be measured and compared nu-merically.
3) Utilities are Independent: It implies that utility of any commodity depends on its own quantity.

Explanation of the law:
The law of diminishing marginal utility explains the relation between the quantity of goods consumed and its marginal utility. If a person goes on in-creasing his stock of a thing, the marginal utility derived from an additional unit declines. We show this tendency with an imaginary table given below.

Unit of X apples Total utility Marginal utility
1 40 40 – 0 = 40
2 70 70 – 40 = 30
3 90 90 – 70 = 20
4 100 100 – 90 = 10
5 100 100 – 100 = 0
6 90 90 – 100 = -10

In the table, let us suppose that one is fond of apples. As he consumes one apple after another he derives less and less satisfaction. The first unit is consumed with utmost pleasure. For the second, the intensity of his desire diminishes. The third will be still less and so on. The total utility increases until the consumption of fourth unit of good but at diminishing rate. Fifth unit of apple gives him maximum total utility. But, marginal utility becomes zero. Further consumption of sixth unit TU diminishes and MU becomes negative.

The relationship between total utility and marginal utility is explained in the following three ways :

  1. When total utility increases at diminishing rate, marginal utility falls.
  2. When total utility is maximum, marginal utility becomes zero.
  3. When total utility decreases, marginal utility becomes negative.

This can be shown in the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 1

In the diagram, on ‘X’ axis measures units of apples and on Y axis measures total utility and marginal utility. TU curve represents total utility and MU curve represents marginal utility. TU curve is maximum at 5th unit where MU curve will become zero. TU curve slopes downwards from 6th unit, while MU become negative.

Limitations or Exceptions :

  1. Hobbies: This law does not operate in the case of hob-bies like collection of stamps, old paintings, coins etc. Greater the collections of a person, greater is his satisfac¬tion. Marginal utility will not diminish.
  2. Drunkers: It is pointed out that the consumption of li-quor is not subject to the law of diminishing marginal utility. The more a person drinks liquor, the more he likes it.
  3. Miser: This law does not apply to money. The more money a person has the greater is the desire to acquire still more of it.
  4. Further, this law does not hold good if there is any change in income tastes and preferences of the consumer.

Importance of the Law : The importance of the law of di-minishing marginal utility is as follows:

  1. The law of diminishing marginal utility is the basic law of consumption and it is the basis for the law of demand, the law of equi-marginal utility etc.
  2. The changes in design, pattern and packing of goods will be brought by the producers by keeping this law in view.
  3. The law explains the theory of value that the price of a good falls, when supply increases. Because with the in-crease in the stock of a good, its marginal utility dimin-ishes.
  4. Diamond-water paradox can be explained with the help of this law. Due to relative scarcity, diamonds possess high exchange value and less use value. Similarly, water is relatively abundant and so it posseses low exchange value but more use value.
  5. This law helps the government while formulating taxa-tion policies. The principle of progressive taxation is based on the law of diminishing marginal utility. This law is more useful in the policies of redistribution of income and wealth in favour of the poor people.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions.

Question 2.
Explain short-run costs of a firm with suitable graphs and illustrations.
Answer:
Costs are divided into two categories i.e.,
1. Short run cost curves
2. Long run cost curves.
In short run by increasing only one factor i.e., (labour) and keeping other factor constant. The short run cost are again divided into two types.
1. General costs
2. Economic costs.

  1. General Costs :
    • Money Costs :
      Production is the outcome of the ef-forts of factors of production like land, labour, capital ‘ and organisation. So, rent to land, wage to labour, in-terest to capital and profits to entrepreneur has to be paid in the form of money is called money cost.
    • Real Cost:
      Adam Smith regarded pains and sacri-fices of labour as real cost. So, it cannot be measured interms of money.
    • Opportunity cost:
      Factors of production are scarce and have alternative uses. The opportunity cost of a factor is the benefit that is foregone from the next best alternative use.
  2. Economic Costs :
    • Fixed Costs:
      The cost of production which remains constant even when the production may be increased or decreased is known as fixed cost. The amount spent by the cost of plant and equipment, permanent staff are treated as fixed costs.
    • Variable Cost:
      The cost of production which is changing according to changes in the production is said to be variable cost. In the long period all costs are variable costs. It includes prices of raw materials, payment of fuel, excise taxes etc. Marshall called it as “Prime cost”.
    • Average Cost:
      Average cost means cost per units of output. If we divided total cost by the number of units produced, we will get average cost.
      AC = \(\frac{\text { Total cost }}{\text { Output }}\)
    • Marginal Cost:
      Marginal cost is the additional cost of production producing one more unit.
      MC = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{TC}}{\Delta \mathrm{Q}}\)
    • Total cost: Total cost is the sum of total fixed cost and total variable cost.
      TC = FC + VC

The short term cost in relation to output are explained with the help of a table.

Output (Q) Total Fixed Cost (FC) Total Variable Cost (VC) Total cost (TC) Average Cost (AC) Marginal Cost (MC)
1 30 5 35 35 35
2 30 8 38 19 3
3 30 10 40 13.3 2
4 30 14 44 11 4
5 30 24 54 10.8 10
6 30 40 – 70 11.6 16

In the above table shows that as output is increased in the 1st column, fixed cost remains constant. Variable costs have changed as and when there are changes in output. To produce more output in the short period, more variable factors have to be employed. By adding FC & VC we get total cost at different levels of output. AC falls output increases, reaches its minimum and then rises MC also change in the total cost associated with a change in output. This can be shown in the diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 2

In the above diagram is on ‘OX’ axis taken by output and ‘OY’ axis is taken by costs. The shapes of different cost curves explain the relationship between output and different costs. TFC is horizontal to ‘X’ axis. It indicates that increase in output has no effect on fixed cost. TVC on the other side increases along with level of output. TC curve rises as output increases.

Question 3.
Explain the meaning of perfect competition. Illustrate the mechanism of price determination under perfect compe-tition.
Answer:
Perfect Competition :
Perfect competition is a market sructure characterized by a complete absence of rivalry among the individual firms. Thus, perfect competition in economic theory has a meaning diametrically opposite to the everyday use of this term. In practice, businessmen use the word competition as synonymous to rivalry. In the theory, perfect competition implies no rivalry among firms. Perfect competition may be defined as that market situation, in which there are large number of firms producing homogeneous product, there is free entry and free exit, perfect knowledge on the part of buyer, perfect mobility of factors of production and no transportation cost at all.

Price Determination under Perfect Competition :
Under perfect competition, sellers and buyers cannot decide the price, Industry decides the price of the good. Market brings about a balance between the commodities that come for sale and those demanded by consumers. It means, the forces of supply and demand determine the price of the good. The following schedule and diagram help us to understand changes in supply, demand and equilibrium price.

Demand and Supply Schedule Price (In Rupees) Quantity supplied (in KGs) Quantity Demanded (in KGs)
10 20 60
20 30 50
30 40 40
40 50 30
50 60 20

The above table shows the demand and supply schedules of a good. Changes in price always lead to change in supply and demand. As price increases, there is a fall in the quantity demanded. It means, price and quantity demanded have a negative relationship. At the sametime, if price of a commodity increases there is an increase in the quantity supplied. Therefore, the relation between price and supply of goods is positive. It can be observed from the table that when the price is ₹ 10/-, market demand is 60 kgs and supply is 20 kgs.

When the price increases to ₹ 20/-, the supply increases to 30 kgs and demand falls to 50kgs. If the price increases to ₹ 50/-, the supply increases to 60 kgs and demand is only 20 kgs. When the demand is less, price tends to decrease towards equilibrium price. When the price is ₹ 30/-, the demand and supply are equal to 40 kgs. This price is called equilibrium price which is ₹ 30, and equilibrium output and demand is 40 kgs. This process is explained with the help of figure.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 3

In the figure, the demand and supply of a commodity are shown on OX axis and the price of the commodity on OY axis. As per the diagram, the equilibrium price is found at a point where both demand and supply curves intersect each other at point E, i.e., OP price is the equilibrium price and OQ quantity is the equilibrium supply and demand.

Question 4.
Define rent and explain critically the Ricardian theory of rent.
Answer:
David Ricardo was a 19th century economist of England, who propounded a systematic theory of rent. Ricardo defined rent as “that portion of the procedure of earth which is paid to the landlords for the use of the original and indestructible powers of soil”. According to Ricardo, rent arises due to differential in surplus occurring to agriculturists resulting from the differences in fertility of soil of different grades of land.

Ricardian theory of rent is based on the principle of demand and supply. It arises in both extensive and intensive cultivation of land. When land is cultivated extensively, rent on superior land equals the excess of its produce over that of the inferior land. This can be explained with the following illustration.

We can imagine that a new island is discovered. Assume a batch of settlers go to that Island. Land in this Island is differ in fertility and situation. We assume that there are three grades of land A, B, and C. With a given application of labour and capital superior lands will yield more output than others. The difference in fertility will bring about differences in the cost of production, on the different grades of land. They first settle on ‘A’ grade land for cultivation of corn. ‘A’ grade land yields say, 20 quintals of corn with the investment of ₹ 300.

The cost of production per quintal is ₹ 15 (300/20). The price of corn in the market has to cover the cost of cultivation. Otherwise the farmer will not produce com. Thus, the price in the present case should be atleast ₹ 15 per quintal. As time passes, population increases and demand for land also increases. In such a case, people have to cultivate next best land, i.e., ‘B’ grade land. The same amount of f 300 is spent ‘A’ on ‘B’ grade land gives only 15 quintals of corn as ‘B’ grade land is less fertile.

The cost of cultivation on ‘B’ grade land risen to ₹ 20 (300/15) per quintal of com. If the price of corn per quintal in the market is then ₹ 20, the cultivator of ‘B’ grade land will be not cultivate. Therefore, the price has to be high enough to cover the cost of cultivation on ‘B’ grade land. Hence, the price also rises to ₹ 20. There is no surplus on ‘B’ grade land. But on ‘A’ grade land, the surplus is 5 quintals or ₹ 100 (5 × 20).

Further, due to growth of population demand for land and corn increased. This necessitates, the cultivation of ‘C’ grade land with ₹ 300 investment cost. It yields only 10 quintals of com. Therefore, the per quintal production cost rises to 30 (300/10). Then the price per quintal must be atleast ? 30 to cover the cost of production. Otherwise ‘C’ grade land will be withdrawn from cultivation. At price ₹ 30 ‘C’ grade land yield no surplus or rent. But A grade land yields still layer surplus of 10 quintals or ₹ 300 (10 × 30). But surplus or rent on ‘B’ grade land has 5 quintals or ₹ 150 (5 × 30). But there is no surplus or rent on ‘C’ grade land. It covers just the cost of cultivation. Hence, ‘C’ grade land is a marginal land which earns no rent or surplus.

This can also be explained with the following table.

Types of land Cost of production Produce(Quintals)₹ Price Total Revenue Rent or Surplus
In physical In value units form (₹)
A 300 20 15 300

400

600

5

10

B 300 15 20 300

450

5

C 300 10 30 300

The essence of Ricardian theory of rent.

  1. Rent is a pure surplus.
  2. Rent is differential surplus.
  3. Rent does not determine or enter into price.
  4. Diminishing returns applies to agri-cultural production.
  5. Land is put to only one use, i.e., for cultivation.

Ricardian theory of rent can be explained with the help of the above diagram:

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 4

In the above diagram, the shaded area represents the rent or differential surplus. The least fertile land, i.e., C does not carry any rent. So it is called marginal land or no rent land.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 5.
Critically examine the classical theory of employment.
Answer:
The theory of output and employment developed by econo-mists such as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Malthus is known as classical theory. It is based on the famous “Law of markets” advocated by J.B. Say. According to this law “supply creates its own demand”. The classical theory of employment assumes that there is always full employment of labour and other resources. The classical economists ruled out any general unemployment in the long run. These views are known as the classical theory of output and employment.

The classical theory of employment can be three dimensions.
A. Goods market equilibrium
B. Money market equilibrium
C. Equilibrium of the labour market (Pigou wage cut policy)

A) Goods market equilibrium:
The 1st part of Say’s law of markets explains the goods market equilibrium. According to Say “supply creates its own demand”. Say’s law states that supply always equals demand. Whenever additional output is produced in the economy, the factors of production which participate in the process of production. The total income generated is equivalent to the total value of the output produced. Such income creates additional demand for the sale of the additional output. Thus there could be no deficiency in the aggregate demand in the economy for the total output. Here every thing is automatically adjusting without need of government intervention.

The classical economists believe that economy attains equilibrium in the long run at the level of full employment. Any disequilibrium between aggregate demand and aggregate supply equilibrium adjusted automatically. This changes in the general price level is known as price flexibility.

B) Money market equilibrium:
The goods market equili-brium leads to bring equilibrium of both money and labour markets. In goods market, it is assumed that total income spent the classical economists agree that part of the income may be saved. But the savings is gradually spent on capital goods. The expenditure on capital goods is called investment. It is assumed that equality between savings and investment is brought by the flexible rate of interest. This can be explained by the following diagram.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 5

In the diagram savings and investment are measured on the ‘X’ axis and rate of interest on Y axis. Savings and investments are equal at ‘Oi’ rate of interest. So money market equilibrium can be automatically brought through the rate of interest flexibility.

C) Labour market equilibrium:
According to the classical economists, unemployment may occur in the short run. This is not because the demand is not sufficient but due to increase in the wages forced by the trade unions. A.C. Pigou suggests that reduction in the wages will remove unemployment. This is called wage – cut policy. A reduction in the wage rate results ‘in the increase in employment.

According to the classical theory supply of and demand for labour are determined by real wage rate. Demand for labour is the inverse function of the real wage rate. The supply of labour is the direct function of real wage rate. At a particular point real wage rate the supply of and the demand for labour in the economy become equal and thus equili-brium attained in the labour market. Thus there is full employment of labQur. This can be explained with the help of diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 6

In the above diagram supply of and demand for labour is measured on the X – axis. The real wage ratg is measured on the Y axis. If the wage rate is OWp the supply of labour more than the demand for labour. Hence the wage rate falls. If the real wage rate is-OW2, the demand for labour is more than supply of labour. Hence the wage rate rises. At OW, real wage rate the supply and demand are equal. This is equilibrium.

Assumptions:
1. There is no interference Of government of the economy.
2. Perfect competition in commodity and labour market.
3. Full employment.

Section – B

Question 6.
Distinguish between Macro-economics and Macro-economics.
Answer:
Differences between Microeconomics and Macroeconomics

Microeconomics Macroeconomics
1. The word mikro derived from the Greek word “micros” means “small”. 1. The word makro derived from the Greek word “macros” means “large”.
2. Microeconomics is the study of individual units of the economy. 2. Macroeconomics is the study of eco-nomy as a whole.
3. It is known as ‘price theory’. 3. It is known as ‘income and employment theory’.
4. It explains price determination in both commodity and factor markets. 4. It deals with national income, total employment, aggregate savings and in¬vestment, general price level and economic development etc.
5. It is based on price mechanism which depends oh de¬mand and supply. 5. It is based on aggregate de-mand and aggregate supply
6. It is based on partial equilibrium analysis which explains the equilibrium of an individual unit. 6. It is based on general equi-librium analysis which ex-plains the simultaneous equilibrium in all the sectors of the economy.
7. It is a static analysis without time element. 7. It is a dynamic analysis with time element.

Question 7.
What is an indifference curve? What are its assumptions?
Answer:
Indifference curve : An indifference curve represents satisfaction of a consumer from two commodities. An IC curve can be defined as the locus of points each representing a different combination of two goods yielding the same level of satisfaction.
Assumptions:

  1. Rationality:
    It is assumed that the consumer tries to obtain maximum satisfaction from his expenditure.
  2. Scale of preference:
    Consumer is able to arrange the available combinations of goods according to scale of preference.
  3. Ordinal utility:
    It assumes ordinal utility approach. So utility is in measurable only ordinal terms i.e., 1st, 2nd, 3rd etc.
  4. Diminishing marginal rate of substitution:
    It is the rate at which a consumer is willing to substitute commodity to another. So that this satisfaction remains the same.
  5. Consistency:
    Consumer’s choices have to be consistent. It means if consumer prefers A to B and B to C his choice reflects his rationality.
  6. Completeness:
    The consumer’s scale of preferences is to complete that he is able to choose any one of the two
    combinations of commodities presented to him.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 8.
What are the factors that determine the demand?
Answer:
There are a number of factors that determine the demand for a good. The demand function shows the relationship between the demand and the factors that determine the demand for a good. The following are some of the important factors that determine demand :

1. Price of the Commodity:
The demand for a commodity is inversely related to its price. If the price of a commodity de¬creases its demand will increase and vice-versa. The demand for any good depends on its price being other things remaining constant. More quantity will be demanded at a lower price and vice-versa.

2. Prices of Substitutes and Complementaries:
Demand is also influenced by the changes in the prices of related goods i.e., either substitutes or complementaries. Prices of substi¬tutes influence the demand for a commodity up to a certain extent. For instance, an increase in the price of coffee leads to an increase in the demand for tea. In case of substitutes, there exists a positive relationship between the price and the quantity demanded. Automobiles and fuel are comple¬mentary goods. In case of complementaries there exists a negative relationship between the price and the quantity demanded. ‘

3. Income of the Consumer:
Income of the consumer is another important determinant. An increase in the income of a consumer leads to an increase in his purchasing power or quantity demanded. Being other things remaining constant, whenever the income of a consumer increases the demand for normal goods increases but the demand for inferior goods decreases.

4. Tastes and Preferences:
Demand for a commodity may change due to change in tastes, preferences and fashions. Tastes vary from person to person. Tastes do not remain the same forever. An increase in the use of trousers reduced the demand for dhotis due to change in fashions. Advertisements also influence the demand for a particular commodity.

5. Population:
Size of population of a country is another important determinant of demand. In other words, a change
in the size of population will affect the demand for certain goods. For instance, larger the population more will be the demand for certain goods like food grains, clothes, housing etc.

6. Technological Changes:
Due to technical progress, new discoveries enter the market. As a result, old goods are substituted by new goods. For instance, increase in the demand for cell phones’ reduced the demand for ‘land line’ phones.

7. Change in Weather:
Demand for a commodity may change due to a change in climatic conditions. For instance, during summer demand for cool drinks, cotton clothes and ACs increases. During winter demand for woolen clothes increases.

8. State of Business:
During the period of prosperity demand for commodities will expand and during depression demand will contract. Therefore, demand for goods depends on the state of business and economic activities.

9. Explain the relationship between Average cost and Marginal cost.
Answer:
Cost analysis refers to the study of behavior of production costs in relation to one or more production criteria, namely, size of output, scale of operations, prices of factors of pro¬duction and other relevant economic variables. In other words, cost analysis is concerned with financial aspects of production relations as against physical aspects considered in production analysis. A useful cost analysis needs a clear understanding of the various cost concepts which are dealt hereunder.

Relationship Between Average Cost and Marginal Cost :
Average cost (AC) is the sum of Average Variable Cost (AVC) and Average Fixed Cost (AFC). It is total cost divided by the number of units produced. In short, cost per unit is known as Average Cost (AC). AC = TC / Q = TFC / Q + TVC / Q = AFC + AVC. Marginal Cost (MC) is the addition made to the total cost by the production of additional units of output. It is the change in total cost associated with a change in output. We can therefore, write MC = Change in Total Cost / Change in Output = ∆TC / ∆Q or MCn = TCn – TCn-1

As per the nature of costs, both AC and MC curves gradually decrease, reach to minimum and gradually increase thereafter along with increase in level of output. It is to be noted that both AC and MC curves will have ‘U’ shape implying three phases i.e., decreasing, minimum (constant) and increasing. This is shown with the help of the following diagram.
TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 7

By the figure, output is measured on OX axis and costs on OY axis. It can be seen from this graph that in the beginning as output increases, both AC and MC decrease but the rate of decrease in MC is more than the decrease in AC. At point A, AC = MC and after this point both AC and MC increase but rate of increase in MC is greater than the rate of increase in AC.

Properties of AC and MC:

  1. Both AC and MC curves are U shaped.
  2. As output increases, both AC and MC decrease in the beginning.
  3. MC curve cuts AC curve from its minimum points, at which point AC = MC.
  4. Both AC and MC increase after certain level of output.

Question 10.
What is monopoly? What are its characteristics?
Answer:
Monopoly is totally a different market situtation compared with perfect competition. The word ‘mono’ means single, and ‘poly’ means seller. Monopoly is said to exist when one firm is the sole producer of a product Which has no close substitutes. In the words of Bilas, “Monopoly is represented by a market situation in which there is a single seller of a product for which there are no close substitutes, this single seller is unaffected by and does not affect the prices and outputs of other products sold in the economy”. Characteritics of Monopoly:

a) A single firm produces the good in the market.
b) No close substitutes to this good.
c) Strong barriers exist for the entry of new firms into the market.
d) Industry and firm is one and same.
e) Producer can control either price or quantity of the good. But he / she cannot determine both price and quantity of the good simultaneously.

Equilibrium and Price Determination under Monopoly:
Price, output and profits under monopoly are determined by the forces of demand and supply. The monopolist will have complete control over the supply of the product. He also possesses the pbwer to set the price to attain maximum profit.

However, he cannot do both the things simultaneously, Either he pan fix the price and leave the output to be determined by the consumer demand at this price or he can fix the output to be produced and leave the price to be determined by the consumer demand for his product.

Question 11.
Point out the assumptions and limitations of marginal productivity theory.
Answer:
Marginal Physical Product (MPP) is the additional output obtained by using an additional unit of the factor of production. If we multiply the additional output by market price we will get Marginal Value Product (MVP) or Marginal Revenue Product (MRP). MRP is the addition made to total ‘ revenue by employing one more unit of factor. The marginal revenue productivity of a factor increases initially with the increase in the units of the factor of production, then reaches to maximum and after that it diminishes and will tend to equal the price of the factor service (average factor cost = AFC). This tendency of diminishing marginal revenue productivity follows from the assumption law of variable proportion.

Assumptions of the Theory :
The theory is based on the following assumptions :

  1. There is perfect competition in the factor market and commodity market.
  2. All the units of a factor are homogeneous.
  3. The theory assumes full employment of the factors.
  4. There is perfect mobility of the factors of production.
  5. Substitution is possible between the factors.
  6. The entrepreneurs are motivated by the profits.
  7. Various units of the factors are divisible.
  8. The theory is applicable in the long run.
  9. It is based on the law of variable proportions.
  10. Marginal production of a factor can be measured.

Criticism:
The marginal productivity theory of distribution is based on unrealistic assump-tions. Hence, it has been criticized.

  1. There is no perfect competition in the factor market and commodity market.
  2. All the factor units are not homogeneous.
  3. Factors are not fully employed.
  4. Factors are not perfectly mobile.
  5. Substitution is not always possible between the factors.
  6. Profit motive is not the main motive.
  7. All factors are not divisible.
  8. This theory is not applicable in the short run.
  9. Production is not the result of one factor alone.
  10. The sum of factor payments is not equal to the value of product.

The marginal productivity theory is not an adequate explanation of the determination of the pricing of factors of production. Inspite of limitations of the theory, it explains the role of productivity in the determination of factor price.

Question 12.
Explain the differences between gross national product at market prices and gross national product at factor prices.
Answer:
National income is the value of all final goods and services produced in a company in a year.
Gross National Product (GNP) : Gross National Product is also known as the gross national product at market prices. Gross national product is the current market value of all final goods and services produced in a country during a year including net income from abroad.

The main components of GNP are:
a) The goods and services purchased by consumers (consumption – C)
b) Gross private domestic investment in capital goods (Investment -I)
c) Goods and services consumed by the government (Govt expenditure – G)
d) Net incomes earned through International trade (value of exports – value of imports, i.e., X – M).
GNP = C + I-G + (X – M).

GNP at Factor Cost:
Gross national product at factor cost is the sum of the money value produced by and accruing to the various factors of production in a year in a country. GNP at market prices includes wages, rent, interest, dividends, undistributed corporate profits, mixed incomes (profits of unincorporated business), direct taxes, indirect taxes, depreciation and net income from abroad. GNP at factor cost includes all items mentioned above in GNP at market prices less indirect taxes. GNP at market prices is always higher than GNP at factor cost. If there are any subsidies to the producers, then to get GNP at factor cost, subsidies are added to GNP at market prices. GNP at factor cost = GNP at market prices = indirect taxes + subsidies.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 13.
Explain the concept of effective demand.
Answer:
Effective demand means where aggregate demand equals the aggregate supply. When aggregate demand is equal to aggregate supply the economy is in equilibrium. This can be shown in the table.

Level of employment Aggregate supply price Aggregate demand price
10 500 600
11 550 625
12 600 650
13 650 675
14 700 700 AD = AS
15 750 725
16 800 750

In the table when the level of employment is 14 lakh workers, aggregate demand price is equal to aggregate supply price i.e., ₹ 700 crores. This can be shown in the following diagram.

In the above diagram aggregate demand price curve (AD) and the aggregate supply price curve (AS) interest each other at point E1. It shows the equilibrium point. The equilibrium has been attained at ON1 level of employment. It is assumed that ON1 in the above diagram does not indicate full employment as the economy is having idle factors of production. So it is considered as under-employment equilibrium.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 8.1

According to Keynes, to achieve full employment an upward shift of aggregate demand curve is required. This can be possible through government expenditure on goods and services supplied in the economy, whenever private entrepreneurs may not show interest to invest. With this the AD1 curve (C + I) shift as AD<sub>2</sub> (C + I + G) at new point of effective demand E2, where the economy reaches full employment level i.e., ONF.

Question 14.
Write a note on Finance Commission and its functions.
Answer:
The Finance Commission of India came into existence in 1951. It was established under Article 280 of the Indian Constitution by the President of India. It was formed to define the financial relations between the centre and the state. As per the Constitution, the commission is appointed for every five years and consists of a chairman, secretary and four other members. The first finance commission submitted its report in 1952.

The finance commission advises the President, what percentage of the income tax should be retained by the centre, and what principles should be adopted to distribute the divisible pool of the income tax among the states. Since the institution of the first finance commission, stark changes have occurred in the Indian economy causing changes in the macro economic scenario. This has led to major changes in the finance commission’s recommendations over the years. Till date, fourteen finance commissions have submitted their reports.

Functions of Finance Commission :
The functions of the finance commission can be explicitly stated as :
1) Distribution of net proceeds of taxes between centre and the states, to be divided as per their respective contribu – tions to the taxes.

2) Determine factors governing grants-in aid to the states and the magnitude of the same.

3) To make recommendations to President as to the measures needed to augment the consolidated fund of a state to supplement the resources of the panchayats and municipalities in the state on the basis of the recommendations made by the finance commission.

Question 15.
Explain the primary and secondary functions of money.
Answer:
Money has many important functions to perform. These functions may be classified as :

  1. Primary functions,
  2. Secondary functions,
  3. Contingent functions, and
  4. Static and dynamic functions.

1. Primary Functions of Money: The primary functions of money are really as the technical and important functions of money. They are two types :

i) Medium of Exchange:
Money serves as a medium of exchange. It removes the inconveniences of the barter system in which exchange of goods was possible if only there was double coincidence of wants. But money facilitates exchange of commodities without double coincidence wants. Any commodity can be exchanged for money. People can exchange goods and services through the medium of money.

ii) Measure of value:
Money serves as a measure of the value of goods and services. As common measure of value it has removed the difficulty of the barter system and has made transactions simple and easy. The value of each commodity is expressed in the units of money. We call it as price. In view of this function of money, the values of different commodities can be compared and the ratios between the prices of different commodities can be determined easily.

2. Secondary Functions of Money:
Money has two
secondary functions which are stated hereunder:

i) Store of value:
The value of commodities and services can be stored in the form of money. Certain commodities are perishable. If they are exchanged for money before they perish, their value be preserved in the form of money. Otherwise they perish and their value is lost forever. Even in the case of durable commodities, their value may diminish over a period of time. But their value can be stored, without any decline, in the form of money by exchanging them for money.

ii) Standard of Deferred Payments:
Money serves as a standard of deferred payments. In modem economies, most of the business transactions take place on the basis of credit. An individual consumer or a business man may now purchase a commodity and pay for it, in future as this function makes it possible to express future payments in terms of money. Similarly one can borrow certain amount of money now and repay it in future.

iii) Transfer of money:
Money can be transferred from one person to another at any time at any place.

Question 16.
State any three major (general) functions of a central bank.
Answer:
Central bank is the apex institution of the banking system of a country. It controls, regulates, and activities of the country’s banking system. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is our central bank. It was established on 1st, April 1935 with a share capital of ₹ 5 crore. It was originally owned by private shareholders but was nationalized by the Government of India in 1949. It performs all important functions of the central bank under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Reserve Bank of India performs the following functions :

General Functions :
1) Note issue:
Reserve Bank of India has the monopoly of note issue in the country. It maintains gold and foreign exchange reserves of a minimum ₹ 200 crores of which gold should be worth ₹ 115 crores. There is a separate issue department to issue currency notes. At present Reserve Bank of India issues currency notes of the denomination ₹ 1,000, ₹ 500, ₹ 100, ₹ 50, ₹ 20, ₹ 10, ₹ 5. One rupee note and coins are issued by the Finance Ministry of the Government of India but circulated by the Reserve Bank of India.

2) Banker to Government:
Reserve Bank of India acts as the banker, agent and adviser to the Government of India. It acts as an agent of the Government of India and all the state governments except the Government of Jammu and Kashmir. It receives money and makes payments on behalf of the government and keep the cash balances as deposits without any interest. It assists the government in floating new loans and the management of public debt. It gives temporary advances to the Government in all financial matters.

3) Banker’s Bank:
Reserve Bank serves as a banker not only to the government but also to the banks. According to Banking Regulation Act, 1934 all the scheduled banks are bound by the law to maintain with the Reserve Bank of India a part of their total deposit amount as cash balances. This ratio is called the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR).

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 17.
What are the characteristics of a good average?
Answer:
Characteristics of goods average :

  1. It should be based on all the observations.
  2. It should be rigidly defined. It should be clearly defined. There should be no confusion about the meaning or description of an average.
  3. It should be capable of future algebaic treatment.
  4. It should not be unduly affected by extreme values. No item of the series should affect the average too much. If very large items unduly affect the average, then the average cannot represent the entire group.
  5. It should be easy to calculate and simple to understand.
  6. It should not be affected by variations of sampling.

Section – C

Question 18.
What is wealth?
Answer:
Wealth means stock of assets held by an individual or institution that has the potential for yielding income in some form. Wealth includes money, shares of companies, land etc. Wealth has three properties.
1. Utility
2. Scarcity
3. Transferability.

Question 19.
What is Normative Economics?
Answer:
Normative economics may be defined as a body of. systematised knowledge relating to the object of “what ought to be’ and concerned with the ideal as distinguished from the actual. Historical school of Germany has introduced this in Economics.

Question 20.
Explain Marginal rate of substitution.
Answer:
The additional amount of one product required to compensate a consumer for a small decrease in the quantity of another, per unit of the decrease. This can be explained with the help of table.

Combination Good X Good Y MRS Of X and Y
1 1 15
2 2 11 1 : 4
3 3 8 1 : 3
4 4 6 1 : 2
5 5 5 1 : 1

By the table, the consumer is ready to sacrifice 4 units of Y to get 1 more unit of X. The MRSxfory diminishes.

Question 21.
What is Price line/budget line?
Answer:
It shows all possible combinations of two goods that a con-sumer can buy, with the given income and prices of the two goods.

Question 22.
Explain Giffen’s paradox (or) Giffen Goods.
Answer:
It means necessary goods. Sir Robert Giffen in mid 19th cen-tury observed that the low paid workers in England pur-chased more bread when its price increased by decreasing in the purchase of meat. The increase in demand for bread when price increased is. an exception to the law of demand, it is known as Giffen’s Paradox.

Question 23.
What is perfectly inelastic demand?
Answer:
Even a great rise or fall in price does not lead and change in quantity demanded is known as perfectly inelastic demand. The demand curve is vertical to V axis.

Question 24.
Explain the External Economies.
Answer:
External economies are those economies which accure to each member firm as a result of the expension of the industry as a whole as the name tells us, these economies are common in nature which benefit all the firms working in an exponding industry external economies are as follows.

Question 25.
Describe the Total fixed cost curve.
Answer:
The fixed costs of a firm are those costs that do not vary with the size of its output. It is due to this the value of fixed costs is always positive even if production activity does not take place or it is zero. The best way of defining fixed costs is to say that they are the costs which a firm has to bear even when it is temporarily shut down. Alfred Marshall called these costs as supplementary costs or over head costs. For examples cost of plant and equipment, rent on building, salaries to permanent employees are part of fixed costs.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 26.
What is Duopoly?
Answer:
When there are only two sellers of a product, there exist duopoly. Each seller under duopoly must consider the other, firms reactions to any changes that he makes in price or output. They make decisions either independently or together.

Question 27.
What are the Selling costs?
Answer:
An important feature of monopolistic market is every firm makes expenditure to sell more output. Advertisements through newspapers, journals, electronic media etc., these methods are used to attract more consumers by each firm.

Question 28.
What are real wages?
Answer:
Real wage is the purchasing power of money wages in terms of goods and services.

Question 29.
What is Net interest?
Answer:
Net interest is the reward for the service of the capital loan. Ex: Net interest paid on government bonds and government loAnswer:

Question 30.
What is Real Per Capita Income?
Answer:
Real National Income when divided by country’s popu-lation, percapita income is obtained.
Per capita Income = \(\frac{\mathrm{Real National Income}}{\mathrm{Total Population}}\)
The average standard of living of country is indicated by per capita income.

Question 31.
What are transfer payments? Give examples.
Answer:
The government may provide social security allowances like pensions, unemployment allowances, scholarships etc. These are incomes for some sections of the society even though no productive services are made by them. These are called transfer payments.

Question 32.
What are the components of a budget?
Answer:
Components of the Budget: The budget consists of both receipts (income) and expenditure of the government. The budget of the Government of India consists of two main components :
1) Budget Receipts : a) Revenue Receipts :
This consists of tax revenue and non – tax revenue and b) Capital Receipts : This consists of recoveries of loans, other receipts and borrowings and other liabilities.

2) Budget Expenditure :
In the Union budget of India, the budget expenditure is classified into plan expenditure and non – plan expenditure. But, Central Government through its Union Budget 2017 – 18 abondoned plan and non – plan expenditure and replaced these items with Revenue Expenditure and Capital Expenditure.
Persual of the budget at a glance gives a vivid pitcture of the structure of the budget and its components as followed by the government of India in actual practice.

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions

Question 33.
Write, in brief, about GST.
Answer:
GST: Goods and Services Tax (GST) is an Indirect Tax which has replaced many Indirect Taxes in India. The Goods and Service Tax Act was passed in the Parliament on 29th March 2017. the Act came into effect on 1st July 2017; GST is a comprehensive, multi-stage, destination-based tax that is levied on every value addition. In simple words, GST is an indirect tax levied on the supply of goods and services. Under this system four slabs are fixed for GST rates i.e., 5%, 12%, 18% and 28%.

Question 34.
What do you understand by store of value of money?
Answer:
By this functions money preserve the value of perishable commodities in the form of money if they are exchanged before they prism. It stores the value of durable commodities also.

Question 35.
Explain the Types of inflation.
Answer:
Inflation is divided into different bases on its pace or rate of inflation and the causes of
inflation. They are detailed below:

1) Based on the Rate of Inflation:
On the basis of the rate of inflation, it may be classified into four types.
a) Creeping inflation
b) Walking inflation
c) Running inflation
d) Galloping inflation.

2) Based on cause of inflation:
a) Demand pull inflation
b) Cost push inflation.

Question 36.
What are the advantages of diagrams?
Answer:
Diagrams are used with great effectiveness in the presen-tation of all types of data. The advantages of diagrams are as follows:
a) A properly constructed diagram appeals to eye and mind.
b) There is no need to have special mathematical knowledge.
c) Data presentation becomes easier.
d) It facilitates comparison.
e) It improves memory power.

Question 37.
What is the Geometric Mean of two numbers, 4 and 16?
Answer:
Geometric mean of two numbers : 4, 16

N X
1 4
2 16

TS Inter 1st Year Economics Model Paper Set 1 with Solutions - 9

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

Exploring a variety of TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Papers Set 9 is key to a well-rounded exam preparation strategy.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

Time : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

सूचनाएँ :

  1. सभी प्रश्न अनिवार्य हैं ।
  2. जिस क्रम में प्रश्न दिये गये हैं, उसी क्रम से उत्तर लिखना है ।

खंड – ‘क’
(60 अंक)

1. निम्न लिखित किसी एक दोहे का भावार्थ लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

कबीर गर्व न कीजिये, काल गहे कर केस ।
ना जानौ कित मारि है, क्या घर क्या परदेश ।।
उत्तर:
भावार्थ : कबीरदास इस दोहे में “जीवन की अनिश्चितता” के बारे में बता रहे है । अपनी शक्ति और संपत्ति देखकर घमंडी मत बनिए । इस शरीर से आत्मा कब निकल जाती है किसी को पता नही । मृत्यु किस रूप मे आती है हमें पता नही । किसी भी क्षण हमें अपने साथ ले जाती है । बाल (या) अपना हाथ पकडकर अपने साथ काल ले जाता है । तब इस दुनिया में तुम्हारा घर (ठिकाना) नही होता । मृत्यु कही भी हो (या) किधर भी हो, चाहे घर में हो या परदेश में भी तुमको आने साथ ले जाती है ।

(अथवा)

साई ज्ञानी साई गुनी जन सोई दाता ध्यानी ।
तुलसी जाके चित्र भई, राग द्वेष की हानि ॥
उत्तर:
भावार्थ : तुलसीदास इस दोहे में ‘ईर्ष्या का त्याग करने के लिए कहते हैं । तुलसीदास कहते है कि जिसके मन में अनुराग होती है वहीं गुणवान, ज्ञानी और ध्यानी होता है । अगर मन में ईर्ष्या होती तो वह कभी गुणवान नही होता । मन में ईर्ष्या को अंत करके दुनिया को देखने से सब कुछ हमें समझ में आता हैं । तभी हम ज्ञानवान बनते हैं ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

2. किसी एक कविता का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) समता का संवाद
उत्तर:
समता का संवाद कविता श्री मैथिलिशरण गुप्त के द्वारा लिखी गयी है । इसमें भारत के सभी धर्मो, संस्कृतियों, आचार-विचारों को समान रूप से दिखाकर देश में एकता स्थापित किया गया है | हमारा देश भारत माता का मंदिर है। हम सब उनके संतान है । सबलोग मिलकर सुख दुखों को बाँट देंगे और सब में शत्रुता छोडकर प्रेम की भावना को फैलाएँगे । भारत माता के लिए जपगान करेंगे और उनके प्रति हमारा कर्तव्य निभाएँगे। इससे हमसब का कल्याण होगा और हम सब की इच्छाएँ पूरी जाएँगी ।

(2) दान – बल
उत्तर:
दान बल कविता रश्मिरथी नामक काव्य के चतुर्थि सर्ग से लिया गया है। उसके कवि श्री रामधारी सिंह दिनकर जो है । इसमें कवि दानकी महानता, उसकी सहजता और समय पर दान देने पर बल देते है | इसके लिए वे वृक्ष अपना फल त्यागने से ही स्वस्थ रहती है और उस फल की बीजों से नये पौधा उत्पन्न होते है । नदि पानी को देकर दूसरें को जीवन देती है और उसके पानी भाष्प बन्कर फिर बरसकर नदी मे ही मिल जाता है दान देना एक सहज प्रवृती है। समय पर देने से उसकी महानता रहती है। मरने के बाद देने से कोई फल नही मिलता । इसलिए दान – बल सबके लिए आवश्यक है ।

3. किसी एक पाठ का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) समय पर मिलने वाले
उत्तर:
लेखक परिचय : हिंदी गद्य साहित्य के व्यंग्यकारों में हरिशंकर परसाई अग्रगण्य थे । सामाजिक और राजनैतिक क्षेत्र में फैली विसंगतियों पर आप की दृष्टि सदैव रहती है। समसामयिक जीवन में समय पर मिलना सब के लिए महत्वपूर्ण होता है। परसाई जी के व्यंग्यपरक निबंध पाठकों को सचेत करते हैं और अपने जीवन व्यवहार को सुधारने की दिशा में प्रेरित करते हैं । व्यंग्य के अतिरिक्त इन्होंने साहित्य की अन्य विधाओं पर भी अपनी लेखना चलाई थी, परन्तु इनकी प्रसिद्ध व्यंग्यकार के रूप में ही हुई ।

सारांश : समय पर मिलने वाले हरिशंकर परसाई की गद्य – साहित्य से ली गयी व्यंग्यात्मक निबंध है ।

आदमी तीन तरह के होते हैं –

  1. समय पर घर न मिलने वाले
  2. समय पर किसी के घर न जाने वाले और
  3. समय पर घर पर मिलने वाले और किसी के घर जाते वाले ।

इसके बाद कुछ मुट्ठी – भर जीवधारी बचते हैं, कुछ लोग जो समय पर घर मिलते हैं और समय पर दूसरों के घर भी जाते हैं । सज्जनतावश हम उन्हें भी ‘आदमी’ कह देते हैं । वह असल में टाइमपीस हैं । ये घर में रहेंगे तो टाइमपीस देखते रहेंगे और बाहर रहेंगे तो हम घड़ी देखते रहेंगे। इन्हें हम बदरित कर लेते हैं, मगर इनकी चर्चा करता व्यर्थ है ।

मारा लेखका एक मित्र है, हमें चर्चा उनकी करनी है, जिन्होंने सुबह आठ बजे घर पर मिलने का वादा किया था, पर वे घर पर नहीं हैं । हम उनकी बैठक में इंतजार कर रहे हैं। हम तनाव कम करने के लिए उसके बडे सडके से पढाई के बारे में पूछ लेते हैं, खेल के बारे में बात कर लेते हैं । वह हमारे सवाल का छोटा सा जवाब देता है। हम अखबार पढने लगते हैं। समाचार पढ़कर विज्ञापन पढ़ने लगते हैं । बीच – बीच में पूछ लेते हैं, “कहाँ गए हैं ?”

वह जवाब देता है, “पता नहीं ।”
“कब तक आएँगे” ?
“पता नहीं ।”
“कुछ कह गए थे ?”
“कुछ नहीं ।”
हम फिर अखबार देखने लगते हैं । लड़का ऊब उठा है । वह चाहता है कि हम टलें । मगर हमें जरूरी काम है ।
पास ही दरवाजा है । भीतर औरतों की बातें सुनाई पड़ती है।
सबेरे से आकर बैठ गया है, तो उठने का नाम ही नहीं लेता । अरे, कह दिया कि घर पर नहीं हैं तो जाता क्यों नहीं है ?”
हमारा चेहरा लाल हो जाता है । कान की लोरियाँ जलने लगती हैं। मगर हमें जरूरी काम है ।
आखिर हम उठते हैं । लड़के से कहते हैं,
अच्छा अब हम जाते हैं । कह देना कि हम आए थे ।”
लडका बहुत कम खुश होकर नमस्ते करता है और हमें विदा देता है ।
दूसरे दिन आठ बजे हम फिर पहुँचते हैं। बड़ा लड़का फाटक पर आकर हमारे पूछने से पहले ही कह देता हैं, “घर में नहीं हैं ।
वह फाटक तक इसलिए भागता आया है कि हम वहीं से लौट जाएँ।
मगर हमें काम है और हम खुद फाटक खोल कर भीतर आ जाते हैं ।
हम बैठक में बैठ जाते हैं। बड़ा लड़का किताब पढ़ने लगा है। हम कल का अखबार पढ़ने लगते हैं । लड़का मुँह छिपाकर हँसता है ।
छोटे बच्चे दरवाजे पर आकर हमें देख जाते हैं ।
भीतर औरतों की बातचीत सुनाई देती है ।
“लो, वह फिर आकर बैठ गया ।”

“काम – काम कुछ हो तो देखें ।” ( सब हँसती हैं) छोटा लड़का सारे परिवार की भावना समझकर दरवाजे पर आकर कहता है । “ए. पापा बाहर गए हैं ।”
हम उठते हैं, कहते हैं, “पता नहीं वे कब आएँगे। अच्छा, हम चलते हैं ।”
सारा परिवार खिड़की और दरवाजे पर है और बड़ी दिलचस्पी से हमें जाते देख रहा है ।
इतनी तपस्या के बाद अगर वे कभी घर मिल गए तो लगता है भगवान को पा लिया । जो लोग समय तथ करके भी घर नहीं मिलते वे मुझे भगवान के एजेंट मालूम होते हैं ।
भगवान के दरवाजे पर तो कई जन्म इंतजार करना पड़ता है । अगर इधर कुछ अभ्यास हो गया, तो उधर आसानी पड़ेगी। दूसरी बात यह है कि इंतजार से प्रेम बढ़ता है ।
मेरे एक दोस्त हैं | उनसे मैं मिलने का समय तथ कर लेता घर नहीं जाता । यह निश्यित है कि वह घर नहीं होंगे ।
जब उनके मिलने की बिल्कुल संभावना नहीं है और वे मिल जाते हैं । वे किसी कमेटी के सदस्य हैं, जिसकी बैठक में उन्हें होना चाहिए । मगर उस वक्त ने घर मिल जाएँगे ।
जब मेरा उनसे नया परिचय या और कुछ औपचारिकता बाकी थी तब उन्होंने मुझे इसरे दिन “बजे खाने पर बुलाया । मैं ठीक ” बजे पहुँच गया 12 बज गए तो मैं ने उनके लड़के से पूछा,
“कहाँ गए हैं ?” उसने कहा, “कुछ पता नहीं हैं ?”
उसने कहा, “कुछ नहीं बता गए ।”
मैं बैठा रहा । जब । बज गया तब लड़के ने कहा, “आपको कुछ जरूरी काम होगा ?”
मैं उसे कैसे बताता कि क्या काम है । इतना मैं अलबन्ता समझ गया कि रस परिवार में मेरे भोजन का कोई सिलसिला नहीं है । मैं भोड़ी देर और बैठ कर उठ गया । शाम को मालूम हुआ कि, जब मैं उनके घर बैठा था, तब वे खुद दूसरों के घर भोजत कर रहे थे। मुझे मिले तो बहुत दुखी हुए । कहने लगे अरे बड़ी गलती हो गई । मैं भूल ही गया ।

कई सालों के उनके साथ के अनुभवों से सावधानी की दीवार मैं ने अपने आसपास खड़ी कर ली थी । जब वे मेरे घर आने की बात करते तब मैं बेखटके बाहर धूमता । मुझे विश्वास था, वे उस वाक्य नहीं आएँगे। शाम को 7 बजे आने को उन्होंने कहा है तो सुबह 8 बजे तक भी आ सकते हैं। वे घर से इधर आने के लिए ही निकलेंगे, पर रास्ते में जो मिल जाएगा उसी के हो जाएँगे, वहाँ खाना लेंगे और तब उन्हे याद आएगा कि किसी से मिलने का वक्त तथ किया था |

हमारे एक मित्र का तबादला हो गया । जो मेरा पहला मित्रता उसने इस मित्र को भी भोजन पर बुलाया । मुझे भी आने के लिए कहा । दूसरे दिन शाम को उनके घर पहुँचे । वे घर नहीं थे । हम दोनों अब सचेत हो गये । मित्र ने कहा कि तुझे उसके बारे में मालूम हैं ना ? मुझसे क्यों नहीं बताया । मैं उस मित्र के लडके से पूछा आप का पापा कहाँ हैं । लडके ने बोला मुझे मालूम नहीं है । तबादले हु मित्र चले गये । पहला मित्र ने इस विषय के बारे में भूल गया ।

ऐसे लोगों की निंदा भी होती है कि वह समय का कोई खमाल नहीं रखते और अपना तथा दूसरे का वक्त खराब करते हैं । मेरा मत दूसरा है, ऐसे लोग ज्ञानी हैं । वे जानते हैं कि काम अनंत हैं और आत्मा अमर है। जो काम इस जन्म में पूरे नहीं हुए, उन्हें अगले जन्म में पूरे कर लेंगे था उसके बाद वाले में । इस बार आत्मा ने मनुष्य का चोला लिया है । अगली बार वह मेंढ़क का चोला भी ले सकती है । तब मेंढ़क के रूप में हम काम पूरे कर लेंगे ।

विशेषताए :

  1. समय का उचित उपयोग करना समय को बचाना ह ।
  2. समय की बर्बादी से वह और भी छोटा हो जाता है ।
  3. समय किसी की प्रतीक्षा नही करता ।

(2) गिल्लू
उत्तर:
लेखिका परिचय प्रस्तुत पाठ ‘गिल्लू’ की लेखिका श्रीमति महादेवी वर्मा हैं। आप हिन्दी साहित्य के आधुनिक काल में छायावाद युग की प्रसिद्ध कवइत्री एवं ख्यातिप्राप्त गद्य – लेखिका हैं। आपको ‘आधुनिक मीराबाई’ कहा जाता है। ‘नीहार’, ‘नीरजा’, ‘रश्मी’, ‘सन्ध्यागीत’ आदि आपके काव्य हैं । ‘स्मृति की ‘रखाएँ’, ‘अतीत के चलचित्र’, ‘शृंखला की कडियाँ’ आदि आपकी प्रख्यात गद्य रचनाएँ हैं। आपको ‘यामा’ काव्य परभारतीय ज्ञानपीठ का पुरस्कार प्राप्त हुआ ।
प्रस्तुत पाठ में आप एक ‘गिलहरी’ छोटे जीव केबारे में चित्रण करती है।

सारांश : सोनजुही में आज एक पीली कली लगी है, इसे देखकर अनायास ही उस छोटे जीव का स्मरण हो आया, जो इस लता की सघन हरीतिमा में छिपकर बैठता था और फिर मेरे निकट पहुंचते ही कंधे पर कूदकर मुझे चौंका देता था, तब मुझे कली की खोज रहती थी, पर आज उस लघुप्राण की खोज है, परंतु वह तो अब तक इस सोनजुही की जड़ में मिट्टी होकर मिल गया होगा कौन जाने स्वर्णिम कली के बहाने वही मुझे चौंकाने ऊपर आ गया हो ।

अचानक एक दिन सबेरे कमरे से बरामदे में आकर मैने देखा, दो कौवे एक गमले के चोरों ओर चोचों से छुआ – छुऔवल जैसा खेल रहे हैं । गमले और दीवार की संधि में छिपे एक छोटे – से जीव पर मेरी दृष्टि रफक गई, निकट जाकर देखा, गिलहरी का छोटा बच्चा है जो संभवतः घोंसले से गिर पड़ा है और अब कौवे जिसमें सुलभ आहार खोज रहे हैं ।

काकद्वय की चोचों के दो घाव उस लघुप्राण के लिए बहुत थे, अतः वह निश्चेष्ट – सा गमले से चिपटा पड़ा था, सबने कहा, कौए की चोंच का घाव लगने के बाद यह बच नही सकता, अतः इसे ऐसे ही रहने दिया जावे । परंतु मन नही माना – उसे हौंले से उठाकर अपने कमरे में लाई, रूई की पतली बत्री दूध से भिगोकर जैसे – तैसें उसके नन्हे मुँह में लगाइ पर मुँह खुल न सका और दूध – की बूँदें दोनों ओर ढुलक गई ।

कई घंटे के उपचार के उपरांत उसके मुह में एक बूंद पानी टपकाया जा सका। तीसरे दिन वह इतना अच्छा और आश्वस्त हो गया कि मेरी उंगली अपने दो पंजों से पकड़कर, नीले कांच के मोतियों जैसी आँखों से इधर उधर देखने लगा। तीन चार मास में उसके स्निग्ध रोए, झब्बेदार पूँछ और चंचल चमकीली आंखे सबको विस्मित करने लगीं, हमने उसकी जातिवाचक संज्ञा को व्यक्तिवाचक का रूप दे दिया और इस प्रकार हम उसे ‘गिल्लू’ कहकर बुलाने लगे । मैंने फूल रखने की एक हलकी डलिया में रुई बिछाकर उसे तार से खिडकी पर लटका दिया । वही दो वर्ष गिल्लू का घर रहा । वह स्वयं हिलाकर अपने घर में झूलता और अपनी कांच के मनकों – सी आँखों से कमरे के भीतर और खिड़की से बाहर न जाने क्या देखता समझता रहता था।

परंतु उसकी समझदारी और कार्यकलाप पर सबको आश्चर्य होता था। गिल्लू को एक लंबे लिफाफे में रखकर मै अपना काम करती हूँ । भूख लगने पर चिक चिक करके मानो वह मुझे सूचना देता और काजू या बिस्कुट मिल जाने पर उस स्थिति में लिफाफे से बाहर वाले पंजों से पकड़कर उसे कुतरता रहता । फिर गिल्लू के जीवन का प्रथम बसंत आया । बाहर की गिलहरियाँ खिड़की की जाली के पास आकर चिक चिक करके न जाने क्या कहने लगी । गिल्लू को जाली के पास बैठकर अपनेपन से बाहर झांकते देखकर मुझे लगा कि इसे मुक्त करना आवश्यक है । मेरे कमरे से बाहर जाने पर गिल्लू भी खिड़की की खुली जाली की राह बाहर चला जाता और दिन भर गिलहरियों से खेलता रहता हैं। मैंने कीलें निकालकर जाली का एक कोना खोल दिया और इस मार्ग से गिल्लू ने बाहर जाने पर सचमुच ही मुक्ति की सांस ली। मेरे पास बहुत से पशु पक्षी हैं और उनका मुझसे लगाव भी कम नहीं है, परंतु उनमें से किसी को मेरे साथ मेरी थाली में खाने की हिम्मत हुई है, ऐसा मुझे स्मरण नही आता, गिल्लू इनमें अपवाद था । वह मेरी थाली में से एक एक चावल उठाकर बडी सफाई से खाता रहता ।

उसी बीच मुझे (लेखिका) मोटर दुर्घटना में आहत होकर कुछ दिन अस्पताल में रहना पड़ा, उन दिनों दरवाज़ा खोला जाता तब दूसरों को देखकर अपने घर में जा बैठता । सब उसे काजू दे आते, परंतु अस्पताल से लौटकर जब मैं ने उसके झूले की सफाई की तो उसमें काजू भरे मिले, जिनसे ज्ञात होता था कि वह उन दिनों अपना प्रिय खाहा कितना कम खाता रहा । मेरी अस्वस्थता में वह तकिए पर सिरहाने बैठकर अपने नन्हे – नन्हे पंजों से मेरे सिर और बालों को इतने हौले – हौले सहलाता रहता कि उसका हटना एक परिचारिका के हटने के समान लगता । गर्मियों में वह मेरे पास रखी सुराही पर लेट जाता । गिलहरियों के जीवन की अवधि दो वर्ष से अधिक नही होती, अतः गिल्लू की जीवन यात्रा का अंत आ ही गया । एक रात झूले से उतरकर मेरे बिस्तर पर आया और ठंडे पंजों से मेरी वही उंगली पकड़कर हाथ से चिपक गया, जिसे उसने अपने बचपन की मरणासन्न स्थिति में पकड़ा था । पंजे इतने ठंडे हो रहे थे कि मैं ने जागकर हीटर जलाया और उसे उष्णता देने का प्रयत्न किया । परंतु प्रभाव की प्रथम किरण के स्पर्श के साथ ही वह किसी और जीवन में जगाने के लिए सो गया। सोनजुही की लता के नीचे गिल्लू की समाधि दी गई है – इसलिए भी कि उसे वह लता सबसे अधिक प्रिय थी ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. सोन जूही में लगी पीली कली को देखकर लेखिका के मन में छोटे से जीव गिलहरी की याद आ गई, जिसे वह गिल्लू कहती थी ।
  2. लेखिका की अस्वस्थता में गिल्लू उनके सिराहने बैठ जाता और नन्हे पंजों से उनके बालों को सहलाता रहता । इस प्रकार वह सच्चे अर्थों मे परिचारिका की भूमिका निभा रहा था ।
  3. कुछ लोग छोटे प्राणियों को भी अपने बच्चों की तरह पालता हैं ।
  4. ‘गिल्लू’ एक ऐसा पाठ है जिसे पढने से मन में आकर्षित भाव पैदा होता है ।
  5. गिल्लू और लेखिका के बीच की रिश्ता बडी प्रशंसनीय है और सराहनीय है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

4. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर तीन या चार वाक्यों में लिखिए । 2 × 4 = 8

1) रवींद्र नौकरी क्यों नहीं करना चाहता था ?
उत्तर:
रवींद्र के गाँव में एक कारखाने शुरू हो गया । यह कारखाना कार बनाने का है । गाँव के गरीब परिवारों को मजदूरी मिल गई। नौजवान कारखाने में भरती हो रहे थे। रवींद्र के माता पिता भी रवींद्र को नौकरी में भरती होने केलिए कहते थे। लेकिन रवींद्र कारखाने में नौकरी करना नही चाहता था क्यों कि नौकरी करेगा तो क्लर्क हो जाता । अगर. आई. ए. एस पढेगा तो कलक्टर बनेगा । तब वह जिले का मालिक बनेगा । नौकरी करने से उसका सपना कभी पूरा नही होगा । इसलिए रवींद्र नौकरी करने से इनकार करता है।

2) खडगसिंह का चरित्र चित्रण किजिए ?
उत्तर:
खड्गसिंह उस इलाके का प्रसिद्ध डाकू था । लोग उसका नाम सुनकर काँपते थे । होते-होते सुल्तान की कीर्ति उसके कानों तक भी पहुँची । वह एक दिन बाबा भारती के पास आया । उसने घोड़ा देखा, तो उसपर उसे बड़ा मोह हो गया । किसी न किसी सुल्तान को हड़पने की ठान ली । जाते-जाते उसने कहा- बाबाजी इस घोड़े को आपके पास रहने नही दूँगा ।

खड्गसिंह अपाहिज वेष धारण करके बाबा को धोखा दिया । घोड़े को अपना साथ ले गया । बाबा की करुण वचनों से अपना मन परिवर्तित होता है । अंत में उसने सुल्तान (घोड़े ) को बाबा तक पहुँचाता है | डाकू को भी हृदय होता है । डाकू भी सामान्य मानव जैसा सोचता है । इस प्रकार की आलोचना हमें खड्गसिंह चरित्र द्वारा मालूम होता है ।

3) प्रदूषण को रोकने के कुछ उपाय लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
पृथ्वी ग्रह पर रहने वाले हर एक नागरिक केलिए ‘गो ग्रीन’ प्रेरणादायक वाक्य होना चाहिए । पर्यावरण पहले से ही बहुत प्रभावित हुआ है और हो चुके नुकसान की भरपाई करने का यह उपयुक्त समय हैं । जल संरक्षण, प्राकृतिक तरीके से सड़नशील पदार्थों का उपयोग, ऊर्जा की बचत करनेवाले उत्पादों को चुनना जैसे कुछ उपाय हैं जो हमारे पर्यावरण प्रदूषण को कम करनें में योगदान करने केलिए अपनाए जाने चाहिए ।

4) छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की अनुमति नहीं थी ? क्यों ?
सुरक्षा
उत्तर:
छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की इज़ाजत इसलिए नहीं थी, क्यों कि वह थोटा था । और यंत्रों की के बारे में नहीं जानता था । आम व्यक्ति को सुरंग में जाने की मनाही थी । कुछ चुनिंदा लोगों को यह प्रशिक्षण दिया गया था। इस कारण छोटू को सुरंग में जाने की अनुमति नहीं थी ।

5. निम्नलिखित दो पद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) यह मेरी गोदी शोभा, सुख सुहाग की है लाली शाही शान भिखारन की है, मनोकामना मतवाली । दीप शिखा है अंधकार की, बनी घटा की उजियाली । उषा है यह कमल – भृंग की है पतझड की हरियाली |
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘बालिका का परिचय’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है। इसकी कवइत्री सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान जी है। इसमे नारी चेतना का स्वर स्पष्ट होती है ।

कवइत्री कहती है कि बालिका मेरी गोद की शोभा है और सौभाग्य प्रदान करनेवाली है । वह मेरी मनोकामना का प्रतिफल है। माँ जितनी सम्पन्न होने पर भी बालिका के सामने भिखारिन ही है । वह अन्धकार में दीपशिखा की तरह, कालीघटा में प्रकाश की तरह है । वह पतझड की हरियाली में, कमल भौरों में उषा की पहली किरण जैसी है । अपनी बालिका हो जीवन का सूर्योदय है। उनकी भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

2) दान जगत का प्रकृत धर्म है, मनुज व्यर्थ डरता है, एक रोज तो हमें स्वयं सब कुछ देना पड़ता है । बचत वही, समय पर जो सर्वस्व दान करते हैं, ऋतु का ज्ञान नही जिनको ने देकर भी मरते हैं ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘दान – बल’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । यह कविता रश्मिरथी नामक काव्य से लिया गया है इसके कवि रामधारी सिंह दिनकर जी है । कवि का कहना है कि दान देना एक सहज स्वभाव है । इसको देने में व्यक्ति व्यर्थ रूप से डरता है । हम सब को एक दिन सब त्याग करके चले जाना है। लेकिन जो समय पर दान देता है वही महान होता है । जो मरते समय छोडकर जाता है, उसकी कोई महानता नही रहती ।

3) प्रथम रश्मि का आना रंगिण !
तूने कैसे पहचाना ?
कहाँ, कहाँ, हे बाल विहंगिनिं !
पाया तूने वह गाना ?
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘प्रथम रश्मि’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । सुमित्रानंदन पंत इसके कवि है । सूर्योदय को सुन्दर वर्णन कवि इसमे कर रहे है । कवि इसमे बाल विहंगिनि से पूछ रहा है । अभी तुमने नंद से जाग लिया । तुम्हे प्रातः काल के किरणों की पहचान कैसे हुई ? यह जानकर तुम इतना सुन्दर केसे गा रही हो । प्रकृति की सहज सुन्दरता इसमे वर्णित है । भाषा सरल खडीबोली है।

4) सब तीर्थो का एक तीर्थ यह, हृदय पवित्र बना लें हम ।
आओ यहाँ अजातरात्रु बन, सबको मित्र बना लें हम ।
रेखाएँ प्रस्तुत हैं, अपने, मन के चित्र बना लें हम ।
सौ-सौ आदर्शों को लेकर, एक चरित्र बना लें हम ॥
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘समता का संवाद’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । इसके कवि मैथिलीशरण गुप्त जी है । सब को आदर्शमय जीवन बिताने का सन्देश कवि देते हैं ।

कवि का कहना है कि हमारे देश में अनेक तीर्थ स्थल है । उनके समान हमारे हृदय को भी पवित्र बनाएंगे । हम अजातशत्रु बनकर सबसे मित्रता करेंगे । हमारे मनोभावों को एक निश्चित रूप देंगे और उनसे हमारे चरित्र आदर्श बनाएंगे। कवि की भाषा सरल खडीबोली है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

6. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो गद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए : 2 × 3 = 6

(1) यदि कोई कुछ कष्ट या असुविधा उठाकर हमारे लिए कोई काम करता है तो हमें उसके प्रति अपनी कृतज्ञता अवश्य प्रकट करनी चाहिए ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘शिष्टाचार’ नामक पाठ से लिया गया है । यह पाठ एक सामाजिक निबंध है । इसके लेखक रामाज्ञा द्विवेदी ‘समीर’ जी हैं। वे ‘समीर’ उपनाम से साहित्यिक रचनाएँ करते थे । हिंदी के शब्द भंडार को समृद्ध करने की दृष्टि से उन्होंने ‘अवधी’ शब्दकोश का निर्माण किया था । इसके अतिरिक्त उन्होंने कई कुटकल रचनाएँ भी की हैं।

व्याख्या : कुछ लोग खुद मुसीबतों में रहने पर भी, हम को सहायता करने आते हैं । उन लोगों के प्रति हम अपनी कृतज्ञता अवश्य प्रकट करनी चाहिए । कृतज्ञता कैसा प्रकट करना है यह बात हमारी मन में आता है । इसका सबसे सरल तरीका है उसे धन्यवाद देना । ‘धन्यवाद’ शब्द बोलते समय ऐसा लगना चाहिए कि हम उसे हृदय से धन्यवाद दे रहे हैं, केवल ऊपर-ऊपर से नहीं । जिस आदमी कष्ट में हमारी सहायता किया है उसको याद रखकर कभी उस आदमी को काम आने पर हमें भी उसकी सहायता करनी चाहिए ।

विशेषताएँ : प्रस्तुत निबंध ‘शिष्टाचार’ एक उपदेशात्मक निबंध है । धन्यवाद तभी बताना चाहिए कि जब किसी मे आपके लिए कछ किया हो । जो किसी बात आपको मालुम नहीं, उसी बात को आप को समझाएँ तो धन्यवाद बताकर कृतज्ञता प्रकट करनी चाहिए । शिष्टाचार का सबसे महान गुण
जो आज हम बच्चों को जरूर समझाना चाहिए कि राष्ट्रगान का आदर करना चाहिए |

(2) हमारी उम्र तो करोड़ों साल है क्योंकि आत्मा कभी मरती नहीं । समय पर मिलने वाले ज.

संदर्भ : ये वाक्य ‘समय पर मिलने वाले’ नामक पाठ से दिये गये हैं । इस पाठ के लेखक ‘हरिशंकर परसाई जी हैं। आप हिंदी गद्य – साहित्य के व्यंग्यकारों में अग्रगण्य हैं । सामाजिक और राजनैतिक क्षेत्र में फैली विसंगतियों पर अपना लेख लिखता हैं । परसाई जी के व्यंग्यपरक निबंध पाठकों को सचेत करते हैं । प्रस्तुत पाठ एक व्यंग्य रचना है जिसमें एक व्यक्ति दूसरे व्यक्तियों के समय कैसा बरबाद करते है, इसका व्यंग्यपूर्ण चित्रण मिलता है ।

व्याख्या : एक दिन लेखक के मित्र लेखक से सुबह आठ बजे अपना घर पर मिलने का वादा किया था ; पर मित्र घर पर नही हैं । लेखक मित्र केलिए उस का घर में इंतजार कर रहे हैं | मित्र के पुत्र लेखक के पास बैठकर पुस्तक पढ रहा है । बहुत देर तक रहने पर भी मित्र नही आता है । घर के अंदर से स्त्रियाँ लेखक के बारे में भला-बुरा कहता है । लेखक सभी बातें सुनकर लज्जित हो जाता है । अखिर उठ कर मित्र के पुत्र से कहते है, अच्छा मै अब जा रहा तुम्हारे पिताजी आने के बाद कहदेना कि आपसे मिलने आपका दोस्त आया था ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. सामान्य आदमी समय को काटने के बारे में सोचता है, जबकि महान व्यक्ति सोचते हैं इसके उपयोग के बारे में ।
  2. दुनिया में जितनी भी चीजे हैं, उन सभी में समय समाया हुआ है ।

(3) ईश्वर सब द्वार एक शाथ बंद नहीं करता । यदि एक द्वार बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा द्वार खोल भी देता है ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘अपराजिता’ नामक कहानी से दिया गया है। इसकी लेखिका ‘गौरा पंत शिवानी’ जी है। भारत सरकार ने सन् 1982 में उन्हे हिंदी साहित्य में उत्कृष्ट सेवा के लिए पद्मश्री पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया । शिवानी जी की अधिकतर कहानियाँ और उपन्यास नारी प्रधान रहे | प्रस्तुत कहानी ‘अपराजिता’ में लेखिका ‘डाँ. चंद्रा’ नामक एक अपंग युवती की जीवन संबंधी विषयों के बारे में हमें बतायी ।

व्याख्या : डॉ. चंद्रा अपनी दुस्थिति पर कभी असंतुष्ट नही होती। भगवान को भी कभी निंदा नही करती थी । चंद्रा की माँ अपने सारे सुख त्यागकरके बेटी की उन्नती चाही। चंद्रा की माँ एक बार भाषण में इस प्रकार कहती है कि – “भगवान हमारे सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नही करता । यदि भगवान एक रास्ता बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा रास्ता हमें दिखायेगा’ । भगवान अंतर्यामी है ।

मानव अपनी विपत्ति के कठिन क्षणें में विधाता को दोषी कहते हैं । उसका निंदा भी करते हैं । कृपा करके ऐसा कभी नही सोचिए। हमारे जीवन में कितने मुश्किलों आने पर भी धैर्य से उसके सामना करना होगा ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. भगवान हमेशा दीन लोगों की सहायता करता है ।
  2. तुम एक रास्ते पर मंजिल तक जाना चाहते हो, अचानक उस रास्ता बन्द हो तो, जरूर दूसरा रास्ता खोज देंगे ।
  3. भगवान अपंग लोगों को एक अंग से वंचित करने पर भी दूसरे अंगों की क्षमता इस प्रकार देगा कि सामान्य से अधिक होगा ।

(4) तेलंगणा यदि शरीर है तो बतूकम्मा उसकी आत्मां । बतुकम्मा के बिना तेलंगाणा राज्य की कल्पना करना असंभव है ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘बतुकम्मा’ नामक पाठ से दिया गया है । यह पाठ एक निबंध है | त्यौहार समय समय पर आकर हमारे जीवन में नई चेतना, नई स्फूर्ति, उमंग तथा सामूहिक चेतना जगाकर हमारे जीवन को सही दिशा में प्रवृत्त करते हैं । ये किसी राष्ट्र एंव जाति-वर्ग की सामूहिक चेतना को उजागर करने वाले जीवित तत्व के रूप में प्रकट हुआ करते है ।

व्याख्या : भारत में लगभग हर राज्य के अपने – अपने राज्य पर्व हैं । उसी तरह ‘बतुकम्मा’ तेलंगाणा राज्य का राज्य पर्व है । बतुकम्मा त्यौहार विश्व का एकमात्र ऐसा त्योहार है जिसमें एक मंच पर 9,292 स्त्रियों ने भाग लेकर अपनी श्रद्धा और भक्ति का अनूठा प्रस्तुत किया है | 8 अक्तूबर, 2016 को तेलंगाणा राज्य का नाम गिनीज बुक ऑफ वर्ल्ड रेकॉर्ड में सुनहरे अक्षरों से लिखा गया । बतुकम्मा त्यौहार स्त्री शक्ति को पहचानने उनका आदर करने और समाज में उचित स्थान देने पर बल देता है । ‘बतुकम्मा’ त्योहार के द्वारा ‘तेलंगाणा’ विश्व मे प्रसिद्ध हवा है । इसलिए लोग कहते है कि तेलंगाणा यदि शरीर है तो बतुकम्मा उसकी आत्मा । “आत्मा के बिना मनुष्य जीवित नही रह पाते । इसी तरह बतुकम्मा के बिना ‘तेलंगाणा’ राज्य की कल्पना करना असंभव है ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. त्यौहार मनुष्य के जीवन में उल्लास लाता है ।
  2. बतुकम्मा त्यौहार भारतीय समाज में स्त्रियों के गौरवशाली वैभव का गुणगान करता है ।
  3. गरीब – अमीर जैसे भेद भाव के बिना बतुकम्मा त्यौहार मनाते हैं ।

7. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) तुलसी के अनुसार विपत्ति के साथी कौन है ?
उत्तर:
“तुलसी जी के अनुसार विपत्ति के समय आपको ये सात गुण बचायेंगे :
आपका ज्ञान या शिक्षा, आप की विनम्रता, आपकी बुद्धि, आपके भीतर का साहस, आपके अच्छे कर्म, सच बोलने की आदत और ईश्वर में विश्वास” ।

2) सुमित्रानंदन पंत का कवि परिचय लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
सुमित्रानंदन पंत जी का जन्म सन् 1900 ई. मे अल्मोडा जिले के कौसानी नामक गाँव में हुआ था । वे कोमलता के कवि कह जाते है । आप शांत स्वभाव के थे । उन्होंने असहयोग आंदोलानों मे भाग लिया । उनपर आध्यात्मिक ग्रन्थों का भी प्रभाव था । उनकी रचनाओं मे प्रकृति सौन्दर्य, आदर्शवादी विचार धारा और अरविंद दर्शन का क्रमशः प्रभाव दिखाई देता है । सन् 1977 में उनकी मृत्यु हो गई । वीणा, ग्रंथि, पल्लाव, युगंत उनकी प्रसिद्ध रचनाएँ है । ‘चिदंबरा’ काव्य के लिए उन्हे ज्ञानपीठ पुरस्कार मिला। वे प्रकृति सौन्दर्य के अद्वितीय कवि माने जाते है । प्रस्तुत ‘प्रथम रश्मि’ कविता में प्रातः काल के प्रकृति सौन्दर्य का सुंदर वर्णन उन्होंने किया ।

3) माँ के लिए बेटी किसके समान है ?
उत्तर:
माँ के लिए बेटी गोद की शोभ है और सौभाग्य प्रदान करती है । वह अपने अंधकारमय जीवन के लिए दीपशिखा की तरह है। माँ जीवन मन उषा की पहली किरण है। नीरस मन में अमृत की धारा और रस भरने वाली है – वह बालिका नष्ट नयनों की ज्योति है और तपस्वी को मन की सच्चीलगन है । एक माँ के लिए उसकी अपनी संतान है सबकुछ होती है । माँ और बेटी में भेद न करने की भावना समाज को उन्नति के शिखर पर पहुँचा सकती है ।

4) गुप्त जी के अनुसार भारत देश की विशेषता क्या है ?
उत्तर:
गुप्त जी के अनुसार भारत देश अनेक धमों, सस्कृतियों, आचार – विचारों का संगम स्थान है । यहाँ सब लोग मिलकर समता का संवाद करते है । सबलोग मिलजुलकर भारत माता की आराधना करते है और प्रेम भावना के साथ अपने – अपने चरित्र का निर्माण करते है । हम सब उन्ही के सलान है । इसलिए हम सब को साथ रहकर सुख दुखों को बांटना चाहिए और देश के लिए अपना कर्तव्य निभाना चाहिए। तभी हम सब का कल्याण होगा और भारत माता की कृपा से सब की इच्छाएँ पूरी हो जाएँगी ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

8. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) हरिशंकर परसाई के अनुसार आदमी कितने तरह के होते है ?
उत्तर:
हरिशंकर परसाई के अनुसार आदमी तीन तरह होते हैं ।

  1. समय पर घर न मिलने वाले ।
  2. समय पर किसी के घर न जाने वाले और ।
  3. न समय पर घर पर मिलते वाले और न किसी के घर जाने वाले कुछ लोग समय पर घर मिलते है और समय पर दूसरों के घर भी जाते हैं । सज्जनतावश हम उन्हें भी ‘आदमी’ कह देते हैं । वह असल में टाइमपीस हैं । ये घर में रहेंगे तो टाइमपीस देखते रहेंगे और बाहर रहेंगे तो हाथ घड़ी देखते रहेंगे ।

2) ‘अधिकार का रक्षक’ नामक एकांकी के मुख्य पात्र सेठजी के बारे में संक्षिप्त में लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
अधिकार का रक्षक नामक एकांकी के मुख्य पात्र सेठजी है । सेठ जी प्रांतीय असेंबली के उम्मीदवार हैं | सेठजी जो कुछ भी कहते हैं वह कभी नहीं करते । लोगों से कहते हुए बात अपना जीवन में आचरण नही करते हैं। बच्चों के संबन्ध में कहते है कि बच्चो को प्रेम से देखना चाहिए लेकिन अपने बच्चे को ही दंड देता है। प्रेम से बच्चों के साथ व्यवहार करने की सलाह देता है । खुद अपने बच्चों को मारते हैं। मजदूरों और गरीबों की सहायता करने की बात करते हैं । फिर भी अपना घर में काम करने वाली रसोइया और साफ करने वाली दो महिलाओं को पैसे देने के बिना धकेलता है। खुद सेठजी नौकरों पर हुए अत्याचार के विरुद्ध नौकर यूनियन स्थापित की है ।” असेंबली में जाते ही मजदूरों की अवस्था सुधारने का प्रयास करूँगा” – इस तरह वायदे करते हैं। सेठजी श्रीमती सेठजी से बुरी तरह व्यवहार करते हैं। जब सरला जी फोन करती है तो महिलाओं के पक्ष लड़ने के लिए वादा करते हैं ।

चुनाव में जीतने के लिए और शासक को अपने हाथों में लेने के लिए सेठजी जैसे लोग अनेक प्रकार के व्यूह रचते हैं। नेताओं में बहुत से लोग योग्य नहीं हैं । इसीलिए जनता सोच समझकर अपनी कीमती वोट सही नेता को देना चाहिए ।

3) चंद्रा की माँ को ‘वीर जननी’ का पुरस्कार क्यों दिया गया ?
उत्तर:
चंद्रा की माँ श्रीमती टी. सुब्रह्मण्यम थी। वह एक साहसी जननी है। चंद्रा की माध्यमिक और काँलेज शिक्षा में बेटी के साथ रहकर पूरी कक्षाओं में अपंग पुत्री की कुर्सी की परिक्रमा स्वयं कराती । बचपन में चंद्रा को देखकर अपनी आत्मशक्ति खो नही बेठी। अपने आप को संभाल कर चंद्रा को भी संभाली। हर एक पल बोटी की कामना पूरी करने की कोशिश किया। चंद्रा की माँ अपने सारे सुख त्यागकर, नित्य छायाबनी । आज चंद्रा जो कुछ नाम प्राप्त किया सबकी वजह उसकी माँ ही है । इसलिए जे. सी. बेंगलूर उसकी माँ को ‘वीर जननी का पुरस्कार दिया । सचमुच चंद्रा की माँ एक वीर जननी है ।

4) बतुकम्मा का अर्थ क्या है और जह त्यौहार कितने दिनों तक मनाजा जाता है ?
उत्तर:
बतुकम्मा तेलुगु भाषा के दो शब्दों से बना है- ‘बतुकु’ और ‘अम्मा’, यहाँ ‘बतुकु’ का अर्थ ‘जीवन’ और ‘अम्मा’ का अर्थ ‘माँ’ है । इस तरह बतुकम्मा का अर्थ है – ‘जीवनप्रदायिनी माता’ । यह त्यौहार तेलंगाणा राज्य की वैभवशाली संस्कृति का प्रतीक है । बतुकम्मा त्यौहार दशहरे की नवरात्रियों में मनाया जाता है। यह कुल नौ दिनों का त्यौहार है। इसका आरंभ भाद्रपद अमावस्या यानी महालया अमावस्या या पितृ अमावस्या से होता है और सद्दुला बतुकम्मा या पेद्दा बतुकम्मा तक चलता है । विशेष रूप से इसे स्त्रियाँ मनाती हैं । इसे मनाने की विशेष विधि है । नौ दिनों तक मनाये जाने वाले इस त्यौहार का हर दिन एक विशेष नैवेद्य रुपी नाम से जाना जाता है ।

9. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) तुलसी ने काया की तुलना किससे की है ?
उत्तर:
खेत से की है ।

2) दान-बल कविता के कवि कौन है ।
उत्तर:
श्रीरामधारी सिंह दिनकर ।

3) प्रथम रश्मि कविता में कैन स्वगत गीत गा रहे है ?
उत्तर:
पेड़ पर रहनेवाला कोयल

4) किसका दिल बेटी को समझ सकते है ?
उत्तर:
माता का दिल

5) मैथिली शरण गुप्त का प्रमुख महाकाव्य कैन सा है ?
उत्तर:
साकेत है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

10. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) शिष्टाचार का दूसरा विशेष गुण क्या है ?
उत्तर:
दूसरों की निजी बातों में दखल न देना ।

2) परसाई जी के अनुसार इंतजार से क्या बढ़ता है ?
उत्तर:
इंतजार से प्रेम बढ़ता है ।

3) सेठजी के रसोइये का नाम क्या है ?
उत्तर:
भगवती ।

4) लेखिका लिखते समय गिल्लू को कहाँ बंद करके रखता था ?
उत्तर:
लिफाफे में ।

5) बतुकम्मा का विसर्जन कहाँ करते हैं ?
उत्तर:
तालाबों, जल, स्त्रोतो में ।

खड – ‘ख’
(60 अंक)

11. निम्नलिखित गद्यांश पढ़ित । प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

यह नितांत एक मूर्खता है कि हम प्रगति के नाम पर अपने वनों को नष्ट कर रहे हैं और अपने पारिस्थितिक संतुलन को बिगाड़ रहे हैं । व्यापक स्तर की दूरगामी योजनाओं के अभाव में शहरीकरण ने अनेक शहरी तथा उपशहरी क्षेत्रों को व्यावसायिक जंगलों में बदल दिया है। जमीन के इस गलग उपयोग का एक गंभीर परिणाम है विभिन्न प्रकार के जीवों की समाप्ति । शहरों की वृद्धि कृषि के प्रसार, बाँधों के निर्माण तथा वनों के विनाश से जंगली जीवों के आवास नष्ट हुए है । जीवों की बहुत सी प्रजातियों और उपप्रजातियों के विलुप्त होने का खतरा उत्पन्न हो गया है ।

प्रश्न :
1) वनों को काटना कैसा काम है ?
उत्तर:
वनों को काटना मूर्खता वाला काम है ।

2) यहाँ किस संतुलन के बारे में चर्चा हो रही है ?
उत्तर:
यहाँ पारिस्थितिक संतुलन के बारे में चर्चा हो रही है ।

3) किसके गलत उपयोग से गंभीर परिणाम होते हैं ?
उत्तर:
जमीनों के गलत उपयोग से गंभीर परिणाम होते हैं ।

4) किनके आवास नष्ट हुए हैं ?
उत्तर:
जंगली जीवों के आवास नष्ट हुए हैं ।

5) इस अनुच्छेद के लेखक का नाम क्या है ?
उत्तर:
इस अनुच्छेद के लेखक का नाम एन मणिवासकम है ।

12. सूचना के अनुसार लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(12.1) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए ।
(1) उपस्थित
(2) जल
(3) कीर्ति
(4) उल्लास
(5) आकाश
(6) अति
उत्तर:
(1) उपस्थित × अनुपस्थित
(2) जल × थल
(3) कीर्ति × अपकीर्ति
(4) उल्लास × विषाद
(5) आकाश × पाताल
(6) अति × अल्प

(12.2 ) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के समानार्थी शब्द लिखिए ।
(1) पृथ्वी
(2) पेड़
(3) आग
(4) सूर्य
(5) पक्षी
(6) मनुष्य
उत्तर:
(1) पृथ्वी = भूमि, धरा, धरती, थरणी, वसुधा, धरित्री
(2) पेड़ = वृक्ष, तरु, झाड़, विपट
(3) आग = अग्नि, अनल, पावक, हुताशन, जातदेव, वैश्वनार
(4) सूर्य = दिनकर, भास्कर, रवि, प्रभाकर, आदित्य, मित्र
(5) पक्षी = खग, विहंग, पखेरु, विहग, परिंदा, अंडज
(6) मनुष्य = मानव, नर, इंसान, आदमी

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

13. किन्हीं आठ (8) शब्दों की शुद्ध वर्तनी लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(1) आँक
(2) पुस्तक
(3) उत्तीण
(4) ग्यान
(5) इमलि
(6) बारत
(7) उदहरण
(8) प्रान
(9) स्मरन
(10) गोर
(11) दीजीए
(12) वस्तू
उत्तर:
(1) आँक – आँख
(2) पुस्तक – पुस्तक
(3) उत्तीण – उत्तीर्ण
(4) ग्यान – ज्ञान
(5) इमलि – इमली
(6) बारत – भारत
(7) उदहरण – उदाहरण
(8) प्रान – प्राण
(9) स्मरन – स्मरण
(10) गोर – घोर
(11) दीजीए – दीजिए
(12) वस्तू – वस्तु

14. कारक चिह्नों की सहायता से रिक्तस्थानों की पूर्ति कीजिए । 8 × 1 = 8

1) जेब ………………… (में / से) कमल है ।
2) दादा जी चारणई ……………….. (पर / की) बैठे है ।
3) आओ गेंद ……………. (से / के) खेले ।
4) मुकुल ……………… (की / के) पिताजी डाक्टर हैं ।
5) अशोक और अनिल …………….. (के / में) दोस्दी लगी हुई है ।
6) राम ने दलबल सहित लंका ………………. (पर / से) चढ़ाई की।
7) नौकर ………………. (ने / की) काम किया ।
8) घर ……………….. (को / का) अनाज चाहिए |
उत्तर:
1) जेब मे कमल है |
2) दादा जी चारपाई पर बैठे है ।
3) आओ गेंद से खेले ।
4) मुकुल के पिताजी डाक्टर हैं ।
5) अशोक और अनिल में दोस्दी लगी हुई है ।
6) राम ने दलबल सहित लंका पर चढ़ाई की ।
7) नौकर ने काम किया ।
8) घर को अनाज चाहिए ।

15. निर्देश के अनुसार छः (6) वाक्यों को शुद्ध कीजिए । 6 × 1 = 6

1) मै चाय पीते हैं । ( वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए 1)
उत्तर:
मै चाय पीता हूँ ।

2) नानी घर आयी है । (रेखांकित शब्द का लिंग बदलकर लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
नाना घर आया है ।

3) दर्जी कपडे सीता है । (रेखांकित शब्द का वचन बदलकर लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
दर्जी कपड़ा सीता है ।

4) देवी गीत गायेगी । (वर्तमान काल में लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
देवी गीत गा रही है ।

5) विनती खेलना का पसंद करती है । (रेखांकित शब्द का उपसर्ग की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
नापसंद ।

6) किरण पाँचसा कक्षा में पढ रहा है । (रेखांकित शब्द का प्रत्यय की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
पाँचवाँ ।

7) सीता नियोग में राम दुखी था । (रेखांकित शब्द का उपसर्ग की दृष्टि से सही वाक्य लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
वियोग

8) वह शिक्षा दिया । (वाक्या शुद्ध कीजिए ।)
उत्तर:
उसने शिक्षा दिया ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 9 with Solutions

16. किन्हीं पाँच (5) वाक्यों का हिंदी में अनुवाद कीजिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) Please come here.
उत्तर:
आप यहाँ आइए ।

2) You should get up early in the morning.
उत्तर:
तुमको सबेरे जल्दी उठना चाहिए ।

3) I have got my haircut.
उत्तर:
मैं ने अपने बाल कटवाये हैं ।

4) Boys went to school.
उत्तर:
लडके स्कूल गये।

5) I do not play foot ball.
उत्तर:
मैं फुटबाल नही खेलता हूँ ।

6) Does he eat ?
उत्तर:
क्या वह खाता है ?

7) I had been to patna yesterday.
उत्तर:
मैं कल पटना गया था ।

8) Do the boys know when their examination will be held.
उत्तर:
क्या लड़कों को मालुम है कि उनकी परीक्षा कब होगी ?

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

Exploring a variety of TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Papers Set 8 is key to a well-rounded exam preparation strategy.

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

Time : 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

सूचनाएँ :

  1. सभी प्रश्न अनिवार्य हैं ।
  2. जिस क्रम में प्रश्न दिये गये हैं, उसी क्रम से उत्तर लिखना अनिवार्य है ।

खंड – ‘क’
(60 अंक)

1. निम्न लिखित किसी एक दोहे का भावार्थ लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

सतगुरु की महिमा अनंत, अनंत किया उपकार ।
लोचन अनंत उघारिया, अनंत दिखावनहार ॥
उत्तर:
भावार्थ : कबीरदास इस दोहे में “सतगुरु की महिमा” के बारे में बताया। सतगुरु की महिमा अनन्त है और अनेक उपकार भी अनन्त हैं। उन्होंने मेरी अनन्त दृष्टि खोल दी जिससे मुझे उस अनन्त प्रभु का दर्शन प्राप्त हो गया । सतगुरु ही भगवान के बारे में हमें बताते हैं । भगवान तक पहुँचने के मार्ग वही हमें दिखाता हैं ।

(अथवा)

सम कंचन काँचौ गिनत सत्रु मित्र सम होई |
तुलसी या संसार में कहत संतजन सीइ ॥
उत्तर:
भावार्थ : इस दोहे में तुलसीदास हमें “सत्पुरुष की महानता ” के बारे में बता रहे हैं। इस संसार में महान लोग सोना और काँच को एक ही तरह मानते है । याने सोना मुल्यवान और काँच साधारण मुल्यवाली धातु हैं। लेकिन दोनों भगवान की दिया हुइ चीज है। दोनों धातुओं को समान द्वष्टि से देखना चाहिए । उसी तरह इस दुनिया में शत्रु और मित्र दोनों सत्पुरुषों की द्वष्टि में समान है । सत्पुरुषों की द्वष्टि में सब लोग समान है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

2. किसी एक कविता का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) ‘बालिका का परिचय’ कविता का सारांश पांच – छेः वाक्यों मे लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
‘बालिका का परिचय कविता श्रीमती सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान जी से लिखी गयी है । संपूर्ण कविता मे कवइत्री का हृदय बोलता है। एक माँ के लिए उसकी अपनी संतान हो सब कुछ होती है । इस कविता की विषयवस्तु एक और उसकी पुत्री पर आधारित है माँ के लिए वह बालिका ही गोद की शोभा होती है और अपना सौभाग्य । उसी की चेष्टओं में कवइत्री अपना बचपन की स्मृतियों को देख रही है । उसी को अपना मंदिर, मसजिद, काबा, काशी, समझाती है। कृष्ण की बाल लीलाओं को और कौसल्या की ममता को अपनी और बेटी के बीच मे देख रही है ईसा की क्षमाशीलता, नबी महम्मद का विश्वास, गौतम की अहिंसा सभी बेटी मे देख रही है। कवइत्री यही माती है कि जिसके पास सच्ची माँ जी ममता होती है, उस एक बालिका का परिचय मिल जाता है ।

(2) ‘प्रथम रश्मि’ कविता का सरांश पाँच – छः वाक्यों में लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
प्रथम रश्मि कविता सुमित्रानंदन पंत्र जी से लिखी गयी है। प्रकृति की सहज सुन्दरता इसमें वर्जित है । प्रातः काल के समय मे सूर्योदय के किरणों को छूकर बाल विहंगिनी गीत गाते हैं । उनको कैसे मालूम कि सूर्योदय हो गया है । चन्द्र किरण के चूमने से नव कोमल पत्ते मुस्कुराना अर्थात रहे है। रात के तारे मन्द पड गए है । अन्धकार समाप्त होकर सूर्योदय हो रहा है। इसके स्वागत मे कोयल गीत गा रही है । कवि यह प्रश्न कर रहा है कि हे अंतर्योमिनी तुम्हे किसने बताया कि सूर्योदय हुआ है । कवि का हृदय प्रकृति के सहज सुन्दरता का स्पर्श कर रहा है ।

3. किसी एक पाठ का सारांश लिखिए । 1 × 6 = 6

(1) ‘अपराजिता ‘ कहानी का सारांश पाँच छः वाक्यों में लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
लेखिका परिचय : गौरा पंत हिन्दी की प्रसिद्ध उपन्यासकार हैं। वे ‘शिवानी’ उपनाम से लिखा करती थी । शिवानी ने पश्चिम बंगाल के शांति निकेतन से बि.ए. किया । साहित्य और संगीत के प्रति एक गहरा रूझान ‘शिवानी’ को अपने माता और पिता से ही मिला । भारत सरकार ने सन् 1982 में उन्हें हिंदी साहित्य में उत्कृष्ट सेवा के लिए पद्मश्री पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया । उनकी अधिकतर कहानियाँ और उपन्यास नारी प्रधान रहे । इसमें उन्होंने नायिका के सौंदर्य और उसके चरित्र का वर्णन बड़े रोचक ढंग से किया ।

सारांश : ‘अपराजिता’ नामक कहानी में लेखिका हमें ‘चंद्रा’ नामक एक युवती की जीवन के बारे में बतायी । ‘चंद्रा’ एक अपंग स्त्री है, जिन्होंने 1976 में माइक्रोबायोलाजी में डाक्टरेट मिली हैं । अपंग स्त्री पुरुषों में इस विषय में डॉक्टरेट पानेवाली डाँ. चंद्रा प्रथम भारतीय है। डॉ. चंद्रा के बारे में अपनी माँ इस प्रकार बता रही है कि ” चंद्रा के बचपन में जब हमें सामान्य ज्वर के चौथे दिन पक्षाघात हुआ तो गरदन के नीचे सर्वांग अचल हो गया था । भयभीत होकर हमने इसे बडे – से बडे डाक्टर को दिखाया । सबने एक स्वर से कहा आप व्यर्थ पैसा बरबाद मत कीजिए आपकी पुत्री जीवन भर केवल गरदन ही हिला पायेगी । संसार की कोई भी शक्ति इसे रोगमुक्त नही कर सकती’ । चंद्रा के हाथों में न गति थी, न पैरों में फिर भी माँ-बाप होने के नाते हम दोनों आशा नही छोडी, एक आर्थीपेडिक सर्जन की बडी ख्याति सुनी थी, वही ले गये । वहा चंद्रा को एक वर्ष तक कष्टसाध्य उपचार चला और एक दिन स्वयं ही इसके ऊपरी धड़ में गति आ गयी । हाथ हिलने लगे, नन्हीं उँगलियाँ माँ को बुलने लगी । निर्जीव धड़ से ही चंद्रा को बैठना सिखाया | पाँच वर्ष की हुई, तो माँ ही इसका स्कूल बनी ।

चंद्रा मेधावी थी । बेंगलूर के प्रसिद्ध माउंट कारमेल में उसे प्रवेश मिली । स्कूल में पूरी कक्षाओं में अपंग पुत्री की कुर्सी की परिक्रमा उसकी माँ स्वयं करती | प्रत्येक परीक्षा में सर्वोच्च स्थान प्राप्त कर चंद्रा ने स्वर्ण पदक जीते। बि.एस. सी किया । प्राणि शास्त्र में एम.एस.सी में प्रथम स्थान प्राप्त किया और बेंगलूर के प्रख्यात इंस्टिटयूट ऑफ साइंस में अपने लिए स्पेशल सीट अर्जित की । केवल अपनी निष्ठा, धैर्य एवं साहस से पाँच वर्ष तक प्रोफेसर सेठना के निर्देशन में शोधकार्य किया । सब लोग चंद्रा जैसी हँख मुख लडकी को देख अचरज हो जाते । लेखिका चंद्रा को पहली बार अपनी कोठी का अहाते में जुड़ा एक कोठी में कार से उतरते देखा ।

तो आश्चर्य से देखती ही रह गयी । ड्राइवर हवील चेयर निकालकर सामने रख दी, कार से एक युवती ने अपने निर्जीव निचले धड़ को बडी दक्षता से नीचे उतरता, फिर बैसाखियों से ही हह्वील चेयर तक पहुँच उसमें बैठ गयी। बड़ी तटस्थता से उसे स्वयं चलाती कोठी के भीतर चल गयी थी । छीरे-धीरे लेखिका को उससे परिचय हवा । चंद्रा की कहानी सुना तो लेखिका दंग रह गयी । चंद्रा लेखिका को किसी देवांगना से कम नही लगी । चंद्रा विधाता को कभी निंदा नही करती । आजकल वह आई.आई.टी मद्रास में काम कर रही है । गर्ल गाइड में राष्ट्रपति का स्वर्ण काई पानेवाली वह प्रथम अपंग बालिका थी । यह नही भारतीय एंव प्राश्चात्य संगीत दोनों में उसकी समान रुचि है ।

डॉ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर के शब्दों में “मुझे यह कहने में रंच मात्र भी हिचकिटहट नही होती कि डाँ चंद्रा ने विज्ञान की प्रगति में महान योगदान दिया है । चिकितसा ने जो खोया है, वह विज्ञान ने पाया है | चंद्रा के पास एक अलबम था । चंद्रा के अलबम के अंतिम पृष्ठ में है उसकी जननी का बड़ा सा चित्र जिसमें वे जे सी बेंगलूर द्वारा प्रदत्त एक विशिष्ट पुरस्कार ग्रहण कर रही हैं “वीर जननी का पुरस्कार” । लेखिका के कानों में उस अद्भुत साहसी जननी शारदा सुब्रह्मण्यम के शब्द अभी भी जैसे गूँज रहे हैं – “ईश्वर सब द्वार एक साथ बंद नही करता । यदि एक द्वार बंद करता भी है, तो दूसरा द्वार खोल भी देता है” । इसलिए अपनी विपत्ति के कठिन क्षणों में विधाता को दोषी नही ठहराता ।

लेखिका चंद्रा जी के बारे में इस तरह कह रही है कि “जन्म के अठारहवे महीने में ही जिसकी गरदन से नीचे पूरा शरीर पोलियो ने निर्जीव कर दिया हो, इसने किस अद्भुत साहस से नियति को अंगूठा दिखा अपनी थीसिस पर डाक्टरेट ली होगी ? उसकी आज की इस पटुता के पीछे है एक सुदीर्घ कठिन अभ्यास की यातनाप्रद भूमिका” । स्वयं डॉ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर के शब्दों में “हमने आज तक दो व्यक्तियों द्वारा सम्मानित रूप में नोबेल पुरस्कार पाने के ही विषय में सुना था, किंतु आज हम शायद पहली बार इस पी. एच. डी के विषय में भी कह सकते हैं । देखा जाय तो यह डाक्टरेट भी संयुक्त रूप में मिलनी चाहिए डाँ. चंद्रा और उनकी अद्भुत साहसी जननी श्रीमति टी. सुब्रह्मण्यम को । लेखिका कहती है कि कभी सामान्य सी हड्डी टूटने पर था पैर में मोंच आ जाने पर ही प्राण ऐसे कंठगात हो जाते हैं जैसे विपत्ति का आकाश ही सिर पर टूट पड़ा है और इधर यह लड़की चंद्र को देखो पूरा निचला धड़ सुन्न है फिर भी कैसे चमत्कार दिखायी । सब लोग डॉ. चंद्र से बहुत सीखना है। कभी जीवन में निराश नही होना चाहिए । जितने भी कष्ट आने पर भी, सभी को हसते हुए झेलकर अपना मंजिल तक पहुँचना ही इस कहानी का उद्येश्य है ।

विशेषताएँ :

  • आधुनिक होने का दावा करनेवाला समाज अब तक अपंगों के प्रति अपनी बुनियादी सोच में कोई खास परिवर्तन नहीं ला पाया है ।
  • अधिकतर लोगों के मन में विकलांगों के प्रति तिरस्कार या दया भाव ही रहता है, यह दोनों भाव विकलांगों के स्वाभिमान पर चोट करते हैं ।
  • अपंगों को शिक्षा से जोड़ना बहुत जरूरी है।
  • अपंगों ने तमाम बाधाओं पर काबू पा कर अपनी क्षमताएं सिद्ध की है ।
  • प्रधानमंत्री नरेंद्र मोदी ने पिछले साल 27 अंदिसंबर को अपने रेडियो संबोधन ‘मन की बात’ में कहा था कि शारीरिक रूप से अशक्त लोगों के पास एक दिव्य क्षमता है और उनके लिए अपंग शब्द की जगह ‘दिव्यांग’ शब्द का इस्तेमाल किया जाना चाहिए ।
  • अपंत लोगों को केवल सहयोग चाहिए, सहानुभूति को भीख नहीं ।

(2) 1. प्रस्तावना (बतुकम्मा का अर्थ क्या है) : भारत त्यौहारों का देश है । यहाँ लगभग हर राज्य के अपने – अपने राज्य पर्व हैं । उसी तरह ‘बतुकम्मा’ तेलंगाणा राज्य का राज्य पर्व है | तेलंगाणा राज्य सरकार ने 24 जुलाई, 2014 के दिन सरकारी आदेश संख्या 2 के अनुसार इसे राज्य पर्व के रूप में गौरवान्वित किया है । हर वर्ष धूम-धाम, श्रद्धा और भक्ति के साथ मनाये जाने वाले त्योहार ही बतुकम्मा ।

बतुकम्मा तेलुगु भाषा के दो शब्दों से बना है- ‘बतुकु’ और ‘अम्मा’ । यहाँ ‘बतुकु’ का अर्थ ‘जीवन’ और ‘अम्मा’ का अर्थ ‘माँ है । इस तरह बतुकम्मा का अर्थ है – ‘जीवन प्रदायिनी माता’ । बतुकम्मा त्यौहार तेलंगाणा राज्य की वैभवशाली संस्कृति का प्रतीक है । बतुकम्मा त्यौहार दशहरे की नवरात्रियों में मनाया जाता है । यह कुल नौ दिन का त्यौहार है । इसका आरंभ भाद्रपद अमावस्या यानी महालया अमावस्या या पितृ अमावस्या से होता है ।

2. पौराणिक गायाएँ : वेमुलवाडा चालुक्य राजा, राष्ट्रकूट राजा के उप- सामंत थे, चोला राजा और राष्ट्रकूट के बीच हुए युद्ध में चालुक्य राजा ने राष्ट्रकूट का साथ दिया था । 973 AD में राष्ट्रकूट राजा के उपसामंत थैलापुदु द्वितीय ने आखिरी राजा कर्कुदु द्वितीय को हरादिया और अपना एक आजाद कल्याणी चालुक्य साम्राज्य खड़ा किया, अभी जो तेलंगाणा राज्य है, वो यही राज्य है ।

वेमुलवाड़ा के साम्राज्य के समय राजा राजेश्वर का मंदिर बहुत प्रसिद्ध था । तेलंगाणा के लोग इनकी बहुत पूजा आराधना करते थे । चोला के राजा परान्तका सुंदरा, राष्ट्रकूट राजा से युद्ध के समय घबरा गए थे । तब उन्हें किसी ने बोला कि राजाराजेश्वर उनकी मदद कर सकते थे, तो राजा चोला उनके भक्त बन गए । उन्होंने अपने बेटे का नाम भी राजराजा रखा । राजराजा चोला ने 985 – 1014 AD तक शासन किया । उनके बेटे राजेन्द चोला जो सेनापति थे, सत्यास्त्राया में हमला कर जीत हासिल की। अपनी जीत की निशानी के तौर पर उसने राजा राजेश्वरी मंदिर तुड़वा दिया और एकबड़ी शिवलिंग अपने पिता को उपहार के तौर पर दी ।

1006 AD में राजराजा चोला इस शिवलिंग के लिए एक बड़े मंदिर का निर्माण शुरु करते है, 1010 में बृहदीश्वर नाम से मंदिर की स्थापना होती है, वेमुलावाडा से शिवलिंग को तन्जावूरु में स्थापित कर दिया गया, जिससे तेलंगाणा के लोग बहुत दुखी हुए । तेलंगाणा छोड़ने के बाद बृहदम्मा (पार्वती) के दुःख को कम करने के लिए बतुकम्मा की शुरुवात हुई, जिस में फूलों से एक बड़े पर्वत की आकृति बनाई जाती है। इसके सबसे ऊपर हल्दी से गौरम्मा बनाकर उसे रखा जाता है। इस दौरान नाच, गाने होते है । बतुकम्मा का नाम बृहदम्मा से आया है। शिव के पार्वती को खुश करने के लिए थे त्यौहार 1000 साल से तेलंगाणा में बडी धूम धाम से मनाया जा रहा है ।

इसके अतिरिक्त एक पौराणिक कहानी भी है- कहा जाता है कि चोल नरेश धर्मागंद और उनकी पत्नी सत्यवती के सौ पुत्र थे । वे सभी पुत्र एक महायुद्ध में मारे गए। इस दुख से उबरने के लिए राजा धर्मांगद और रानी सत्यवती ने कई पूजा पाठ, यज्ञ आदि पूजन कार्य किए । फलस्वरुप उनके घर में साक्षात लक्ष्मीदेवी का जन्म हुआ । बचपन में घटी कई दुर्घटनाओं के बावजूद वह सुरक्षित बची रही। इसीलिए माता – पिता ने उसका नाम ‘बतुकम्मा’ रख दिया। सभी लोग उसकी पूजा करना आरंभ किया ।

3. बतुकम्मा पर्व का महत्व : बतुकम्मा पर्व के पीछे एक खास उद्देश्य है, वर्षा ऋतु में सभी जगह पानी आ जाता है, जैसे नदी, तालाब एंव कुँए भर जाते हैं, धरती भी गीली महिम सी हो जाती है और इसके बाद फूलों के रुप में पर्यावरण में बहार आती है । इसी कारण प्रकृति का धन्यवाद देने के लिए तरह- तरह के फूलों के साथ इस त्यौहार को मनाया जाता है, इसमें फोक रीजनल साँग अर्थात क्षेत्री गीत गाये जाते है । इन दिनों पूरे देश में ही उत्साह के पर्व मनाये जाते हैं, इन सबका उद्देश्य प्रकृति का अभिवादन करना ही होता है ।

4. बतुकम्मा पर्व कैसे मनाता और कैसे आचरण करता है : इस त्यौहार को मनाने के लिए नव विवाहित अपने मायके आती है। ऐसा कहा जाता हैं उनके जीवन में परिवर्तन के लिए यह प्रथा शुरु की गई,
a) पर्व के शुरुवाती पाँच दिनों में महिलाएँ अपने घर का आँगन स्वच्छ करती है, गोबर से आंगन को लिपा जाता है ।
b) सुबह जल्दी उठकर उस आँगन में सुंदर-सुंदर रंगौली डालती है ।
c) कई जगह पर एपन से चौक बनाया जाता है जिसमें सुंदर कलाकृति बनाई जाती है, चावल के आटे से रंगोली का बहुत महत्व है ।
d) इस उत्सव में घर के पुरुष बाहर से नाना प्रकार के फूल एकत्र करते हैं जिसमें तंगेडु, गुम्मडि पुव्वु, बंती, मंदारम, गोरिंटा, पोकाबंती, कट्लपाडु, गुंलागरगरा, चामंती, तामरा, गन्नेरु, गुलाबी, वज्रदंती, गड्डी पुव्वु आदि फूलों को एकत्र किया जाता हैं ।
e) फूलों के आने के बाद उनको सजाया जाता हैं । तरह-तरह की लेयर बनाई जाती हैं, जिसमें फूलों की पत्तियों को सजाया जाता है। इसे तांबालम (Thambalam) के नाम से जाना जाता है ।
f) बतुकम्मा बनना एक लोक कला है। महिलाएँ बतुकम्मा बनाने की शुरुवात दो पहर से करती है ।

आचरण (Celebration ) :
a) नौ दिन इस त्यौहार में शाम के समय महिलाएँ, लड़कियाँ एकत्र होकर इस त्यौहार को मनाती हैं | इस समय ढोल बजाये जाते हैं ।
b) सब अपने – अपने बतुकम्मा को लेकर आती है ।
c) महिलाएँ पारंपरिक साड़ी और गहने पहनती है । लडकियाँ लहंगा चोली पहनती है ।
d) सभी महिलाएँ बतुकम्मा के चारों ओर गोला बनाकर क्षेत्रीय बोली में गाने गाती हैं, यह गीत एक सुर में गाये जाते हैं, इस प्रकार यह त्यौहार नौ दिनों तक मनाया जाता हैं। महिलाएँ अपने परिवार की सुख, समृद्धि, खुशहाली के लिए प्रार्थना करती है ।
e) हर एक दिन का अपना एक नाम है, जो नैवेद्यम (प्रसाद) के अनुसार रखा गया है ।
f) बहुत से नैवैद्यम बनाना बहुत आसान होता है, शुरु के आठ दिन छोटी बड़ी लडकियाँ इसे बनाने मदद करती है ।
g) आखिरी दिन को सहुला बतुकम्मा कहते है, सभी महिलाएँ मिलकर नैवैद्यम बनाती है । इस अंतिम दिन बतुकम्मा को पानी में विसर्जित कर दिया जाता है ।

5. आनंद का पर्व : बतुकम्मा महीने भर समाज आनन्द मग्न रहता है । नौ दिनों तक चलने वाले इस त्यौहार में स्त्रियों के करताल से सारा वातावरण गूंज उठता है । नीरस भी सरस बन जाता है। चारों तरफ हरियाली, पानी की भरपूर मात्रा, घर आँगन में खुशियों का वातावरण बनाये रखे | जीवन में महीने भर मानों आनन्द ही आनन्द बना रहता है ।

6. उपसंहार : भारत के सारे पर्वदिन आनन्द के ही त्योहार है । बतुकम्मा अधिक आनंदप्रद त्योहार है । रंक से लेकर रईस तक इसे मनाते हैं । बतुकम्मा त्योहार भारतीय समाज में स्त्रियों के गौरवशाली वैभव का गुणगान करता है । इस त्योहार से हमें यह पता चलता है, कि स्त्रियाँ न केवल ममता, प्रेम, समर्पण, त्याग की प्रतीक है, बल्कि समय आने पर समाज के हितों के लिए अपना सर्वस्व थौछावर करने के लिए तत्पर रहती है । यह त्योहार उस रूढिवादिता का विरोध करता है । जहाँ पुरुष को प्रधान माना जाता है । यह त्योहार स्त्री शक्ति को पहचानने, उनका आदर करने और समाज में उचिन स्थान देने पर बल देना है ।

“तेलंगाणा यदि शरीर है तो बतुकम्मा उसकी आत्मा । बतुकम्मा के बिना तेलंगाणा राज्य की कल्पना करना असंभव है” ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

4. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर तीन या चार वाक्यों में लिखिए । 2 × 4 = 8

1) वनों को नष्ट करने से होने वाले दुष्परिणामों के बारे में लिकिए ?
उत्तर:
वनों की कटाई से मिट्टी, पानी और वायु क्षरण होता है जिसके परिणामस्वरुप हर साल 16,400 करोड़ से अधिक वृक्षों की कमी देखी जाती है। वनों की कटाई भूमि की उत्पादकता पर विपरीत प्रभाव डालती है क्यों कि वृक्ष पहाडियों की सतह को बनाए रखने में एक महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाते है तथा तेजी से बढती बारिश के पानी में प्राकृतिक बाधाएँ पैदा करते हैं। नतीजतन नदियों का जल स्तर अचानक बढ़ जाता है जिससे बाढ़ आती है। मिट्टी की उपजाऊ शक्ति की हानि होती है। वायु प्रदूषण होती है। प्रजातियां विलुप्त हो जाती है। ग्लोबल वार्मिगं हो जाता है। औषधीय वनस्पति प्राप्त करना दुर्लभ हो जाता है । ओजोन परत को नुकसान हो रहा है । जल संसाधन की कमी होती है ।

2) खड्गसिंह का चरित्र चित्रण कीजिए ?
उत्तर:
खड्गसिंह उस इलाके का प्रसिद्ध डाकू था । लोग उसका नाम सुनकर काँपते थे । होते-होते सुल्तान की कीर्ति उसके कानों तक भी पहुँची । वह एक दिन बाबा भारती के पास आया । उसने घोड़ा देखा, तो उसपर उसे बड़ा मोह हो गया । किसी न किसी सुल्तान को हड़पने की ठान ली । जाते-जाते उसने कहा- बाबाजी इस घोड़े को आपके पास रहने नही दूँगा ।

खड्गसिंह अपाहिज वेष धारण करके बाबा को धोखा दिया । घोड़े को अपना साथ ले गया | बाबा की करुण वचनों से अपना मन परिवर्तित होता है । अंत में उसने सुल्तान (घोड़ें) को बाबा तक पहुँचाता है | डाकू को भी हृदय होता है । डाकू भी सामान्य मानव जैसा सोचता है। इस प्रकार की आलोचना हमें खड्गसिंह चरित्र द्वारा मालूम होता है।

3) ध्यानचंद का संक्षिप्त जीवन परिचय लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
हाँकी के जादूगर मेजर ध्यानचंद सिंह को कौन नहीं जानता है । उनका जन्म 29 अगस्त 1905 को इलाहाब्द में हुआ था । वह भारतीय फील्ड हाँकी के भुतपुर्व खिलाडी व कप्तान थे । उन्हें भारत एंव विश्व हाँकी के क्षेत्र में सबसे बेहतरीन खिलाडियों में शुमार किया जाता है। वे तीन बार ओलम्पिक के स्वर्ण पदक जीतनेवाली भारतीय हॉकी टीम के सदस्य रहे हैं । इनमें मे 1928 का एम्सटर्डम ओलोम्पिक, 1932 का लॉस एंजेल्स ओलम्पिक और 1936 का बर्लिन ओलम्पिक शामिल है । 3 दिसंबर 1979 को जब उन्होंने दुनिया से विदा ली तो उनके पार्थिव शरीर पर दो हाँकी स्टिक क्राँस बनाकर रखी गई । ध्यानचंद ने मैदान पर जो ‘जादू’ दिखाए, वे इतिहास में दर्ज है ।

4) ए. पी. जे. अब्दुल कलाम का संक्षिप्त परिचय लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
ए. पी. जे अब्दुल कलाम को भारत के ग्यारहवें राष्ट्रपति के तौर पर अधिक जाना जाता है, जो साल 2002 से लेकर साल 2007 तक भारत के राष्ट्रपति के पद पर रहे। इस से पहले कलाम विज्ञान क्षेत्र में सक्रिय थे । कलाम ने तमिलनाडु के रामेश्वरम में जन्म लिया और वही पर उनका पालन पोषण भी हुआ । शिक्षा के लिहाज से उन्होंने अन्तरिक्ष विज्ञान और भौतिक विज्ञान की पढ़ाई की। अपने करियर के अगले करीब चालीस सालों तक, वह भारतीय रक्षा अनुसन्धान और विकास संगठन यानि संक्षेप में कहें तो डी. आर. डी. ओ. और भारतीय अन्तरिक्ष अनुसन्धान संगठन यानि इसरो में वैज्ञानिक और इंजिनियर के पद पर रहे । इन्हें लोगों के दिल में बहुत सम्मान प्राप्त है ।

5. निम्नलिखित दो पद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए । 2 × 3 = 6
1) शशि किरणों से उत्तर – उतरकर,
भू पर कामरुप नभ – चर,
चूम नवल कलियों का मृदु – मुख,
सिखा रहे थे मुसकाना ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘प्रथम रश्मि’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है। इसके कवि श्री सुमित्रानंदन पंत जी है । इसमे प्रातः काल की सुन्दरता का वर्णन किया गया है ।

कवि कहते है कि परिवेश के अनुरूप अपना इम वदलने वाली तितलियाँ चन्द्र किरणों की तरह जमीन पर उतरकर नव कोमल पत्तों को चूमकर उनको मुस्कुराना सिखा रही है । प्रकृति का कोमल वर्णन इसमें वर्जित है ।

2) दान जगत का प्रकृत धर्म है । मनुज व्यर्थ डरता है, एक रोज तो हमें स्वयं सब कुछ देना पडता है । बचत वही, समय पर जो सर्वस्व दान करते हैं, ऋतु का ज्ञान नहीं जिनको वे देकर भी मरते हैं ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘दान – बल’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । यह कविता रश्मिरथी नामक काव्य से लिया गया है इसके कवि रामधारी सिंह दिनकर जी है ।

कवि का कहना है कि दान देना एक सहज स्वभाव है । इसको देने में व्यक्ति व्यर्थ रूप से डरता है । हम सब को एक दिन सब त्याग करके चले जाना है। लेकिन जो समय पर दान देता है वही महान होता है । जो मरते समय छोडकर जाता है, उसकी कोई महानता नही रहती ।

3) कुष्णचद्र की क्रीडाओं को अपने आंगन में देखो । कौशल्या के मातृ – मोद को, अपने ही मन में देखो । प्रभु ईसा की क्षमाशीलता, नबी मुहम्मद का विश्वास । जीव – दया जिनकर गौतम की, आओ देखो इसके पास ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘बालिका का परिचय’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है। इसकी कवइत्री सुभद्राकुमारी चौहान जी है । इसमें नारी चेतना और बालिका के प्रति माँ की ममता का स्पष्ट चित्रण किया गया है ।

कृष्ण की बाललीलाएँ, कौशल्या की ममता सभी का दर्शन मै अपनी बालिका के देखकर अनुभव करती है । ईसा की क्षमाशीलता, नबी मुहम्मद का विश्वास, गौतम की अहिंसा इसी बालक मे दिखाई पड़ रहा है मेरी बालिका इतनी महान है कि सारे सद्गुण उसमें है उनकी भाषा है सरल खडीबोली है ।

4) भारत माता का मंदिर यह, समता का संवाद जहाँ । सबका शिव कल्याण यहाँ है । पावें सभी प्रसाद यहाँ ।
उत्तर:
यह पद्य ‘समता का संवाद’ नामक कविता से लिया गया है । इसके कवि मैथिलीशरण गुप्त जी है । इसमें देश की एकता पर बल दिया गया है ।

कविकां कहना है कि हमारा यह देश भारत माता का मंदिर हैं। यहाँ समता का संवाद किया जाता है । अर्थात् सभी जाति, मत, संप्रदाय में एकता दिखायी पडता है । ऐसे इस देश में हम सब का शुभ होता है | हम सबकी ऊँछाएँ पूरी होती हैं और हम सब पर समान रूप से कृपा दिखायी जाती है । कवि की भाषा सरल खडी बोली है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

6. निम्नलिखित किन्हीं दो गद्यांशों की संदर्भ सहित व्याख्या कीजिए : 2 × 3 = 6

(1) विनम्रता केवल बड़ों के प्रति नहीं होती । बराबरवालों और अपने से छोटों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नोह का भाव होना चाहिए ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘शिष्टाचार’ नामक पाठ से लिया गया है । यह पाठ एक सामाजिक निबंध है । इसके लेखक रामाज्ञा द्विवेदी ‘समीर’ जी हैं। वे ‘समीर’ उपनाम से साहित्यिक रचनाएँ करते थे । हिंदी के शब्द भंडार को समृद्ध करने की दृष्टि से उन्होंने ‘अवधी’ शब्द कोश का निर्माण किया था । इसके अतिरिक्त उन्होंने कई फुटकल रचनाएँ भी की हैं ।

व्याख्या : विनम्रता शिष्टाचार का लक्षण है । किसी के द्वारा बुलाए जाने पर हाँ जी, नहीं जी, अच्छा जी कहकर उत्तर देना चाहिए । कुछ लोग विनम्रता केवल बड़ों के प्रति ही दिखाते हैं । अपने से छोटों और बराबर वालों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नेह का भाव होना चाहिए । बड़ों का आदर- सम्मान करना, अपने मित्रों एवं सहयोगियों के प्रति सहयोगात्मक श्वैया, छोटों के प्रति स्नेह की भावना, स्थान विशेष के अनुकूल व्यवहार इत्यादि शिष्टाचार के उदारहण है । हमारे मन को संयम में रखना शिष्ट व्यवहार केलिए अत्यंत आवश्यक है ।

विशेषताएँ : प्रस्तुत निबंध ‘शिष्टाचार’ एक उपदेशात्मक निबंध है । उम्र में बडे व्यक्तियों को ‘आप’ कह कर संबोधित करना, बोले तो मधुर बोलो सत्य बोलो, प्रिय बोलो । किसी की निंदा न करना चाहिए | औरतों के प्रती श्रद्धा और गौरभाव रहनी चाहिए । शिष्टाचार व्यक्ति सबसे प्रशंसनीय पात्र बनपाता है ।

(2) आखिर हम उठते हैं। लड़के से कहते हैं, “अच्छा अब हम जाते हैं। कह देना कि हम आए थे।”
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : ये वाक्य ‘समय पर मिलने वाले नामक पाठ से दिये गये हैं । इस पाठ के लेखक ‘हरिशंकर परसाई जी हैं। आप हिंदी गद्य – साहित्य के व्यंग्यकारों में अग्रगण्य हैं । सामाजिक और राजनैतिक क्षेत्र में फैली विसंगतियों पर अपना लेख लिखता हैं । परसाई जी के व्यंग्यपरक निबंध पाठकों को सचेत करते हैं । प्रस्तुत पाठ एक व्यंग्य रचना है जिसमें एक व्यक्ति दूसरे व्यक्तियों के समय कैसा बरबाद करते है, इसका व्यंग्यपूर्ण चित्रण मिलता है ।

व्याख्या : एक दिन लेखक के मित्र लेखक से सुबह आठ बजे अपना घर पर मिलने का वाद किया था ; पर मित्र घर पर नही हैं । लेखक मित्र केलिए उस का घर में इंतजार कर रहे हैं। मित्र पुत्र लेखक के पास बैठकर पुस्तक पढ रहा है । बहुत देर तक रहने पर भी मित्र नही आता है । घर के अंदर से स्त्रियाँ लेखक के बारे में भला-बुरा कहता है । लेखक सभी बातें सुनकर लज्जित हो जाता है । अखिर उठ कर मित्र के पुत्र से कहते है, अच्छा मै अब जा रहा | तुम्हारे पिताजी आने के बाद कहदेना कि आपसे मिलने आपका दोस्त आया था ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. सामान्य आदमी समय को काटने के बारे में सोचता है, जबकि महान व्यक्ति सोचते हैं इसके उपयोग के बारे में ।
  2. दुनिया में जितनी भी चीजे हैं, उन सभी में समय समाया हुआ है ।

(3) मै कह रहा था कि पूरे प्रांत में मैं ही ऐसा व्यक्ति हूँ जिसने पाठशालाओं में शारीरिक दंड तत्काल बंद करने पर जोर दिया है।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘अधिकार का रक्षक’ नामक पाठ से दिया गया है । यह पाठ एकांकी है । इसके लेखक ‘उपेंद्रनाथ अश्क’ जी हैं। 1932 में मुंशी प्रेमचंद की सलाह पर हिंदी में कहानियाँ लिखना शुरु किया । “औरत का फितरत ” आपकी कहानी संग्रह है। उन्होंने फिल्मों की कहानियाँ, पटकथाएँ, संवाद और गीत लिखे । प्रस्तुत एकांकी में नेतगण के बारे में कहा । यह एक व्यंग्यात्मक एकांकी है।

व्याख्या : एकांकी में मुख्य पात्र सेठ जी है। सेठ प्रांतीय असेंबली के उम्मीदवार है। सेठ के समय होने के कारण सबसे विनम्र से बातें कर रहे हैं। मंत्रीजी सेठ को फोन करके बातें करते समय सेठजी मंत्रीजी से उपरियुक्त वाक्य कहते हैं। सेठजी सब इलाकों में पाठशालाओं में शारीरिक दंड तत्काल बंद करने पर जोर दिया है। बच्चों को स्कूलों में शारीरिक दंड देना मना किया । अगर किसी बच्चे को दंड दिया तो शिक्षक को नौकरी से निकाल देंगे या जेल भिजवाना पडेगा । बच्चों के लालन पालन में परिवर्तन लाने केलिए बहुत जोर से बातें करते हैं। बच्चों पर बात बात पर डाँट-फटकार कर रहे हैं । इसे बदलना पडेगा ।

विशेषताएँ : बच्चों को शारीरिक दंड देना सरकार ने मना किया । इस तरह सोचकर लाप्यार देंगे तो बच्चे बिगड़ भी जायेंगे । बच्चों को सही – गलत का ज्ञान करवाना हमारी जिम्मेदारी हैं ।

(4) मेधावी पुत्री की विलक्षण बुद्धि ने फिर मुझे चमत्कृत कर दिया है। सरस्वती जैसे आकर जिह्वाग्र पर बैठ गयी थी ।
उत्तर:
संदर्भ : यह वाक्य ‘अपराजिता’ नामक कहानी से दिया गया है। इसकी लेखिका ‘गौरा पंत शिवानी’ जी है । भारत सरकार ने सन् 1982 में उन्हे हिंदी साहित्य में उत्कृष्ट सेवा के लिए पद्ममश्री पुरस्कार से सम्मानित किया । शिवानी जी की अधिकरतर कहानियाँ और उपन्यास नारी प्रधान रहे । प्रस्तुत कहानी अपराजिता में लेखिका ‘डॉ. चंद्रा’ नामक एक अपंग युवती की जीवन संबंधी विषयों के बारे में हमें बतायी ।

व्याख्या : डॉ. चंद्रा की माँ श्रीमती टी. सुब्रह्मण्यम चंद्रा के बारे में इस तरह कह रही है कि – “चंद्रा की अठारह वी महीने में ज्वर आया । बाद में पक्षाघात हुआ । गरदन के नीचे सर्वांग अचल हो गया था । बड़े-से-बड़े डाक्टर को दिखाया, कोई लाभ नही हुआ । अंत में एक सुप्रसिद्ध आर्थोपेडिक के पास लेगया। एक वर्ष तक कष्टसाध्य उपाचार चला। अचानक एक दिन चंद्रा की ऊपरी धड़ में गति आगयी” । पाँच वर्ष तक (टी श्रीमती सुब्रह्मण्यम ) माँ ही बेटी को शिक्षिका बनकर पढायी । चंद्रा बहुत मेथावी थी । चंद्रा की विलक्षण बुद्धि को देखकर अपनी माँ आश्चर्य हो जाती थी। स्वयं सरस्वती ही चंद्रा की जिह्वा पर बैठी थी ऐसी सोचती थी। चंद्रा एक बार सुनती तो कभी नही भूलती थी । चंद्रा ‘ एकाग्रचित्र’ थी ।

विशेषताएँ :

  1. अपंगों को शिक्षा से जोड़ना बहुत जरूरी है ।
  2. शिवानी की कृतियों में चरित्र – चित्रण में एक तरह का आवेग दिखाई देता है ।
  3. डॉ. चंद्रा जैसे अपंग युवती सबकी मार्गदर्शिका है ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

7. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) सत्गुरु के विषय में कबीर के क्या विचार है ?
उत्तर:
कबीरदास गुरु का बड़ा मान रखते थे । उनकी दृष्टि में गुरु का स्थान भगवान से भी बढकर है । गुरु की महिमा अपार और अनंत है, जो शब्दों से बयान नही होती । गुरु ही अपने अज्ञान रूपी अंधकार को दूर करके ज्ञान रूपी दीप (ज्योती) जलाते है। सत्गुरु ही भगवान के बारे में हमें बताते है | भगवान तक पहुँचने के मार्ग हमें दिखाते हैं ।

2) दिनकर के अनुसार दान देने से नदी को क्या लाभ होता है
उत्तर:
दिनकर दान की महानता मे नदी का उदाहरण देते हुए कहते है की नदी अपने में पानी को शोककर नही रखती । वह पानी का त्याग करके लोगों को जीवन देती है। नदी का पानी भाप बनकर बादलों का रुप लेता है और बरसकर उसी नदी में मिल जाता है । उसी प्रकार मनुष्य को भी दान देने से लाभ होता है ।

3) सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान की कविताओं की विशेषताएँ लिखिए ।
उत्तर:
सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान की कविताएँ देश प्रेम, वीर भावना और उइबोधन की दृष्टि से महत्वपूर्ण है | आधुनिक काव्य मे नारी चेतना का स्वर स्पष्ट मुखरित होती है । उनके काव्य मे एक ओर नारी की भावुकता तथा कोमलता के दर्शन होते है और दूसरी ओर राष्ट्रीय चेतना स्पष्ट रूप से दिखायी पडती है । प्रस्तुत कविता की विषय वस्तु एक माँ और उसकी पुत्री पर आधारित है। संपूर्ण कविता में कवइत्री का हृदय बोलता है यह समाज को एक महत्वपूर्ण संदेश होता है ।

4) कवि ने प्रातः काल का वर्णना किस प्रकार किया है ?
उत्तर:
पंत जी ने प्रातः काल का सुन्दर वर्णन किया है । उषा काल मे सूरज की प्रथम किरण धरती को छूने से कितने सुन्दर परिवर्तन होते है, उनका सुन्दर वर्णन किया है। सूर्योदय के स्वागत में नन्ही सी पक्षी की मधुर आवाज में गाना, नन्ही सी कलियों का चन्द्रके किरण तितलियों के रुप मे स्पर्श करने से मुस्कुराना, रात के चमकीले तारे मन्द पड जाना, सूर्योदय के स्वागत करते हुए कोयल – का गाना सभी का सुन्दर वर्णन करके कवि यह प्रश्न कर रहा है कि सुर्योदय के आगमन के बारे मे इन सबको कैसा पता चल रहा है ।

8. किन्हीं दो प्रश्नों के उत्तर लिखिए । 2 × 3 = 6

1) शिष्टाचार के कितने गुण हैं, वे कौन कौन से हैं ?
उत्तर:
शिष्टाचार के मुख्यतः तीन गुण हैं । वे हैं विनम्रता, दूसरों की निजी बातों में दखले न देना, अनुशासन ।

शिष्टाचार का सबसे पहला गुण है, विनम्रता । हमारी वाणी में, हमारे व्यवहार में विनम्रता धुली होनी चाहिए । इसलिए किसी बड़े के बुलाने पर ‘हाँ’, ‘अच्छा’, ‘क्या’ न कहकर ‘जीहाँ’ (या) जीनही कहना चाहिए | विनम्रता केवल बडों के प्रति नहीं होनी चाहिए । बराबरवालों और अपने से छोटों के प्रति भी नम्रता और स्नेहकाभाव होना चाहिए ।

शिष्टाचार का दूसरा विशेष गुण है दूसरों की निजी बातों में दखल न देना | हर व्यक्ति का अपना एक निजी जीवन होता है । इसीलिए हमें अकारण किसी से उसका वेतन, उम्र, जाति, धर्म आदि पूछने से बचाना चाहिए । यदि कोई कुछ लिख रहा है तो झाँक झाँक कर उसे पढ़ने की चेष्टा करना अच्छा नहीं है ।

शिष्टाचार का तीसरा आधार अनुशासन का पालन है । अनुशासन समाज के नैतिक नियमों का भी हो सकता है और कानून की धाराओं का भी । जहाँ जाना मना हो, वहाँ न जाना, कानून अनुशासन का पालन है। ठीक समय पर कहीं पहुँचना अनुशासन भी सिखाता है ।

2) उपेंद्रनाथ ‘अश्क’ का संक्षिप्त परिचय लिखिए ?
उत्तर:
उपेंद्रनाथ जी का जन्म 14 दिसंबर 1910 को जालंधर में हुआ । आपने लाहौर से कानून की परीक्षा उत्तीर्ण की । बाद में, स्कूल में अध्यापक हो गए । 1933 में साप्ताहिक ‘भूचाल’ का प्रकाशन आरंभ किया । अश्क जी को अध्यापन, पत्रकारिता, वकालत, रंगमंच, रेडियो, प्रकाशन और स्वतंत्र लेखन का व्यापक अनुभव था । 1936 में पहली पत्नी का निधन हो गया व 1941 में कौशल्याजी से दूसरा विवाह किया ।

उर्दू में ‘जुदाई की शाम का गीत’, ‘नवरत्न’, व ‘औरत की फितरत’ संग्रह प्रकाशित हुए हैं । अश्कजी ने आठ नाटक, अनेक एकांकी, सात उपन्यास, दौ सौ से भी अधिक कहानियाँ, अनेक संस्मरण लिखे |

आपके उपन्यास ‘सितारों के खेल’, ‘गिरती दीवारे’, ‘गर्म राख’, ‘पत्थर अल पत्थर’, ‘शहर में
घूमता आईना’, ‘एक नन्ही कंदील’, ‘बड़ी-बड़ी आँखे’ चर्चित रहे ।

3) चंद्रा की किस विषय में रुचि थी ? वह क्या बनना चाहती थी ?
उत्तर:
चंद्रा की रुचि डॉक्टरी में थी । वह एक डॉक्टर बनना चाहती थी। परीक्षा में सर्वेच्च स्थान प्राप्त करने पर भी चंद्रा को मेडिकल में प्रवेश नही मिला क्यों कि उसकी निचला धड़ निर्जीव है | चंद्रा एक सफल शल्य चिकित्सक नही बन पायेगी । बडी डॉक्टर बनना ही चंद्रा की इच्छा थी । डाँ. चंद्रा के प्रोफेसर कहते है कि “विज्ञान की प्रगती में चंद्रा महान योगदान दिया है “। “चिकित्सा ने जो खोया है, वर विज्ञान ने पाया है ।” इसका अर्थ डाक्टर बनकर चिकित्सा क्षेत्र में जो काम चंद्रा . करना चाहती थी, वह विज्ञान में करके दिखायी थी ।

4) गिल्लू किसका नाम है ? उसके बारे में आप क्या जानते हैं ?
उत्तर:
गिल्लू एक ‘गिलहरी’ का नाम है। सोन जूही में लगी पीली कली को देखकर लेखिका के मन में
छोटे से जीव गिलहरी की याद आ गई, जिसे वह गिल्लू कहती थी । बचपन में लेखिका गिल्लू को कौओं से बचाती हैं | अपना घर में गिल्लू को रखती थी। गिल्लू केलिए एक हलकी डलिया लेकर, उसके अंदर रूई बिछाकर उसे तार से खिडकी पर लटका दिया । यह रही गिल्लू का घर । गिल्लू डलिया को स्वयं हिलाकर झूलता रहता था । गिल्लू की झब्बेदार पूँछ और चंचल चमकीली आँखे सबको विस्मित करते थे । जब लेखिका लिखने बैठती तब पैर तक आकर शोर मचाती थी । लेखिका गिल्लू को लंबे लिफाफे में रख देती थी। दो पंजों और सिर के अतिरिक्त सारा लघुगात लिफाफे के भीतर बंद रहता । बाहर सी गिलहरियों से खेलने जाती थी । लेखिका बाहर जाने के लिए गिल्लू के लिए मार्ग बनाती थी । गिल्लू दो वर्ष तक लेखिका के साथ रहती थी । परंतु एक दिन प्रभात की प्रथम किरण के स्पर्श के साथ ही वह किसी और जीवन में जागने केलिए सो गया। सुबह होते – होते गिल्लू की मृत्यु हो गई ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

9. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) कबीर के गुरु कौन थे ?
उत्तर:
रामानन्द

2) गोदी की शोभा कौन है ?
उत्तर:
अपनी बेटी ही है ।

3) किस काव्य केलिए पंत जी को ज्ञानपीठ पुरस्कार मिला ?
उत्तर:
चिदम्बरा ।

4) समता शब्द का अर्थ क्या है ?
उत्तर:
समानता या बराबरी ।

5) तुलसी के दृष्टि में ज्ञानी और गुणी कौन है ?
उत्तर:
ईर्ष्या का त्याग करनेवाला ।

10. एक शब्द में उत्तर लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) परसाई जी के मित्र ने उन्हें कितने बजे खाने पर बुलाया ?
उत्तर:
11 बजे खाने पर बुलाया ।

2) सेठजी का व्यवहार कैसा है ?
उत्तर:
धोखेबाज |

3) कौन डाक्टर बनना चाहती थी ?
उत्तर:
चंद्रा ।

4) गिल्लू का प्रिय खाहा क्या था ?
उत्तर:
काजू ।

5) बतुकम्मा विशेषकर किसका त्यौहार है ?
उत्तर:
स्त्रियों ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

खंड – ‘क’
(60 अंक)

11. निम्न लिखित गद्यांश पढ़िए । प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में लिखिए । 5 × 1 = 5

सुनिता घास लेकर घर जा रही थी । उसके साथ माँ भी थी। रास्ते में रेल की पटरी थी । वहाँ से रेलगाड़ी के निकलने का समय हो गया था । सुनीता और उसकी माँ पटरी के पास रूक गयीं । तभी सुनीता की नजर रेल की पटरी पर पडी । उसे वह पटरी टूटी हुई लगी । सुनीता की माँ पटरी देखकर बोली – “यह पटरी तो टूटी है ।” दोनों इधर-उधर देखने लगीं। रेलवे स्टेशन भी वहाँ से बहुत दूर था ।

प्रश्न :
1) कौन घास लेकर घर जा रही थी ?
उत्तर:
सुनीता घास लेकर घर जा रही थी ।

2) रास्ते में क्या थी ?
उत्तर:
रास्ते में रेल की पटरी थी ।

3) रेल की पटरी कैसी लगी ?
उत्तर:
रेल की पटरी टूटी हुई लगी ।

4) रेलवे स्टेशन वहाँ से कितने दूर था ?
उत्तर:
रेलवे स्टेशन वहाँ से बहुत दूर था |

5) सुनीता की नज़र किस पर पडी ?
उत्तर:
सुनीता की नज़र टूटी हुई रेल की पटरी पर पड़ी ।

12. सूचना के अनुसार लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(12.1) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के विलोम शब्द लिखिए ।

(1) दिन
(2) घृणा
(3) निरक्षर
(4) उषा
(5) कमजोर
(6) इच्छा
उत्तर:
(1) दिन × रात
(2) घृणा × प्रेम
(3) निरक्षर × साक्षर
(4) उषा × संध्या
(5) कमजोर × बलवान
(6) इच्छा × अनिच्छा

(12.2 ) किन्हीं चार (4) शब्दों के समानार्थी शब्द लिखिए ।

(1) अनुपम
(2) नदी
(3) फूल
(4) दिन
(5) घर
(6) जल
उत्तर:
(1) अनुपम = अनुप, अपूर्व, अतुल, अनोखा, अदभूत, अनन्य
(2) नदी = सरिता, तटिनी, तरंगीणी, निर्झरिणी, सलिला
(3) फूल = पुष्प, सुमन, कुसुम
(4) दिन = दिवस, दिवा, वार, याम
(5) घर = भवन, सदन, मकान, गृह, आवास, निलय
(6) जल = पानी, नीर, सलील, वारि, अंबु

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

13. किन्हीं आठ (8) शब्दों की शुद्ध वर्तनी लिखिए । 8 × 1 = 8

(1) शकती
(2) दूद
(3) उपगृह
(4) सोर
(5) अदिकार
(6) प्रयन्त
(7) ब्याँक
(8) उज्वल
(9) तयार
(10) रात्री
(11) पेठ
उत्तर:
(1) शकती – शक्ति
(2) दूद – दूध
(3) उपगृह – उपग्रह
(4) सोर – शोर
(5) अदिकार – अधिकार
(6) प्रयन्त – प्रयत्न
(7) ब्याँक – बैंक
(8) उज्वल – उज्ज्वल
(9) तयार – तैयार
(10) रात्री – रात्रि
(11) पेठ – पेट
(12) पुरुस – पुरुष

14. कारक चिह्नों की सहायता से रिक्तस्थानों की पूर्ति कीजिए । 8 × 1 = 8

1) दीवार …………… (पर / में) धड़ी है ।
2) मज़दूर जहाज ……………….. (से / के) सामान उतार रहे हैं ।
3) प्रतिदिन दाँतों ……………….. (के / को) साफ करना चाहिए ।
4) श्याम …………….. (का / की) माता सुंदर चित्र बनाती है ।
5) …………….. ! (वाह / याह) कितना सुंदर दृश्य है ।
6) अध्यापक ……………….. (केलिए / केद्वारा) कुर्सी लाओ ।
7) राम …………………. (ने / के) रोटी खायी है ।
8) चोर ने चाकू ……………… (से / के) मारा ।
उत्तर:
1) दीवार पर ( पर में) घड़ी है।
2) मज़दूर जहाज से ( से / के) सामान उतार रहे हैं ।
3) प्रतिदिन दाँतों को (के/को) साफ करना चाहिए ।
4) श्याम की (का / की) माता सुंदर चित्र बनाती है ।
5) वाह ! (वाह/याह) कितना सुंदर दृश्य है ।
6) अध्यापक केलिए (केलिए / केद्वारा) कुर्सी लाओ ।
7) राम ने (ने/के) रोटी खायी है ।
8) चोर ने चाकू से (से/के) मारा ।

15. निर्देश के अनुसार छः (6) वाक्यों को शुद्ध कीजिए । 6 × 1 = 6

1) वह घर को चला गया । (वाक्य शुद्ध कीजिए ।)
उत्तर:
वह घर चला गया ।

2) छात्र पढ़ रहा है । (रेखांकित शब्द का लिंग बदलकर लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
छात्रा पंढ़ रही है ।

3) बिल्ली दूध पीती है । (रेखांकित शब्द का वचन बदलकर लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
बिल्लियाँ दूध पीती है ।

4) वह दिल्ली गया । (वर्तमान काल में लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
वह दिल्ली जाता है ।

5) बच्चों को भरपर खिलाओ । (रेखांकित शब्द का उपसर्ग शुद्ध करो ।)
उत्तर:
भरपूर ।

6) गणेश तुम्हारी अमली नाम बताओ । (प्रत्यय की दृष्टी से शुद्ध करो ।)
उत्तर:
असली ।

7) मुझे काम करता होगा । (भूतकाल में लिखिए ।)
उत्तर:
मै ने काम किया ।

8) हम आँको से देखते हैं । (शुद्ध कीजिए ।)
उत्तर:
हम आँखों से देखते हैं ।

TS Inter 1st Year Hindi Model Paper Set 8 with Solutions

16. किन्हीं पाँच (5) वाक्यों का हिंदी में अनुवाद कीजिए । 5 × 1 = 5

1) I am memorising the lesson.
उत्तर:
मै पाठ याद कर रही हूँ ।

2) You must walk in the morning.
उत्तर:
आपको सबेरे टहलना चाहिए ।

3) The teacher finished teaching all the lessons.
उत्तर:
अध्यापक सब पाठ पढ़ा चुके ।

4) He is angry with me.
उत्तर:
वह मुझ पर नाराज है ।

5) This is the house of Rama.
उत्तर:
यह राम का घर है ।

6) When I reached home, father was reading News paper.
उत्तर:
जब मैं घर पहुँया, पिताजी अखबार पढ़ रहे थे ।

7) India is a country of villages.
उत्तर:
भारत गाँवों का देश है ।

8) I have got my hair cut.
उत्तर:
मैंने अपने बाल कटवायें है ।